Sam's Laser FAQ, Copyright © 1994-2007, Samuel M. Goldwasser, All Rights Reserved.
I may be contacted via the
Sci.Electronics.Repair FAQ Email Links Page.

  • Back to Sam's Laser FAQ Table of Contents.

    Commercial Solid State Lasers

    Sub-Table of Contents

  • Back to Sam's Laser FAQ Table of Contents.
  • Back to Commercial Solid State Lasers Sub-Table of Contents.


    This chapter contains information on specific models of commercial solid state lasers. The first portion is for lamp pumped solid state lasers while the remainder (and bulk) is for diode pumped solid state lasers. This skewed coverage reflects both my relative experience as well as their increasing popularity and importance. The next chapter has maintenance and repair information for both types.

  • Back to Commercial Solid State Lasers Sub-Table of Contents.

    Florod LCP Laser Trimming System

    This is a pulsed doubled Nd:YAG laser system (532 nm) designed for trimming of semiconductors (e.g., blasting holes in on-chip resistors, zener diodes, etc.). The LCP consists of a laser head which attaches to a microscope (mounted on a semiconductor probe station) and has a mount for a CCD camera. Photos of the laser head and power supply can be found in the Laser Equipment Gallery under "Florod YAG Lasers".

    The laser head consists of the flashlamp and YAG rod in a sealed box, the KTP doubling crystal (outside the cavity), servo controlled apertures (variable slits) for X and Y spot size, and a servo controlled attenuator to adjust pulse energy. Note that this attenuator approach is much simpler and more consistent than alternatives using adjustable capacitor voltage or pulse duration control.

    The YAG rod is probably about 50 mm long by 3 or 4 mm in diameter, AR coated both ends. The mirrors are glued to the cavity box (non-adjustable). The servos are the types used for RC models but work fine in this application. :) Optics are glued to precision X-Y adjustable mounts. A fiber optic light pipe cable introduces a targeting beam for viewing the dimensions of the laser spot into the light path via a 45 degree mirrors which is transparent to the laser beam but reflects an adequate portion of the white light beam.

    Energy into the flashlamp is about 28 joules (66 uF at 850 V provided by three 200 uF photoflash capacitors in series). Triggering is via an SCR and EG&G trigger transformer to an external electrode on the flashlamp. I don't know what the exact maximum output energy is but for this application, less than a mJ is adequate once the beam is focused to a spot of a few um.

    The controller consists of analog knobs for X and Y aperture and laser power (operating those RC servos, all with digital readout), single shot or 1 pulse/second select, and a knob for the targeting light source brightness via a phase control dimmer. Nothing particularly high tech!

    Although the output of the YAG rod is clearly dangerous (it is probably a few 10s of mJ) and the final green output may even be hazardous to vision, the system has a Class I rating (unconditionally safe) because everything is fully enclosed under normal operation. There are two head interlocks: A magnet on the cover and dual reed switches on the optics chassis prevent operation if the cover is removed and a tilt sensor prevents operation if the head isn't within 20 or 30 degrees of vertical. There is also an interlock connector on the rear of the power supply and the firing control is a momentary SPDT (foot) switch. The interlocks interrupt primary power to the high voltage transformer (the rest of the system continues to function) but the firing switch controls logic inputs.

  • Back to Commercial Solid State Lasers Sub-Table of Contents.

    Hughes Rangefinder Ruby Laser Assembly

    Description and Specifications

    This pulsed ruby laser was used as part of the time-of-flight rangefinder in the M-60 battle tank to determine target distance. The official designation is apparently "AN/VVG-2 Rangefinder, Fire Control" or "AN/VVG-2 Laser Rangefinder (LRF)" should you care. (The photomultiplier based return sensor and computation unit that go ith it rarely, if ever, appear surplus. At least I haven't seen them.) A typical sample of this unit is shown in Hughes Ruby Laser Assembly with Parts Labeled [photo provided courtesy of Dave (]. Some versions of this laser obtained surplus may differ slightly, lacking the collimator, for example. Additional photos, description, and comments on the ruby laser assembly and various home-built power supplies may be found in the Laser Equipment Gallery under: "Hughes Rangefinder and Home-Built Ruby Lasers". Complete power supply schematics are provided in the section: Wes's Ruby Laser Power Supply (WE-SP1). Adjustment information can be found in the section: Aligning the Hughes Ruby Laser.

    The following specifications have been confirmed by Chris Chagaris ( and amended by Dr. Ed Edmondson ( However, there could be other variations with slightly different part values so double checking what you have would not be a bad idea! And, of course, if you replace the PFN with one of higher energy, the values for output pulse energy will be greater (unless the flashlamp explodes). (Refer to Photos of Hughes Range Finder and Home-Built Pulsed Lasers.)

    Where "test data" is listed, it's for a sample of this unit I have which included a test data sheet.


    1. Hathaway Motion Control, Motors and Instruments Division, 10816 East Newton Street, Suite 112, Tulsa, Oklahoma, Phone 918-438-5366, Fax 918-438-5369.

    2. PEO (Perkin Elmer Optoelectronics), 44370 Christy Street, Fremont, California, Phone 510-979-6500, Fax 510-687-1140, Toll Free 800-775-6786.

    Notes on the Hughes Q-Switch

    According the test sheet that came with the sample of the M-60 laser head I have, the Q-switch motor is spun up prior to each shot only until the laser fires and is then shut down. None of the designs I've seen (including all those presently in the chepter: Complete SS Laser Power Supply Schematics) do this. But, for maximum life, it's probably a good idea. You do expect to get 100,000 shots from this thing, correct? :) The specification calls for a spinup time of no more than 200 ms, with 40 ms being typical, but it doesn't list the motor voltage.

    With the long fluorescence lifetime of ruby - about 3 ms - timing of the Q-switch is not as critical as it is for Nd:YAG with its much shorter fluorescence lifetime (230 us). The Q-switch motor spins at 30,000 rpm or 500 rps for a period of 2 ms. So, if the flash duration is resaonably short compared to 2 ms, there will be a high probability of a decent output energy even if the flashlamp was triggered at random relative to the Q-switch position! Even if the flash duration is as long as 3 ms, half the time, more than 50 percent of the available energy will have been transferred to the rod when the Q-switch is triggered. This is probably the main reason that faulty Q-switch trigger circuits seemed to produce successful results, though I bet the variation in energy due to the timing not always being optimal remained a mystery and was probably attributed to other causes. However, with a proper design, the pulse energy should be quite consistent.

    (From: Doug Little (

    The pulse generated by the Q-switch's magnetic pickup looks a little like this:

            ___/  \    ___
                   \  /

    If you build your trigger circuit carefully and make sure you connect the magnetic pickup the right way around (rising or falling edge) you can minimize any unwanted delay between pickup and trigger. You can then of course introduce an artificial and adjustable delay of your own for optimization purposes. A suitable circuit is shown in Q-Switch Trigger Circuit for Hughes MS-60 Ruby Laser and described in the section: Doug's Q-Switch Triggering Circuit for Hughes MS-60 Ruby Laser (DL-ST1).

    There are some important things to realize when you try to set up your own timing circuit:

    1. The pickup produces a weak signal (I don't remember the value, but it's only about 2 or 3 volts). You won't be able to drive a standard Schmitt trigger directly with it, so a transistor or other amplifier may be needed. I used a BC547 transistor with a resistor and it worked great. You could use an op-amp, but that might just be overkill.

    2. The pickup is timed precisely to trigger the flashlamp without any artificially introduced delay. This severely limits your ability to tune timing in both directions. All you can do is increase the time between detect & fire - you can't decrease it.

    There are two ways around the second problem. One is to run the motor backwards, giving you a whole rotational period of about 2 ms to play with. Being a mechanical motor, this is a lot of time to wait before discharging the lamp without expecting some sort of speed fluctuation. The longer the delay, the less accurate the prism's final (flash) position becomes in terms of motor speed!!! I have strobed the prism with a super-bright LED using a very short on-time of several us and I can say that a 2 ms delay results in a slightly wobbly prism, instead of a preferred rock-solid one. The second solution involves the motor/Q-switch mounting platform. If you loosen the hex bolts you can rotate the whole unit about 5 to 10 degrees in either direction. This affects timing quite a bit and gives you the opportunity to buy back a few 10s of us.

    WARNING! Adjusting the Q-switch platform may kill your laser's alignment and you will have to go through the whole horrible process of adjusting the optics with a reference laser and it can take hours. I know because I did it myself. If your laser is already aligned, you may want to think very hard before you go adjusting those hex bolts!

    (From: Randy Smith (

    I too have one of these ruby laser units that I am trying to get running. To start off with, there needed to be some sort of timing control unit to synchronize the flashlamp with the spinning mirror. I built such a device using an 87C552 micro, with a 4 digit thumb switch control to allow for an arbitrary offset from TDC (top dead center), entered in degrees. The jury is still out as to the functionality of this unit, but it does look good on a scope and also, when used to drive a small laser diode, it can be used to view the instantaneous position of the mirror. I will find out for sure this coming weekend, when I test it in operation with the laser.

    (From: John Grebas (

    The original PFN produces a 250 us pulse. If the lamp is fired immediately when the magnetic sensor picks up the pulse, approximately 300 us later you will have a beam. You have to have the motor running forward (red motor wire on positive) and the speed set so the period of the magnetic pickup is 1.6 ms.

    But I also used a bank of 12, 470 uF, 400 V caps, and a 200 mH inductor, at 979 V to get a 1 ms pulse. I run the motor in reverse with a period of 2.5 ms, I delayed the magnetic pickup pulse by 1.5 ms (between 1.4 ms and 1.5 ms). So with the motor running in reverse with a 2.5 ms period between pulses and a 1 ms pulse from the PFN, and a 1.5 ms delay, you will get your beam (2.5 ms = 1 ms + 1.5 ms). If you follow that you should be OK. So I could run my motor (backward) with a 2 ms period, with my 1 ms pulse I would set the delay to 1 ms (2 ms = 1 ms + 1 ms). Basically your delay + your PFN's pulse time should equal the period of the pulses from the magnetic pickup (controlled by the speed of the motor. Say you have a 700 us pulse from the PFN you could run the motor with a 2 ms period with the 800 us pulse, you would set your delay to 1.2 ms.

    Comments on the Hughes Ruby Laser

    (From: Paul (

    I finally got the thing to work but I had to step up the power input to the flash lamp. I simply added a second 150 uf cap in parallel with the other to get a total input of about 216 joules. I charged both up to 1,200 volts. I used the Doug Little's Q-Switch Trigger Circuit for Hughes MS-60 Ruby Laser to synchronize the flash lamp discharge with the Q-switch (See the section: Notes on the Hughes Q-Switch. I ran the motor CCW at 36,000 RPM and adjusted the Q-switch prism to be about 1/8th turn past the pickup when the lamp fires. This seems to give the best results. It blows the ink off a page. Next, I'ms going to see what it will do metal. :)

    I figure that with only the original 150 uF or so cap producing at most 126 joules, at 1,300 volts max, it is probably just barely at the lasing threshold with an optimally timed and aligned Q-switch. The military techs had a device for this unit that tuned the Q-switch without firing the flash lamp. If one had that device then you could probably get it to work with just one cap. Also if it had a real OC instead of just a clear optical medium I think that would help a lot.

    (From: Sam.)

    Yes, we know that the use of a dielectric OC reduces the lasing threshold significantly. Wes Ellison actually got the laser operating without the Q-switch using an OC from some other ruby laser.

    Comments and Caution About the Resonant OC

    The resonant OC in the Hughes ruby laser consists of two thick plates separated by a thicker spacer which is hollow in the center so that in effect, the outer plates are air-spaced. It's likely that the coefficient of thermal expansion of the plates and spacer have been carefully selected to make the response temperature invariant, or at least that all of the peaks of the optic move by the same amount with temperature changes. All four surfaces appear to be uncoated and thus have similar reflectivity. The plates and spacer are held in place by a rubber O-ring but the interface between them is either optically contacted or at least ground and polished as it is optically clear. I do not know if removing the retaining ring (which would be difficult since it is fixed with adhesive locking compound) or end plate (4 screws) simply allows the entire etalon assembly to be removed intact, or whether the entire thing falls apart. :(

    The problem with the resonant optic is that there is no way of knowing if it is any good by inspection or by any easy tests. The location of the reflective wavelength peaks depend on the spacings of the surfaces in a multiple plate etalon. For these low reflectivity surfaces, the response function results in very broad peaks and multiple peaks will fit within the gain bandwidth of ruby so they don't have to be positioned precisely as long as they match. The thickness of the two plates is what determines the peak location for them and they are presumably matched. However, reflections between the plates with a distance determined by the spacer will also affect the overall response. It is not known (though could be calculated) what the exact effect will be. If someone (before you of course!) was curious and disassembled it, even if all the parts were put back together in the correct order, some change in performance is possible, though it's not known how serious this is likely to be. But, even a speck of dust trapped between one of the plates and the spacer could be significant when dealing with wavelengths of light. Given the general difficulty in getting this laser working with the resonant OC at all, replacing it with a dielectric OC with a known reflectance may be worthwhile especially if there is any uncertainty in the resonant OC's condition. And as noted, this could result in a lower threshold as well.

    I first tested one of these with a red laser (though not at 694.3 nm, probably a 650 nm diode). The reflectivities of the surfaces are consistent with uncoated glass. I doubt anything has degraded in storage. For it to work as an OC, you don't need much reflectivity, maybe 15 or 20 percent at 694.3 nm. So, presumably, what is required is that two of the dips in the Fabry-Perot resonance of the two plates should (coincide so the attenuation) adds and be within the gain-bandwidth of the ruby crystal (about 0.5 nm). I don't know how they can guarantee that. Perhaps the thicknesses are controllable to the required degree. Or, maybe the thickness of the two plates is not quite the same so that there is a series of dips with slightly different spacing, assuring that one set of them lines up under the ruby gain curve.

    Here are some more comprehensive test results using an HP-5501A HeNe laser tube at 632.8 nm. The difference between 632.8 nm and 694.3 nm really should not affect the maximum/minimum reflectivity as an etalon, only the location of the peaks and valleys. This tube has a built-in high quality beam expander and is also quite stable even without being installed in the HP-5501A laser head. The horizontal angle of the OC was adjusted to produce minimum and maximum readings at as close to normal incidence as possible.

    The output power of the laser increased slightly as the tube warmed up. So, these sets of measurements were taken a few minutes apart:

      Parameter           Test 1     Test 2     Test 3
      Laser power         382 uW     409 uW     414 uW
      Minimum power (T)   221 uW     237 uW     238 uW
       Transmission %      57.8%      57.9%      57.5%
        Reflection %       42.2%      42.1%      42.5%
      Maximum power (T)   362 uW     388 uW     392 uW
        Transmission %     94.8%      94.9%      94.7%
        Reflection %        5.2%       5.1%       5.3%
      Ratio Max/Min T      1.64       1.64       1.65
      Ratio Max/Min R      8.12       8.25       8.02

    Note: The reflection (R) values were computed from transmission data since actually measuring the reflected beam at the small angles where the etalon effects are significant would be almost impossible. So, the actual reflected power may be slightly lower due to losses, but probably not by that much for this low-finesse etalon. The maximum reflection of about 42 percent is much more than enough to function as an OC. So, I'm not sure why some people apparently are unable to get this to work. Perhaps they are giving up too easily, assuming it was a lost cause.

    Increasing Repetition Rate of Hughes Ruby Laser?

    "I purchased one of the Hughes rangefinders (two, actually, if I can find the other one...), and have been looking at what might optimize the output. It appears that simmer pulse operation, with 600 V square wave pulses with a duty cycle such that one pumps for the length of a rotational period without killing the tube would do the trick. IGBTs would do the switching - the question is how to trigger the tube without a serial transformer in the existing cavity. The best idea I have would be to use an insulated wire externally as the trigger - has anyone tried this and made it work?"

    (From: Chris Chagaris (

    How exactly do you intend to "optimize the output"? I get the impression that you wish to optimize repetition rate by utilizing a pseudo-simmer mode circuit. You must realize that this laser was designed to operate at a low repetition rate and must do so for a number of reasons. The original flashlamp contained in this laser is an EG&G, FX-103C-3 which is the predecessor of their FXQ-1302-3. With the design of this cavity employing only convection cooling of this original lamp, the maximum average power is rated at only 20 watts. At an input energy to the lamp of let's say 100 joules (somewhat above minimum for laser operation) your pulse repetition rate would be limited to one pulse every five seconds. With such a slow repetition rate I cannot see the justification for employing a simmer mode of operation. Since there are no active means of cooling the ruby rod, this could also present a problem, as ruby does not dissipate heat very well and the likelihood of damage from over-temperature is great if this system were to be operated much above its design limitations. With the configuration of this particular laser cavity (semi ellipse) the use of an external trigger wire for successful firing would be highly unlikely. The flashlamp is in intimate contact with the grounded aluminum base of this reflector to aid in the cooling of the lamp. A wire of any kind would interfere with this contact and of course would serve no purpose as the current would just flow to ground. A wire with enough insulation to protect against the very high voltage pulse (10 kV or more) would be very impractical.

    (From: Sam.)

    I agree with Chris 100% that boosting the repetition rate isn't really viable. As far as triggering, an alternative to series triggering is parallel triggering which can easily be extended to multiple trigger sources. See the section: Basic Structure and Characteristics of SS Laser Power Supplies. EG&G (now Perkin Elmer) has info on simmer mode and much more on their Web site. Go to Perkin Elmer Optoelectronics and then to "White Papers". The title is: "Design Considerations for Triggering of Flashlamps".

    (From: Chris.)

    In more detail, there are two points to consider in answering this question:

    1. The first and most important is calculating the damage threshold of the xenon flashlamp in regards to repetition rate and power input. All flashlamps have 'average power limitations' that are based on the type of lamp (glass to metal seal) and the method of cooling. Average power input is calculated by:

                        P(avg) = E x f

      • E = Energy in joules
      • f = Flash repetition rate in pulses per second.

      The flashlamps that one may find in the MS-60 rangefinder ruby lasers are either the original EG&G lamp, FX-103C-3 or the replacement EG&G flashlamp, FXQ-1302-3. Since this ruby laser's cavity is not actively cooled (merely convection cooled) the maximum average power rating for these lamps are 20 watts and 150 watts respectively. Consider an input of 100 joules to this first lamp. This would limit repetition rate to one pulse every five seconds. This same input to the replacement lamp rated at 150 watts would give you a safe maximum pulse rate of 1.5 pulses per second. Of course an increase in pump energy to the lamp would decrease the maximum safe repetition rate.

    2. The second point to consider is the capacitor charging power supply. As with any cap charging circuit it takes a certain amount of current to charge a capacitor in an allotted time. I = CV/t, again. :-) The PFN that is commonly available contains a capacitor of about 160 uF. Charging this capacitor to store 100 joules will require a maximum voltage of about 1,120 volts. To be able to charge this capacitor to this level, at a repetition rate equal to the average power rating of the convection-cooled FXQ-1302-3 lamp, would require a power supply capable of providing at least 1120 VDC at about 270 mA.

    Ruby was never meant to be pulsed at a great repetition rate. Another problem that one would face at high repetition rates is the overheating of the ruby rod, which does not dissipate heat too well (unlike YAG). This can permanently damage the ruby crystal.

  • Back to Commercial Solid State Lasers Sub-Table of Contents.

    A Small Nd:YAG Laser - SSY1

    Description and Specifications

    SSY1 is a small Nd:YAG laser head that was used in the rangefinder for the M-1 tank. It includes a flashlamp with external trigger, YAG rod, passive Q-switch, and mirrors, all in a package about 25x25x105 mm (not including mounting feet). See SSY1 Laser Head Assembly for a photo of a typical unit courtesy of Chad Andersen. The inset shows an SSY1 firing at a black plastic box without any focusing. The flashlamp energy input is about 20 J.

    The SSY1 laser head used to be available from Meredith Instruments along with a matched pulse forming network (see the section: Pulse Forming Network 1. (Meredith had also been auctioning these and other items on eBay.) SSY1s frequently show up on eBay from various sellers. The going price is in the $100 to $200 range for the laser head. New SSY1s and parts may also be available from Anderson Lasers, Inc. and elsewhere. I constructed a capacitor charger and external trigger circuit. See the section: Sam's AC Line Power Supply for SSY1 (SG-SP1). An alternative design which runs from low voltage DC is described in the section: Sam's Inverter Power Supply for SSY1 (SG-SI1).

    For initial testing, figuring it would be real effort to get it lasing, I used my trusty IR remote control tester for detecting the beam. Big mistake. :( The first shot sent the photodiode off to photodiode heaven (or wherever faithful photodiodes go when they die). Its output just stayed on! I should have used the IR detector card available from Radio Shack (and elsewhere).

    OK, so go to plan B. :)

    I placed a piece of black coated paper in front of the laser and fired off a few shots. No effect except for a bright blotch of white light from the flashlamp. (Maybe I didn't examine it closely enough.)

    Next, I tried a small lens approximately focused on a piece of black coated paper. To make sure any effect wasn't just due to spill from the flashlamp, these were positioned about a foot from the laser head. Immediate gratification! The moderately focused output beam easily obliterated the black coating on the paper. This was accompanied by a very nice 'snapping' sound and white or yellow incandescent plume when hitting the black coating, and a more muted sound after the black stuff had vaporized. When carefully focused, it will make nice tiny holes in aluminum foil (the incandescent plume is green-blue in this case) and other thin materials, and mini-craters on thicker objects. I've heard of people driving this laser with much higher energies to blasting holes in razor blades (see below). However, it is all too easy to blow up the laser components when doing this - the flashlamp and Q-switch are most susceptible to damage or destruction.

    I don't have any way of actually measuring the energy of the beam but let's just say it is definitely not something to be taken casually, as far as eye safety is concerned! My wild off-the-top-of-the-head guestimate would be at least 10 mJ, probably 20 or 30 mJ, though it may be as high as 50 to 100 mJ. Hopefully, someone will eventually measure the output pulse energy! The Nd:YAG rod is probably capable of much greater energies but that flashlamp doesn't look all that sturdy so I'ms not about to push my luck, at least not yet. :)

    The lasing threshold is about 7.5 J - less than the energy of the electronic flash in a typical pocket camera! This low value is no doubt due to both the cavity and optics design - and the optimal pulse length from the PFN. Thus, using one of those cheap flash units (or just its power supply) directly probably wouldn't work at all as the duration of the flash pulse would be way too long with insufficient peak intensity. (The unit described in the section: Micro Laser Rangefinder Using Disposable Flash Pumped Nd:YAG and OPO is based on a much smaller Nd:YAG rod - about 1/8th the volume.)

    Here are the specifications, as best I can determine:

    Note: The dimensions are from my memory or lack thereof - I haven't measured them since getting SSY1 to lase, corrections welcome.

    WARNING: Despite its small size, this is a Class IV laser. While SSY1 probably won't set anything on fire unless you fire it at an explosive or have a natural gas leak, this laser is quite capable of doing serious damage to vision. Treat it with respect! Cover the HR mirror aperture (I used black electrical tape) since there may be some leakage from there which is invisible and enclose the output beam path so that backscatter can't hit anything of importance (like your eyes).

    Variations in Performance of SSY1s

    Depending on how much use or abuse any given SSY1 has had in a past life, there could indeed be significant differences in output energy for the same input energy. I don't know to what extent this may happen for samples that appear to be in perfect condition but it should be possible to identify obvious problem areas. Inspect the Q-switch dye cell, flashlamp, rod ends, and optics for dust, dirt, discoloration, mottling, and physical damage. If the dye cell appears anything but perfect, it probably should be removed as its condition will only deteriorate with use. Discoloration of the flashlamp will reduce the amount of light to the rod but unless it is very severe, won't prevent the unit from working but will just increase the lasing threshold slightly. Unlike a HeNe laser with its low gain, a spec of dust won't kill lasing but a careful cleaning probably won't hurt. For anything beyond light dusting, use proper laser mirror cleaning procedures to avoid damaging the optics.

    I've now tested 3 of these babies - 2 that appear to be in original condition and another with the Q-switch removed and the AR coating gone from one end of the rod. (I've also used the mirrors from an SSY1 to construct the resonator for another YAG cavity, see the section: Mini YAG Laser using SSY1 Optics and SG-SP1.) The two intact units produce about the same output energy. The other one lases but probably at slightly lower energy. It still smokes black tape (possibly better than the other ones) but won't penetrate aluminum foil. The sound it makes when focused on a target is also softer. However, I don't know to what extent these differences are due to the lack of a Q-switch versus the missing AR coating It's probably a combination of both but the reduced effect on thermally conductive aluminum foil and softer sound would be consistent with the longer, lower peak power pulse produced without a Q-switch. Perhaps at some point in the future, I will swap rods with an original SSY1 to separate out the effects of the missing Q-switch and AR coating.

    CAUTION: Although the capacitor in the PFN that comes with SSY1 is rated for around 35 uF at 900 VDC, running at this energy may destroy the Q-switch dye cell and possibly the AR coating on the YAG rod adjacent to it after not too many shots. Some samples may survive almost indefinitely but others could succumb in less than 100 shots. I would recommend limiting the voltage for repetitive use to 700 or at most 750 VDC.

    Comments on the SSY1 Nd:YAG Laser

    (From: Moses Clark (

    1. I have fired the laser using a 120 uF, 900 V homemade PSU.

    2. I could generate smoke from carbon paper (what a benchmark!).

    3. The manufacturer of the cavity is Kigre Laser (according to Jeff Myers who works there). They supplied it to Hughes aircraft. The laser is a Huges Aircraft M-1. It was originally used on the M-1 Tank and was later integrated into some hand-held laser rangefinders. The Nd:YAG rangefinder on the M-1 is now being replaced with a 1.54 um Er:Glass eye-safe rangefinder made by Litton Laser Systems.

    4. Kigre also sells a passive Q-switch, a dye filled saturable absorber cell) as an add-on to the cavity for $150.00. (This or one similar to it is part of SSY1. --- Sam.)

    I am trying to build a laser rangefinder using this laser.

    (From: Ivan (

    I got my small YAG laser working using the PFN from Meradith Instruments and a power supply based on the SG-SP1 schematic. Even without a lens it will burn a spot on a black target.

    (From: Rick (

    I got bored this afternoon and figured I would dig out the SSY1 I bought a few months ago on ebay from Meredith. If that is not the easiest laser to get lasing, I don't know what is. I think it is easier than modifying a green pointer! :-)

    I started with two plain old 330 uF, 400 V electrolytic caps in series from my junk box (I have some 1,500 uF 450 Cornell Dublier electrolytics, but I didn't want to take out the Q-switch yet). I then dug out a smallish 12 VDC-powered hene supply (for like a 1 to 2 mW tube and wired that up to the caps through ten 100K 1/2 watt resistors wired in series (for 1M at 5 W). I found a dented old auto ignition coil transformer deep in my junk boxes and I wired up a 4:1 divider using 1M 1/2 resistors off the caps to charge a small 2.2 uF 250 V capacitor. To fire the laser, I turn on the HeNe laser power supply, watch the voltage across the main caps charge (about 20 V per second or so) and then when it is at the desired voltage, I short the 2.2 uF cap across the input terminals of the auto ignition transformer, whose coil is hooked up to the trigger wire of the SSY1. I then took a note from Sam's experience and wound about 55 turns of 14 gauge plain old solid copper wire with thin plastic insulation around an used up plastic speaker wire container bobbin. I measure the inductance of the completed coil with my LC meter and found it to be 199.5 uH. Not bad! Overall though I would say it is the crudest SSY1 power supply yet! :-)

    For the very first shot I was not absolutely sure which end was the output, lol, so I put a black electrical tape target about 2 inches from each end. I let the main caps get to 450 V total and then shorted the 2.2 uF cap to the transformer. A nice satisfying flash! and a perfect 3-4 mm white spot on the electrical tape on the end with the red wire (ah, the output end, heh heh).

    I then found a 1.5" FL lens and proceeded to de-anodize some aluminum. The thing is loud when it is focused. I am actually adjusting the focal length as I type (while waiting for the cool down of the SSY1 lamp (what is the duty cycle on these things anyway? (Figure about 10 W average power into the lamp. --- Sam ) I am giving it about 3 to 5 minutes between pulses). I think I may be able to make some small craters in the black anodized aluminum, but maybe not until I swap out the series 330 uF caps for the series or paralleled 1,500 uF ones (after removing the Q-switch).

    Not a bad little laser for $125. It really deserves a better supply though. :-)

    (A day passes.)

    I just fired a shot from my SSY1 with 165 uF caps (two 330 uF caps in series) charged to 550 V (so about 25 joules) into a Molectron J25LP-0686 sensor head with a responsivity of 5.0 V/joule at 1064 nm. I measured a 620 mV pulse on my oscilloscope.

    This would mean the output power from the SSY1 at 25 joules to the flashlamp is 124 mJ.

    Is that even remotely possible?

    (From: Sam.)

    Might be a bit high, but not out of the question.

    (From: Rick.)

    It does punch a hole through aluminum foil at this power level, and also it pits a stainless steel razor blade (but does not punch through).

    It also left a 4 mm mark on the carbon looking sensor head... whoops. :-(

    While making some more power measurements from my SSY1, I heard an increasing snapping sound as I went up in pump joules. Since I have the power sensor head well past the focal point of a positive lens (normally I would hear this snapping sound when I focused the spot on a piece of electrical tape or aluminum foil) I was wondering where it was coming from. I then covered the SSY1 with a piece of cardboard to mask the flashlamp light spillage and fired it up at 165 uF, 700 V (40 J). I saw a bright pinpoint flash of light at 1.5 inches from the lens in mid air! Very very cool (first time I have seen this phenomenon, though I have heard of it). I guess this gives another data point to the output power level... Air sparks at 200 to 400 mJ? :)

    I am going to try and capture this on video and stick it on my Web site.

    (From: Sam.)

    Use a shorter focal length lens and the light show will be even more spectacular and/or occur at lower energy.

    (From: Mike Poulton (

    You can push them really hard. I ran about 1 kW average input power for 5 seconds at a time, letting it cool about two minutes between bursts. I had a small fan pointed at it, but no real forced air. It didn't like this, but I did it quite a few times and it still works fine. The yellowish plastic around the cavity is discolored brown from the heat - it was probably close to 400 °F and it didn't fail.

    (From: Sam.)

    On another note, the laser described below is the modern version of SSY1 which is similar, perhaps even a bit smaller:

    (From: Erbium1535 (

    The South Carolina State Museum in Columbia uses a Nd:YAG laser to pop a balloon inside a balloon in their Townes exhibit. (C.H. Townes was born in Greenville, South Carolina.) The laser, manufactured by Kigre, Inc. in Hilton Head, SC is a Q-switched MK-367 unit and is described on the Kigre MK-367 Nd:YAG Laser System Page. The actual laser is approximately 0.6 x 0.8" x 4" in size and emits a 17 mJ pulse pulse with s duration of less than 4 ns. They also offer a frequency doubled green version. The MK-367 was originally developed for the ophthalmic surgical market, specifically as a photo disrupter for posterior capsulotomy. The power supply is approximately 4" x 4" x 1.5" and operates from 12 VDC.

    The laser is somewhat unique in that it is permanently aligned, utilizes a ceramic exoskeleton for stability, and a positive branch confocal resonator design for high beam brightness. Kigre has sold more than a thousand of these miniature lasers for various applications including medical, industrial, rangefinding, and pyrotechnic ignition. The MK product line has been around for more than 15 years, so these lasers sometimes find their way to the used laser discounters. New ones are still available and cost about $3,600. If you do come across one of these, be very careful as it is a very powerful Class IV laser! (Yes, but the SSY1 is potentially an even more powerful Class IV laser! --- Sam.)

    Patrick's SSY1 Experiments

    (From: Patrick Jankowiak.)

    I have some news about what I have done with the SSY1. The Q-switch is retained. I used two lab power supplies (ye olde tube-type monsters) to charge the stock PFN to 800 VDC, and used the trigger pulse from a small photoflash unit to fire the flashlamp. The discharge resistor made a convenient current limiter for the charging. I first tried it with the photoflash unit to charge PFN1 but my SSY1 would not fire at the photoflash-supplied 400 V on the lamp.

    I had no carbon paper so I took a small white cardboard box and a black 'Sharpie' pen and painted a square made of 5 layers of ink, allowing the ink to dry between layers. I was gratified to see the laser work the first time and ablate the ink nicely. The ink method may be better than carbon paper for some purposes. I took pictures and videos which I hope will be interesting. The Kodak P850 camera is ideal since it does 30 fps video at 640x480 resolution. It also allows one to edit the video in-camera as well as extract individual frames to create images. OK, this is not a Kodak Ad, just saying what gave me good and easy results without having to buy editing software. One thing that surfaced is the apparent TEM02 mode of the laser. This appeared in the ablation marks in the ink. They were very hard to see by eye but the camera picked them up. The mode marks seemed to remain the same from pulse to pulse, so I believe it is genuine. I hope you enjoy the pictures and videos. Some are quite large, but I made also an animated GIF where I increased the brightness and reduced the speed and you can really see the smoke.

    Here is the page: Patrick's SSY1 Laser Page.

    (From: Sam.)

    Well, I have to say, that's the BIGGEST SSY1 capacitor charging power supply I've ever seen. Heck, a 6 VDC input HeNe laser power supply can easily charge PFN1. :)

    As far as the TEM02 mode pattern. I think that's just the tip of the iceberg. The diameter of the SSY1 rod with the plane-plane resonator is much too large to assure a TEM00 mode, probably by at least a factor of 2. So the actual mode pattern may be much more complex than what is appearing in the smoked ink.

    Shawn's High Energy Experiments with the SSY1 Laser Head

    WARNING: The passive Q-switch will not survive the abuse inflicted by high energy operation for very long - it is a high failure item even under normal conditions. The mirrors apparently tolerate it better but these also may degrade after awhile. And, even if the flashlamp doesn't explode, the pulse repetition rate must be very low so as not to exceed its average power ratings and to limit heating of the rod and the entire assembly. Using PFN1 (36 uF, 900 V), MTBF may be in the 100K shots range; this may drop by several orders of magnitude with ultra-high energy operation!

    (From: Shawn West (

    I've taken a different approach than the others and am pumping it with a long pulse, about 2.5 ms. With my long pulse I have put a 0.020 inch diameter hole in a 0.004 inch thick razor blade. I've punched holes through aluminum foil of different thicknesses too. I've back calculated the energy required to punch the holes in the razor blade and the two aluminum foil experiments. The calculations show that it would have taken 1.7 to 1.8 joules to melt and vaporize the metal in each case (if I did my calculations right). When I hit the razor blade with 800 volts on the capacitor (360 joules) I was able to punch a 0.024 inch diameter hole in the 0.004 inch thick blade. My calculations, which again could be wrong, show that it would have taken about 2.5 joules to do this. These calculations do not include the amount of reflected energy or the energy conducted away from the material. I have also sparked the air using a short focal length (about 1.5 cm) lens. I'ms using a 1,120 uf capacitor with approximately a 0.15 ohm ESR.

    My inductor is 820 uH with a resistance of about 0.15 ohms. It is from Parts Express (part #266-760, about $23). The inductor is wound with an effective 12 gauge copper foil and has an air core. I'ms using a piezo-electric igniter from a gas grill to flash the tube.

    I have also used a 270 uF capacitor and a 80 uH inductor (ESR of 8 or 9 milliohms). However, the longer pulse PFN put out more energy (more destruction to the target) than the short PFN when the caps were charged with the same energy. This could have been due to the ESR differences of the two capacitors or the higher current density with the shorter pulse PFN exciting the shorter wavelengths of the xenon (i.e. not exciting the 800 nm hues as well to mate with the Nd absorption). I'ms trying to keep the current density in the flashlamp below 4,000 A/cm2 to favor the 800 nm absorption band of the Nd:YAG crystal. I also wanted to pump out a lot of energy. This forced me into a long pump pulse.

    I spoke to Jim McMann (sp?) from Perkin Elmer (EG&G) about the flashlamp in mid-December, 1999. His phone number is 1-800-950-3441. At that time, he thought the flashlamp was an FXQG-264-1.4. From what I have found out since then, there are two EG&G flashlamps that could have been used for the SSY1. The first is the FXQG-264-1.4. This flashlamp is made from titanium doped quartz that cuts off UV wavelengths below about 225 nm. The second is the FXQSL-559-1.4. This flashlamp is made from cerium doped quartz that cuts off UV wavelengths below about 320 nm. I don't know which one was originally used.

    Both of these have a 1.4 or 1.5 inch arc length, and are probably xenon filled to 500 Torr (though I have not been able to verify the fill pressure). The ID was 3 mm and the OD was 5 mm. If you calculate Ko with a 1.4 inch arc length, you get:

                   1.28 * (1.4 * 25.4)        500
             Ko = --------------------- * (---------)0.2 = 15.5
                            3                 450
    Using a 1.5 inch arc length results in a Ko of 16.6 which is what I measured it to be.

    For the more conservative arc length of 1.4 inches with a 3 mm bore, the explosion energy for the flashlamp = time.5 * 90 * arc length in inches * bore in mm = 378 * time.5. (Time is in milliseconds.)

    I designed this to run from 300 volts (50 joules) to 800 volts (360 joules). My damping factor (alpha) ranged from 1.03 at 300 volts to 0.8 at 500 volts to 0.63 at 800 volts. I think at about 560 volts the current density in the flashlamp was about 4,000 A/cm2. The explosion energy with a 2.5 ms pulse is about 590 joules and at 800 volts I was running at about 60% of the explosion energy. I normally run at about 560 volts where alpha = 0.76, at 30% of the explosion energy (about 177 joules), and the current density is about 4,000 A/cm2 in the flashtube (the approximate maximum current density for which the 800 nm line is strongly excited). When I was hitting the razor blade and the aluminum foil the capacitor was charged to 700 volts (274 joules - about 46% of the explosion energy). The maximum pulse rate is about once every 45 seconds. Right now my charger is running from 120 Vac but I plan to make this portable and run from 12 volts with a pulse rate capability of about once every 30 to 40 seconds.

    I have not removed the Q-switch to see the effect yet.

    (From: Sam.)

    Well, that's certainly impressive!

    I assume that with the Q-switch, you are actually getting a series of short pulses of a few dozen mJ each. My quick off the top of my head calculation for output energy using the Q-switch would be 25 to 50 times 20 or 30 mJ which is in the .5 to 1.5 J range so your calculations of output energy may not be far off. This laser would probably also do nicely with an arc lamp if you could cool it somehow. :)

    (From: Shawn.)

    My scope is getting calibrated now, but when I get it back I'll check the reflected light to see I am getting a bunch of pulses or a long continuous pulse with a steep front end (maybe even a spike on the front end of the pulse). Does this Q-switch have a self terminating bleaching effect independent of incident power or does it remain bleached as long as the power is above a certain threshold?

    (From: Sam.)

    I don't know for sure but assume that it returns to its non-bleached state immediately after the laser pulse and until the spontaneous emission (not the incident flashlamp power) exceeds the threshold again. Not knowing the exact composition of the dye used here, I can't say what the exact time is. For the rangefinder, the likely objective would be one intense pulse for each firing of the flashlamp so there would be no need to select one that recovered quickly but they do exist.

    (From: Greatest Prime (

    The nickel complex BDN in toluene has a recovery time of about 1 ns. (Actually, you can make it in a number of ways. One is to dissolve BDN in methyl methacrylate and polymerize it. You have to watch out the active catalysts do not destroy the dye.) This allows for multiple pulsing. Other dyes and solvents tend to shorten the recovery time. That is what makes mode locking possible at a pulse repetition rates of more than 100 MHz. However, repetitive operation of dye Q-switched lasers is more complicated than merely considering recovery time of the dye. There usually are long term thermal effects of considerable importance.

    (From: Sam.)

    It might be possible to test the SSY1 laser for multiple pulsed operation by firing the flashlamp with a longer than normal pulse. Once the first Q-switched output pulse depletes the upper energy state, the Q-switch should revert to its non-bleached condition. If the flashlamp is still on, the cycle should repeat. Doubling the flashlamp pulse duration from 100 to 200 ns while maintaining approximately the same flashlamp light intensity should be enough and this can probably be done safely (for the flashlamp and dye cell at least for a few shots to perform the test) by doubling the values of the PFN capacitor and inductor. I've heard of rangefinder lasers similar to the SSY1 failing in a way that results in multiple output pulses - this may be a way to experiment with this mode! Diode pumped solid state lasers take advantage of this effect to generate a series of very short pulses with very consistent energy between pulses and a rate determine by the pump input.

    One way to determine the pulse shape or pattern would be to fire the focused laser beam at a rotating disk with a piece of black paper or carbon paper glued to its front surface. The shape of the burn mark or pattern of spots should reveal whether it is lasing CW for the duration of the input pulse or pulsing at a regular rate as would be expected if the Q-switch were active the entire time. A 75 mm diameter disk rotating at 3,600 rpm would result in a linear velocity of about 1.4 mm/100 us for this laser oscilloscope. :)

    (From: Shawn.)

    I noticed that my divergence is significantly greater with the long pulse (2.5 ms) versus the short pulse (approximately 400 us). Do you have any thoughts on why this could be happening? How much more energy do you think I could get out if I removed the Q-switch?

    When I was using the short pulse PFN I could discolor a black piece of cardboard about 2.5 feet away with the spot size only growing slightly (perhaps a few mm in diameter). However, with the long pulse PFN, I placed a piece of black cardboard about 3 inches from the output coupler (and hit it) and then moved it back 4 inches (about 7 inches from the output coupler) and the diameter grew by about 2 mm. At about 1 foot from the output coupler I can't discolor the black cardboard with the long pulse PFN.

    (From: Sam.)

    That's interesting and could indicate that the dye does remain bleached after the initial pulse. Or, the dye bleaches from the center out which would restrict the area of lasing when Q-switched.

    (From: Shawn.)

    Are you thinking that if the dye bleaches from the center out in combination with the applied pulse duration, then the Q-switch will effectively clip the higher order modes letting only TEM00 to oscillate. However, with a long pulse, the dye possibly remains bleached over the whole rod diameter which permits the higher order modes to oscillate creating the high divergence. Maybe I should pull the Q-switch and insert an aperture into the cavity to clip the higher order modes?

    (From: Sam.)

    As far as total energy, if the Q-switch is not participating after the initial pulse, than it won't make much difference. However, if the dye bleaches and recovers quickly, then perhaps it could be significant.

    (From: Shawn.)

    I use a cheap 660nm laser pointer to bore sight the laser. When I get the laser pointer lined up I can see the "orbit" reflections that seem to surround the fundamental spot. However I thought with a plano-plano cavity the reflected spots tend to follow a line from the fundamental or follow a slight curve (i.e., not surround the fundamental spot). Could this cavity be a near hemispherical or a plano-plano cavity? If this is a near hemispherical cavity could that explain why the center of the q-switch would bleach first?

    (From: Sam.)

    I thought it was a plano-plano cavity but didn't check carefully. Just look at the reflections from the optics of something distant and see if they look flat. :)

    Shining a laser pointer into it you also have reflections from the rod ends and the Q-switch to confuse things. I'll have to check...

    I just went and used a HeNe laser reflected off the mirrors with a piece of paper to block the reflections from the rod ends and Q-switch (so they wouldn't confuse things). The mirrors appear to be planar as far as I can tell but this still isn't conclusive since I was just kind of holding the thing steady and trying to view the reflected spots.

    It does look as if the rod ends and/or Q-switch is ground on a slight angle because without the paper, there is a distinct far off-axis spot.

    (From: Shawn.)

    I noticed that far off axis spot too when I'ms bore sighting it with the laser pointer. Do you think it would be worth it to put an aperture in the cavity and how big of an aperture do you think would be good to use? What is confusing me is that the output of the side of the rod closest to the flashlamp seems to put out more energy and I am trying to envision the optimal location for the aperture (i.e., should the aperture be placed off centerline toward the flashlamp side).

    (From: Sam.)

    The fact that you get more energy off-center suggests (at least to me) that the cavity is indeed planar. A cavity with curved mirrors would tend to homogenize the distribution I would think.

    What are you hoping to accomplish with an aperture? Obtain a TEM00 beam? That may not be possible from such a short cavity. There's a magic number for a given cavity configuration to determine if a TEM00 beam will be produced (sorry, I don't have the equation or the value for this laser) but I bet it would require a rather narrow beam.

    (From: Shawn.)

    I was just hoping/dreaming to be able to project the unmanipulated beam further. I think you are right again about the planar cavity. A near hemispherical cavity should have more energy in the center.

    (From: Sam.)

    Well, you can still expand/collimate it and that will help but if you were after HeNe-like beam quality, not likely. :)

    (From: Shawn.)

    I fixed my divergence problem. I remember when I got the laser, I illuminated the bore and noticed a slight star-burst pattern that seem to be coming from the Q-switch. Yesterday, I noticed the star-burst getting more pronounced. I guess my higher energy pulse must have aggravated the existing imperfection. So, I removed the Q-switch. My divergence problem has gone away. I'ms assuming that the imperfection in the Q-switch was dampening the oscillations in the center of the laser rod. The beam now grows about 0.1 to 0.15 inches in diameter over a 3 foot distance.

    Before, when I charged my capacitor up to 700 volts (about 275 joules) I could only put about a 0.020 inch diameter hole in a 0.004 inch thick razor blade. Now, without the Q-switch I can put a 0.033 inch diameter hole through the same razor blade. If you just ratio the changes in volume the output energy has increased by over 2.5 times.

    (From: Sam.)

    Yes, I've heard that the dye based passive Q-switch is one of the items that fails most often (the other being the flashlamp). So, it may have been slightly bad to begin with but your super power pulses might have really done it in!

    For those who haven't yet begun to abuse SSY1, it is probably best to remove the Q-switch dye cell before attempting to run at much higher energy input than the 15 J max of PFN1. To do this, detach the rod/flashlamp assembly from the resonator frame (make a note of the direction in which it is installed). At one end you can see an AR coated end of the YAG rod (I think there is a screw at that end which holds the rod in place). At the other end is the Q-switch dye cell (slightly larger diameter than the rod) which is held in secured with some tan or brown adhesive which has to be removed to free it. There is a tiny fill hole where some adhesive was forced in on the side - using a drill bit in your hand to remove what's in there may also be needed. Take care to avoid scratching or breaking the dye cell - you may want to replace it at some point in the future (and that dye cell originally cost something like $200!).

    Without the Q-switch, the output will not be as short a pulse but may actually result in more total energy (though less peak power).

    (Several months pass.)

    I have now built everything into a portable self contained unit (including the laser pointer target designator) that could operate from a 12 VDC source. A pushbutton must be held in to charge the caps but there is an overvoltage cutoff to prevent accidental overcharging. There is an LCD readout for capacitor voltage. Of course, the most important part of this rig is my pair of 1,064 nm laser safety goggles!

    I've fired well over 2,000 shots with my SSY1 setup and there appears to be no decrease in output power (based on the diameter of hole through a razor blade). The Q-switch has long since died and was removed about 2,000 shots ago. :) My max pulse rate is about 1 shot every 45 seconds. EG&G says that I am driving the flashlamp properly. I bought a couple extra flashlamps just in case.

    I've made a sort of hodgepodge laser power meter. I sliced a piece of carbon from a carbon zinc battery anode. The slice is 0.239" diameter (6.071 mm) by 0.065" thick (1.651 mm). I epoxied a thin piece of plastic to the back of the carbon disk to act as an electrical insulator for a Fluke k-thermocouple junction. The thermocouple junction was epoxied perpendicular to the flat surface of the disk. I used an 805 nm laser diode to "calibrate" the disk. The laser diode is calibrated. I set the laser diode to put out 1 watt. I put the carbon disk in front of the laser diode aperture and turned on the laser for different durations as measured by an oscilloscope. I took several measurements while measuring the delta T and time duration for each exposure to the laser diode. Approximately 2 minutes elapsed between each measurement. My data is shown below:

        Test   Tinitial   Tfinal    Delta T   Pulse Duration   MC calculated
          #    (Deg C)    (Deg C)   (Deg C)     (seconds)      (Joules / C)
          1      23.8       30.0       6.2         1.56            0.252
          2      24.1       31.2       7.1         1.67            0.235
          3      24.2       27.8       3.6         0.92            0.256
          4      23.8       28.2       4.4         1.11            0.252
          5      23.7       26.1       2.4         0.58            0.242
          6      23.5       34.1      10.6         2.50            0.236
    Energy into the sensor in joules = time duration in seconds since the power input is 1 W. The average MC comes out to be 0.246 J per Deg C.

    It took about 10 seconds for the temperature to stabilize. I guess that the thermocouple wires were not bleeding away the heat too fast.

    I charged up the capacitor for the SSY1 to different voltages and fired it into the sensor which was about 1 foot away. I have a laser pointer with a cross hair diffractive lens that bore sights the laser and is aligned to perhaps 1 to 2 mm. The following are the test results:

      Vcap   Tinitial  Tfinal Delta T Calc Eout    Flashlamp Energy   Efficiency
     (Volts)  (Deg C) (Deg C) (Deg C) (Joules)  (Joules, from Pspice)     (%)
       350     24.4     27.0    2.6     0.64           57.1               1.1
       400     23.7     28.3    4.6     1.13           73.6               1.5
       450     23.9     29.9    6.0     1.48*          91.9               1.6
       500     23.9     31.7    7.8     1.92*          112.0              1.7
       500     24.0     31.3    7.3     1.80*          112.0              1.6
       550     24.0     32.2    8.2     2.02*          133.8              1.5
       600     23.8     33.6    9.8     2.41*          157.3              1.5
    * Smoke came from the sensor during these measurements!

    The flashlamp energy was calculated by the Pspice simulation. The following are some of the things that were not considered in the measurements:

    1. I'ms not sure if the entire SSY1 output beam was hitting the carbon disk a foot away. The disk is about 6 mm in diameter and the beam at the output coupler is about 4mm.20

    2. When smoke came from the disk (as indicated by a * above), I'ms not sure how much energy was actually being lost due to vaporizing some of the surface of the sensor.

    3. I'ms just guessing that the absorption of the 805 nm laser diode is about the same as the 1.06 um SSY1.
    I'ms looking for a larger diameter piece of carbon so that I can expand the beam without vaporizing spots on the surface.

    (From: Sam.)

    Cut, file, or grind one of your carbon rods to create some slices length-wise. Sand them smooth and butt the long edges together to form a larger surface area. Yes, I know this will be messy!

    You're getting me interested in trying this stunt. I have a pair of 1,800 uF, 450 V computer grade electrolytic caps. Yes, I know, not laser caps, but at with relatively discharge pulse, might survive. With the caps in series, at 800 V, they would provide about 288 J; at 900 V, about 360 J. Or, better yet, I should run them in parallel which would be slightly less efficient but would eliminate any issues of voltage balancing, reduce the stress on the flashlamp, and the air-core inductor would only need to be about 200 uH. I have plenty of thick wire to wind it.

    I would remove the Q-switch before the first shot so that it would live to pulse another day. :) I also have some other mirrors with cosmetic defects which I might substitute as well. The same capacitor charger I used originally with SSY1 would work fine here though I might have to beef up the current limiting resistor's wattage a bit. :)

    As I mentioned, the air core inductor I used was from parts express. It was about 2.5 inches in diameter and about 2 inches long. It was wound with copper foil 2 inches wide and used insulation between each layer. However, here is a formula for the inductance of a coil whose length is greater than 0.4 times its diameter:

                                            d2 * t2
              L (Inductance in uH) = ---------------------
                                      (18 * d) + (40 * b)
    Where: So, here are some options for 820 uH: You can see why the inductor from parts express was so attractive.

    (From: Sam.)

    Nah, that's cheating. :) I found a 3 inch diameter form during a walk in the park - from a Hallmark(tm) party ribbon or something - perfect. Extrapolating from the tables above, a 200 uH inductor would require about 50 turns. I actually wound 55 turns in 5 layers using #14 insulated solid building wire. This isn't exactly magnet wire but the insulation is still rather thin so it packs nicely. The 55 turns should yield a bit more inductance - perhaps 250 uH - resulting in a slightly longer pulse. So much the better - it will be easier on the flashlamp.

    I located the pair of 1,800 uF, 450 V caps and confirmed that their ESR is still unmeasurable (0.0 ohms) but I will probably need to reform them since they are quite old. I even have a preliminary power supply design. See the section: Sam's High Energy AC Line Power Supply for SSY1 (SG-SP3) and stay tuned for exciting developments.

    Other High Energy Experiments with the SSY1 Laser Head

    (From: Jay Byler (

    I successfully fired the SSY1 with a cap bank at 64 uF at 985 V. It made a very clean hole through a razor blade in one pulse with the aid of a focusing lens. I understand that this is running the tube pretty hard at input of around 31 J. I could not find out how long the tube would last under such stress.

    (From: Sam.)

    That's very impressive since the energy input is significantly lower than that discussed above! I do assume you removed the Q-switch dye cell as it probably wouldn't last long under this abuse. As far as lamp life, it is running 3X or 4X of the energy normally used in the rangefinder application. So, life will be reduced but it would be necessary to calculate the expected life based on the lamp's specifications.

    Pspice Program for SSY1

    (From: Shawn West (

    I put together a OrCad (formerly Microsim) Pspice simulation that accurately models the flashtube characteristics (with a given Ko) that agrees with measured results.

    Based on the simulation, the amount of energy that actually makes it to the flashlamp terminals is about 75% of the capacitor stored energy for my PFN setup. So for my previous % of explosion energy numbers you can multiply by 0.75 to get the real % explosion values. So, for worst case (800 volt = 360 joules stored on the capacitor) only about 270 joules make it to the flashlamp which gives a % explosion energy of 270 / 590 = 45% rather than the theoretical maximum of 60% as previously stated.

    The Pspice files (ASCII text) for the flashtube follow. You can change Rctrl from 1u to put the reverse diodes in the circuit or a 1M resistor to take the diodes out to see if you would be getting any negative ringing current. Resr is the ESR for the capacitor and Rind is the resistance of the inductor. You can set the capacitance, inductance, Ko, and the initial capacitor's voltage in the PARAMETERS box. You can use Rsense to display the flashtube current. Vtube is the voltage across the flashtube. The energy line integrates the tube voltage x tube current to arrive at the energy that makes it to the flashtube to gauge the efficiency of your circuit. For the energy line 1 volt equals 1 joule. The key for proper simulation is to know the proper C, L, Rind, and especially Resr.

    Frequency Doubling SSY1

    It is possible to produce pulsed green (532 nm) output from SSY1 without too much difficulty. In fact, it is trivial if your SSY1 has its Q-switch in place and in good condition..

    The peak power of SSY1 is something like 16 mJ/4 ns which is 4 MW. I'd expect order of 1 mJ of green without any optics - just put the KTP in the beam and adjust its orientation for maximum green output. The green beam will be almost coaxial with the IR beam with a walk-off of only about 4.5 mR. One problem though is that the beam from SSY-1 is not polarized so you will lose some efficiency there. I don't know how much. But if the KTP is aligned properly, there should definitely be some green photons produced. First try this simple approach to the determine if the green pulse energy and consistancy are acceptable. There is no space inside the SSY1 resonator for a Brewster plate with the Q-switch in place so one of the mirrors would have to be re-mounted externally.

    CAUTION: I recommend using an aperture to make sure the IR beam hits only the clear central part of the KTP as at high enough power/energy, it could conceivably damage or destroy the KTP if it hits something that absorbs significantly. (However, as I found out, this is probably critial with SSY1 driven from PFN1. See below.)

    Adding optics to concentrate the 1,064 nm beam would boost the energy density significantly. However, this is tricky because the peak power is so high and damage to the KTP is all too likely if the beam waist becomes too narrow inside the KTP even if it is all through the center.

    I finally did some very basic experiments.

    Using SG-SP1 as the power supply (adjustable from 0 to 900 V, 36 uF capacitor in PFN1, 0 to 15 J, 100 us pulse duration at maximum output) and a 2x2x5 mm piece of flux grown KTP similar to what's available from CASIX and Roithner for use in small to medium power DPSS green lasers. For a mount, I simply placed the KTP on a block of, wood shimmed so the KTP was approximately centered in the beam (very precise!). Here are the results:

    The reason of course for the difference in behavior between the two lasers is that although the total energy may be similar with and without a Q-switch, the peak power without the Q-switch is on the order of 1,000 to 10,000 or more times lower (a pulse duration of 100 us as opposed to 4 ns). Since the frequency conversion process is non-linear, it is the peak power which ultimately determines the amount of doubled output.

    I would estimate the green output to be in the 1 mJ range (give or take a factor of 5) but have no real way of measuring it precisely - only eyeballs that haven't been calibrated in a few years. :) The consistency from shot-to-shot was fairly good, again as determined by eye. The green version of the Kigre MK-367 puts out about 4 mJ.

    Increasing the input to the flashlamp to its maximum value of around 15 J did increase the brightness of the green flashes but not dramatically.

    I didn't take any special precautions to protect the edges of the KTP and no damage could be detected after the experiments anywhere on the KTP. So, at these power/energy levels, this concern would seem to be unfounded for a few dozen shots at least. However, your mileage may vary.

    So, get out your SSY1s and chunks of KTP and fire away. :)

    WARNING: Take care with respect to reflected invisible IR and visible green beams. The KTP and any other external optics should either be fully enclosed or covered with a material that doesn't pass significant radiation at 1,064 nm. Green scatter should be identified and blocked as well.

    High Power SLM Green from SSY1

    Bill Jensen, from the Holography Forum has modified the SSY1 and PFN with some interesting results. He replaced the original passive Q-switch which could not handle high peak power with a new Cr4+:YAG passive Q-switch and add an intracavity etalon in an attempt to obtain a single longitudinal mode. He also, made a new PFN using much higher uF caps and a custom inductor.

    After the beam goes through an IR-blocking filter, he is getting 160 mJ of green with 50 J into the flashlamp. The lamp needs to cool for at least 1 minute between shots. After some nay-sayers said the laser couldn't take being pumped like that, he set up a PIC microcontroller that fired the laser once a minute for over 2,000 shots. The green output from the laser did not go down.

    Other SSY1 Tidbits

    (From: Wayne Verish (

    Just when I thought I had run out of things to point my little Yag laser at I decided to try a tuft of steel wool (no soap please!). The result was surprising! With the voltage cranked up to 900 volts, and the output focused through a simple hand lens the shot ignited a small portion of the steel wool, which then rapidly proceeded to consume the entire pad! This will be interesting to capture on video or digital camera.

    Tired of smoking carbon paper with your SSY1? Try steel wool if you dare. Also a great way to blast holes in those pesky free CD rom disks you get in the mail!

  • Back to Commercial Solid State Lasers Sub-Table of Contents.

    Quantronix Model 114F-O/QS Quasi-CW YAG Laser Head

    Description and Specifications

    This is a high power liquid cooled arc lamp pumped Nd:YAG laser from the early 1980s (my sample is dated 1981). Although the head looked like it had fought a losing battle with one of those M-1 tanks, the rod, cavity reflector, and optics appear to be in pristine condition. Considering the general condition of this laser and the nasty hole in the cooling chamber lid (that isn't supposed to be there) in particular, the fact that the most delicate components came through totally unscathed must rank as one of the minor miracles of the past Millennium. :) However, the arc lamp appears to be up to air due to overheating and breech of the solder seal (not physical damage). This was confirmed by testing with both a flyback based high voltage generator and HeNe power supply. It was most likely that failure which resulted in the the laser being removed from service. This unit originally was Q-switched - unfortunately the Q-switch had been scavenged - perhaps by the crew of that M-1 tank. :)

    Photos of a Quantronix 114 (in slightly better condition) can be found in the Laser Equipment Gallery (Version 1.71 or higher) under "Quantronix YAG Lasers".

    Here is a general description though specifications are somewhat sparse:

    Chris's Comments on the Quantronics Laser

    (From: Chris Chagaris (

    It looks as though you have got the makings of a nice project. A 'bashed up' laser is better than no laser at all. :-) At least the most important components survived. If you could provide me with the number on the arc lamp, perhaps I could uncover what it actually is. Typically a krypton arc lamp of 70 mm arc length and a 5 mm bore (EG&G, FK-125-C2.75) filled to 2 atmospheres would operate at 100 volts at 30 amps. With this typical input power of 3 kW, coolant flow rate should be at least 120 cm3/s.

    The conical and heimspherical electrodes are common. The pointed cathode is to help maintain arc stability.

    There is a similar EG&G Krypton arc lamp (FK-111-C3) which has a 7 mm bore with a 75 mm arc length rated at 6,000 W with liquid cooling. Electrical characteristics are 112 VDC at a whopping 56 A. Wall loading is 145 W/cm2 as opposed to the smaller 5 mm bore lamp of 110 W/cm2. However, average lamp life is only 40 to 60 hours, whereas the FK-125-C2.75 should last from 400 to 600 hours with proper cooling.

    Sam, where's your sense of adventure? :-) I think an attempt to refurbish this laser as an arc lamp-pumped CW type would be fascinating. Consider the cost of a new flashlamp, the likely necessity to install a new OC of a lesser reflectivity for successful pulsed operation, and the need of a PFN, as opposed to the challenge of building a phase-controlled arc lamp power supply. The design and construction of a PSU such as this strikes me as something that would be right up your alley. I have recently acquired a 6 inch arc length, krypton-filled arc lamp and have considered the construction of such a supply myself. Of course, the lamp that I have will require about 40 amps at 150 VDC! I've got a 10 kW isolation transformer. So there's a start. :-)

    Interesting that the OC reflects green. I would tend to agree with you that this laser was not likely doubled. The OC for SHG would normally reflect close to 100% of the fundamental wavelength and transmit about 100% of the harmonic. This being the case, I would doubt such an optic would appear to reflect green.

    (From: Sam.)

    Geez I dislike even working on the power supplies for little air-cooled argon ion lasers with their current-hog requirements let alone 40 A at 150 V!! :)

    It is definitely not a green YAG and I don't even know if intra-cavity doubling had been introduced in those days.

    (From: Chris.)

    As far as the Q-switch is concerned, I would expect that it was not a simple mechanical system like the one on the Hughes MS-60 ruby laser. I would tend to doubt that a rotating prism Q-switch would be used in-line. Usually if a mechanical Q-switch was going to be used in-line, it would be a rotating HR mirror at one end of the resonator. A roof prism is most often the rotating element in such a system because of its retro-reflecting properties, which assures alignment in one direction, while the rotation of the prism brings in alignment in the other direction.

    Mechanical Q-switches tend to be rather slow as compared to electrooptical and acousto-optical Q-switches and judging from the rated pulse width achieved by this laser, I doubt that a mechanical Q-switch would be able to achieve that 50 ns pulse duration.

    Ed's Comments on the Quantronics Laser

    (From: Ed Xavier Gonzalez (

    The power supply/heat exchanger on my 116 requires 208VAC 3 phase to crank the silly thing up. Admittedly, Quantronix did over design the power supply for worldwide use, so the transformers and control circuitry are a bit over-kill. The important point, however, is the fact that a lot of juice gets sucked up generating a clean initial pulse to jump start the krypton lamp and then maintain the 25-35 Amps DC to keep it going. Also, the water for the cooling needs to be kept VERY clean (as you may already know). The micron and de-ionizing filters basically make de-ionized water from store bought steam-distilled, ozonated water. Any particulates in the water stream when the lamp is running is a sure guarantee that the flowtubes and the lamp jacket are going to get coated and cooked!

    Be careful YAG rod assembly. Some of the original flowtubes were uranium doped quartz to stabilize the UV into visible wavelengths. Just a word of caution.

    The endplates you describe as "polished gold plated brass caps" are now gold plated nickel, since brass has a tendency to contaminate the DI-coolant and turn stuff green. Not good for the flowtubes or the lamp and crystal.

    The Q-switch on my 116 is an 25 W RF driven Acousto-Optical model from IntraAction Corp. My guess is the 114 was probably driven the same way.

    Anything in the DI-coolant stream should be nylon or stainless steel. No brass, bronze or anything else. The DI-water will pull "tons" of metal ions out of the fittings and put them into the coolant. Also (and this one is a real stretch), under no circumstances should the DI-water be consumed internally! It would literally take the calcium out of your blood-stream and in enough quantities could kill. Sounds strange, doesn't it: Ultra pure water will kill you! Takes the elemental ions right out of your system, or so I've been told. We'll have to leave that experiment untried!

  • Back to Commercial Solid State Lasers Sub-Table of Contents.

    Varo Erbium:Glass Laser Rangefinder

    Varo Rangefinder Description

    This is a flashlamp pumped pulsed laser rangefinder using an Er:Glass rod to operate at an eyesafe wavelength of around 1,550 nm. The term "eyesafe" only means that the wavelength will not pass through the lens of the eye and hit the retina. It doesn't mean that one can stare into the laser and not have it blow off the front of your eye! The output pulse from the laser head (before beam expansion) at the normal rangefinder energy (600 VDC on the capacitor) is enough to blast holes in aluminum foil with at most, moderate focusing. At 700 VDC, no focusing is needed at all. It uses a motor driven Q-switch (erbium has a very long upper state lifetime (at least 4 ms) so this is actually quite easy). In fact, although the electronics does synchronize flaslamp firing with the motor position, this really isn't even needed.

    The label reads:

    NSN: 6660-01-344-4006
    P/N 34860ASSY39097821
    Contract No: F04606-96-C-0108
    Varo Inc., Optical Systems Division
    Garland, Texas, U.S., FSCM No. 27777

    The actual manufacturer may be Litton as that's the name on the warranty stickers. :)

    The unit I have is probably just the laser head and transmitter/receiver electronics. I assume whatever calculates the distance is in a separate box. The warranty seals say "Litton" so I assume they are the actual manufacturer of the laser.

    Inside the outer aluminum cover are several modules: Laser,

    Photos of this unit can be found in the Laser Equipment Gallery (Version 1.95 or higher) under "Varo Rangefinder Erbium Laser".

    (From: Peter Gottlieb (

    I have some further info for you regarding the Varo erbium laser module. This module is part of the portable AN/GMQ-33 "Cloud Height Set." This meteorological instrument is used to determine ceiling height from 100 to 3,000 feet AGL. It runs on a 24 Volt NiCd or LiSO2 battery and is 12" x 14" x 13" and weighs 32 pounds. Operation is as follows: Level set; turn on; do self-test; hold switch away from set; press once to start laser charging cycle; when ready light comes on, making sure not to look into lens, press switch again and laser will fire. Display will indicate ceiling.

    I just picked one of these up from a government sale. It passes self test and I opened it up (except for the sealed laser module) and checked for loose hardware and other problems (none seen) and am charging the batteries tonight and will test it out tomorrow. Seems like a cool item.

    Of course, it there are serious problems, I don't think I could possibly afford to get mine fixed if it doesn't run. The acquisition cost for this instrument is $97,879.00!!

    Pinouts of Varo Power Supply Board

    Main PSB connector (J1):

    These pin numbers are for J1, the dual row 16 pin connector. The external connector for everything except the high speed rangefinder pulses is one of those expensive mil-style round types. Since I don't have a mate, don't intend to find a mate, and expect that few others would either (unless the cable comes with these units), I'm not even intending to provide those pin numbers.

    Pin numbering assumes pin 1 is the second row in on the right, facing the board with the component side up. This is the standard IDC pin designation.

        15 o o o o o o o o 1
        16 o o o o o o o o 2  Top of PCB
     ------------------------------------- Edge of PCB
     Pin    Description
      1     Power ground
      2     Voltage monitor for LM139/HV inverter.
      3     Analog/digital ground
      4     Status output?
      5     High voltage monitor (through 15M/150K voltage divider to HV).
      6     -Va monitor (around -16 VDC)
      7     Drive with +5 VDC to enable +/-Va supply after main power is applied.
      8     +Va monitor (around +16 VDC)
      9     Power input - probably around +24 VDC at 3 or 4 A.
     10     Ready to fire status output?  Goes high once capacitor is charged.
     11     Ground to enable digital supply.
     12     NC
     13     Laser and Q-switch trigger.  Input high TTL level to initiate firing
            sequence.  This may be left tied to external +5 VDC if desired.
            Laser will then automatically start Q-switch motor once the HV
            reaches approximately +600 VDC and trigger the flashlamp once the
            motor is up to speed.
     14     NC
     15     NC
     16     NC

    HV capacitor and trigger connector (J2):

     Pin    Description
      1     Ground
      2     Pulse to trigger flashlamp
      3     NC
      4     NC
      5     High voltage out to flashlamp capacitor (charges to 600 +VDC)

    WARNING: If interlock/bleeder board is removed, the flashlamp capacitor will hold its charge for a long time. The only discharge path is through a pair of 15M resistors. For testing, I added a bleeder resistor of 40K, 10 W across the capacitor.

    LOG connector (J3):

     Pin    Description
      1  +15
      2  -15
      3  Ground

    RCVR connector (J4):

     Pin    Description
      1  +15
      2  -15 (Not used)
      3  Ground

    MON connector (J5):

     Pin    Description
      1  +15
      2  -15
      3  Ground  

    MD connector (J6):

     Pin    Description
      1  Request trigger
      2  Pulse to trigger flashlamp
      3  Vin to analog power supply
      4  Ground
      5  Motor power (from power input via inductor and diode)

    The power input of 24 VDC was estimated based on how high it had to be before the +/-Va voltages started regulating - about 20 VDC. It's possible that the normal input would be 28 VDC since that might be more standard.

    The Motor Driver Board (MDB) connects to the Power Supply Board (PSB) and to the Q-switch motor and position sensor and nothing else. The motor is just a high speed permanent magnet DC motor. The sensor is an LED/PD pair. There are signals from the power supply to both turn the motor on and off and to request a firing pulse. There are a couple of flip flops on the driver board (74HC74) and some other "stuff" in addition to the power enable transistors.

    Thus, the firing pulse actually originates from the MDB and get passed through the PSB to the SCR that triggers the flashlamp.

    Operation of the Varo Laser Rangefinder Laser

    CAUTION: Due to the extremely high peak intracavity power of this laser, it is extremely critical that the ends of the rod, Q-switch prism, and OC mirror be absolutely free of any contamination. Otherwise, one or all may be damaged on the first pulse. Before powering up the laser, use a strong light and magnifier to carefully inspect all optical surfaces. If anything is detected, use proper optics cleaning procedures to restore the surface(s) to a pristine state. If this isn't done, your laser may only lase once.

    The following is based on my partial reverse engineering of the PSB and MDB and will fire the laser:

    1. Apply main power of +24 VDC to pin 9. HV should come up to around +600 VDC after a few seconds.
    2. Apply +5 VDC to pin 7.
    3. Pull pin 13 to TTL high (+2.4 to +5 VDC). Q-switch motor should spin up and flashlamp should trigger once it's up to speed. Motor then shuts down.

      If pin 13 is tied to pin 10 or TTL high, laser firing sequence will commence automatically after step (2).

    The laser does not fire if the steps 1 and 2 are performed out of order, and then all power has to be removed to reset.

    However, permanently connecting the TTL high derived from the zener circuit described above to pin 7 appears to work. Then, it's just a matter of applying +24 VDC, giving the capacitor time to charge, and then pulsing pin 13 high to initiate the firing sequence. Or, if pin 13 is tied high or to pin 10, the laser will fire automatically once the capacitor has charged. So, apply power and after after a few seconds, the laser fires and shuts down.

    WARNING: Make sure the laser output is directed to a safe place! It might be more or less eyesafe with the original optics in place but you probably ripped them out a long time ago exposing the raw beam with is narrow and nasty. :)

    These procedures fire the laser exactly once. Then power has to be removed and the sequence repeated to fire it again. The capacitor is virtually totally discharged after firing so the PFN works really well. It doesn't recharge automatically but don't bet your life on it!!! I don't know if this is the normal behavior or whether something is broken or there is a reset signal that needs to be applied to get it to recycle without removing power.

    I also really don't know if the way I've got it to work has any relation to how it's supposed to work! This laser does not output a beam because there is damage to the end of the rod facing the OC mirror. This apparently will happen if there is the rod-ends are not absolutely and perfectly clean due to the high peak intracavity power during the Q-switched pulse. It goes through all the motions and I have no reason to expect there is an electronics problem at this point. However, if it's detecting a fault (there is an unidentified signal from the MON module - perhaps that's its function) then a fully functional laser might not shut down after firing but will recharge automatically ready for the next shot.

    WARNING: Disable interlock/enable bleeder when not actually using laser!

    So, in summary for simplest operation: Build a zener circuit to produce a TTL high level from the input supply and connect it to pins 7 and 13. Connect the zener and input supply ground to pins 1 and 3. Enable interlock to disable bleeder and apply power to pin 9. A few seconds later, the Q-switch motor will spin up, the flashlamp will fire, and the motor will shut down. Remove input power and reapply to fire another shot. Disable interlock if done with the laser.

  • Back to Commercial Solid State Lasers Sub-Table of Contents.

    Diode Pumped Solid State Lasers

    Comparison of Green (532 nm) Single Frequency DPSS Lasers

    Here is a chart of my opinions on several popular low to medium power (up to 500 mW) green DPSS lasers. (5 = highest.)

                            Frequency      Complexity
      Manufacturer Model   Robustness  Optics  Electronics  Elegance
      Coherent Compass-M       3          4          5         4
      Coherent 532             5          3          4         4
      Lightwave NPRO 142       5          5          3         5
      Uniphase uGreen          3          1          2         3

  • Back to Commercial Solid State Lasers Sub-Table of Contents.

    Adlas 300 Green DPSS Laser

    Adlas (Advanced Design Lasers) are the folks who originally designed the Coherent Compass-M series of green DPSS lasers that we know and love (see the next section). The 300 series appears to be a predecessor of sorts to the Compass-M.

    It consists of a power supply unit which attaches to the laser head via a cable with an 8 pin plug, but there are only 6 separate connections as the main power feed is doubled up with two pins for +5 VDC and return. That leaves 4 signals as yet to be determined, 2 of which are fat wires so possibly these are also power related, but measuring them with the connector not plugged into the laser head showed no voltage though the 5 VDC was present. Possibly, the TEC driver is actually in the power supply as there would be just enough wires. Or, perhaps those dead wires are the problem with this laser. :) However, getting inside the power supply box is not trivial so tracing the wiring is something I'll put off to later.

    The unit I'm testing is a model DPY305c, no output power rating listed. The laser head itself has quite a bit of circuitry in its squarish rear section, along with a heatsink and cooling fan. The laser/optics are in a cylinder protruding out the front. Unfortunately, gaining access to the laser/optics appears to be a major undertaking, requiring extensive disassembly. The circuitry inside the laser head is on two small PCBs, one above the other, attached via wiring and components with additional parts sandwiched between them. From the similarity in some of the electronic components that are used, it's possible that the same designers worked on the Adlas 300 prior to developing the DPY315M and what later became the other Compass-M lasers. But none of the spiff and polish of the Compass-M construction is evident anywhere in this laser head and some of the soldering is absolutely dreadful. It looks like getting to the laser optics platform may be near impossible without extensive disassembly and unsoldering of wires or worse.

    The laser powers up but is extremely unstable with wild and continuous output power fluctuations between less than 1 mW and perhaps 50 mW, though the 5 VDC power is rock stable. The actual rated output power is not known but it has been suggested by a Web search that some versions of the Adlas 300 at least are rated up to 250 mW. (The CDRH sticker lists 300 mW for 532 nm so that can't be the rated output power. Not surprisingly, these stickers are identical to those used on the Compass-M lasers!) Given the difficulty of access and the relative rarity of these lasers, I'm not sure how far I will go. If anyone has additional information on these lasers, please contact me via the Sci.Electronics.Repair FAQ Email Links Page.

  • Back to Commercial Solid State Lasers Sub-Table of Contents.

    Coherent Compass-M Green DPSS Lasers

    Note: Information on adjustment and repair of these lasers has been moved to the chapter: SS Laser Testing, Adjustment, Repair.

    General Description of the Compass-M Lasers

    There were three lasers in this family: The C215M, C315M, and C415M. They are all very high quality 100 mW green DPSS laser manufactured by Coherent, Inc.. It is one of their Compass series. Information and datasheets may be found by taking the "Product", "Lasers", "Diode Pumped Solid State Lasers", and "CW DPSS Lasers" links at their Web site.

    These lasers were originally developed by a company named Adlas (Advanced Design Lasers) in Germany. Adlas was bought by Coherent but only the newer models have the Coherent part number. They all appear to still be manufactured in Germany. Older C315Ms have a DPY315M model number but except possibly for minor revision differences of the head PCB which are mostly artwork related, they appear functionally identical. There were a number of earlier Adlas models with a similar basic design but quite different construction and packaging. The third generation Adlas laser designs which includes the C215M, C315M, and C415M, were a "major" upgrade and so Coherent than just bought Adlas to solve the problem of their lack of a high quality low to medium power green laser, or something along those lines. :) The Ads for the Adlas DPY 315M only ran for a couple months and then they came out as Coherent.

    According to information that used to be on the Coherent Web site, the C215M and C315M are supposed to be single frequency (single longitudinal mode) lasers and as such, the coherence length should be extremely long and ideal for holography and interferometry. The only reference still present there that confirms this is the "Comparison Chart for Continuous Wave (CW) Solid State Diode Pumped Laser Systems" at the bottom of the "CW DPSS Lasers" page, above. The Coherent Web site has been flip-flopping on this over the years since acquiring the technology in the late 1990s. Unlike the Coherent 532 green DPSS laser, these do not use a ring cavity but a more conventional Fabry-Perot (linear) cavity, though it would support single longitudinal mode operation if the birefringence of the KTP were used in conjunction with the Brewster plate to create a birefringent filter or if the KTP had surfaces coated (or uncoated) to act like an etalon. Both of these appear likely. (See the cavity descriptions, below, and the section: Birefringence or Etalon Effect Used for Mode Selection in C315M?.) Since the spec is no longer present, I wonder if they are indeed guaranteed to be single mode. One current specification in support of single mode operation is the optical noise - less than 0.25 percent RMS from 10 Hz to 1 GHz for the C315M and C415M; and 0.5 percent RMS for the C215M. This would most likely be orders of magnitude higher if these lasers were not single mode. And I did do some tests of one sample of a C315M laser head and indications are that it is indeed single mode under most conditions. See the section: Testing the C315M Laser Head for Single Frequency Operation, which also includes some comments suggesting that under certain conditions, another mode may be present, but at a very low level. However, note that the Coherent chart says the C415M is "broadband" meaning not single frequency, yet it still claims the low optical noise.

    I've only known of a few C315M lasers that operated non-single frequency after stabilizing on the Coherent controller. One would just mode hop back and forth at a few Hz between two very clean modes at certain power levels but could be tamed by setting the power slightly higher or lower. Another had "ghost" modes at any power setting with associated "spiking" behavior - high amplitude oscillations in the output power. And a third would do this but mostly at higher power. However, I was able to get a randomly selected C315M laser head to produce a low level (but stable) second mode when driven using a laboratory controller set so the laser was operating near one end of the Nd:YAG gain curve. But it would run reliably single frequency on the Coherent controller. Also, some units will briefly go to non-SLM during initialization when the KTP and/or RES temperature is changing. I've also seen one C315M that produced a very low level (less than 2 percent of the output power) second mode that was always there, at least a higher output power. None of this is particularly conclusive with respect to factory fresh C315M lasers because I've never seen one. All those I've tested have been either removed from service due to an upgrade, or for unspecified problems, some of which might be related to the observed behavior.

    Adlas and Coherent have both waffled on guaranteeing SLM operation. They will only say that most of the units are SLM most of the time. I assume that when stabilized near the middle of the gain curve, they will tend to be SLM. But if the controller gets carried away trying to achieve the selected output power without increasing pump diode current and it ends up off to one side of the gain curve, then maybe that's when it may have sustained non-SLM operation. And some units are more prone to this than others due to age, sex, phase of the moon, etc. :)

    Most of the information below is for the C315M since these laser heads have been showing up surplus most commonly, often along with the Coherent Analog Controller (LD and TEC driver unit with analog user interface), and occasionally with the Digital Controller (which plugs into the Analog Controller and adds a computer interface). The C315M is available in power ratings from 20 to 150 mW though the most common one on the surplus market is the 100 mW (rated) version, the C315M-100. The output power is tightly regulated so it generally will not change over the laser's lifetime. The maximum user adjustable power may be set by one of the pots on the laser head itself, and during use by a simple easily constructed control panel. There is no modulation capability though and the time for the output power to stabilize after being changed may be up to a minute or more.

    There is also a Coherent Compass 415M which is higher power (versions up to at least 300 mW) but bears much similarity to the C315M. However, it was never claimed to be single frequency. It uses a slightly different and somewhat larger controller (though the same user interface/control panel will work), and the laser head itself is a somewhat different shape. The head PCB which includes the "personality" settings for the laser is more complex and mounted under a cover rather than exposed as with the C315M (see below) but it's possible that the actual internal wiring of the head is the same. At least there are the same number of pins going inside though the interface cable has more pins (37 instead of 25). See the sections starting with: C415M Laser Head for more info. Most references to the C415M have now disappeared from the Coherent Web site as it is no longer being manufactured.

    The other laser in the original Compass-M family is the C215M, a lower power version, up to 75 mW. It is much more similar to the C315M than the C415M but the controller is definitely not the same and has a lower maximum rating for power consumption. The overall system is probably somewhat less expensive as some components have been left out compared to a similarly-rated C315M. I have tested a C215M-75 laser head on both C215M and C315M controllers and it works fine. But whether the stability and efficiency are the same with the C315M controller is not known, though I'd expect them to be similar.

    Due to the method of construction, all three of these lasers should retain alignment for their entire life. Everything internally is fastened by glue or solder with no screws anywhere. A fall onto a concrete floor may break internal parts and ruin the laser but normal shipping won't affect anything.

    In 2005, Coherent has added a C115M laser to its product line. This is a low power (5 or 10 mW) laser which uses a very different design. It has obviously been cost reduced (the blurb even says so), as the controller isn't even in an enclosed case, just either a PCB that fits over the laser head or attaches to it with a cable. Given the configuration of the laser head, I'd guess the C115M has a more conventional cavity design than the other Compass-M lasers but haven't seen one in person. There is no mention of single frequency operation, so it is probably multimode.

    And, if you happen across a truckload of junked lithosetters, rumor has it that one machine that contains C315M lasers is the Agfa Galileo, which is an "older" model as these things go. Newer ones are now using violet laser diodes. :)

    As of 2006, there is a Coherent C561 laser operating at 561 nm (a greenish yellow) which appears to use the C315M design but with different mirror coatings and SHG crystal (or just phase matching angle). Nd:YAG has a lasing line at 1,122 nm which is much weaker than the 1,064 nm line and the highest power is only 20 mW at present, but hopefully that will improve. :)

    Photos of the C315M and C415 construction (and dissection of the C315M) can be found in the Laser Equipment Gallery (Version 1.94 or higher) under "Coherent Diode Pumped Solid State Lasers".

    These laser heads used to show up on eBay and elsewhere for as little as $300 for the C315M, somewhat more for the higher power and less common C415M. But should you find a carton full of laser heads, some caution is advised before buying a dozen if they don't come with the Coherent Analog Controller. For the C315M, in addition to the pump diode, there are three (3) sets of TE coolers (a pair for the pump diode, one for the KTP, and another pair for the overall cavity) that need to be controlled independently for optimum performance. It may be possible to power just the pump diode and its TEC but depending on the particular unit, the output power and stability may be substantially reduced. In the unit for which some of the photos were taken, it happened that full output power was produced without even bothering to cool the diode (at least for long enough to take the pics - definitely not advised for continuous operation!). However, getting decent output power is not guaranteed without tuning the temperature of the KTP. In fact, there may be little or no green output at all for some samples (though this is not common)!

    However, as of 2006, the availability of the laser heads by themselves seems to have gone way down, though complete systems, while not plentiful, can still be found. Possibly, the entire print engines in which the Compass-M lasers were used are now being replaced by newer technology like violet laser diodes. So the heads pulled alone are no longer trickling in from field service. Expect to spend between $1,000 and $2,000 for a C315M-100 system, about $500 more for a C315M-150 system, and $2,500 or more for a complete C415M-200 system (which is very uncommon now surplus and no longer in production). Some lower power C215M and C315M systems also show up occasionally.

    If buying a surplus C315M, try to get the heatsink and output optics unit that usually goes with it. This includes a half wave plate mounted in the center of a large brass gear that may be rotated to select an arbitrary polarization orientation of the output beam. The waveplate itself is about 5x5x1 mm and AR coated on both sides and can be removed from the gear if you don't want to retain the entire assembly. I drilled a hole in the dust cap (that often comes with these lasers) and glued the waveplate to it at a slight angle (to prevent back-reflections). The cap will stay put but is easily rotated to set the polarization orientation. Using a Polarizing BeamSplitter (PBS) for testing, the extinction ratio (max:min intensity) could be determined as the waveplate was rotated. It was greater than 200:1 for transmission and greater than 50:1 for reflection even though my PBS was designed for 633 nm rather than 532 nm.

    The original complete assembly has many interesting and useful parts including high quality optics and stepper motors for computer control of beam focus, size, and fine alignment (computer not included), but these are only very rarely available. See Photo of Typical C315M Optics Platform from Platesetter for one example. The spinner motor with its 45 degree mirror can operate at 30,000 rpm or more, but the drivers for it as well as the other stepper motors, are generally not provided, or useful if they are since there is no documentation.

    But be aware that the C315M uses a small YAG rod (not vanadate) with a separate HR mirror and a very small KTP crystal. The C415M uses a Nd:YVO4 (vanadate) crystal also with a separate HR mirror and very small KTP crystal. None of the parts is particularly useful for a home-built DPSS project so buying one of these lasers just to salvage parts is probably ill-advised. In addition, while the pump diode for the C315M is in a nice package with a GRIN lens on its output, it is not set up for a very small pump beam spot as would be required in a typical home-built green DPSS laser using a (relatively thin) vanadate crystal. The C415M uses external pump beam shaping optics which are mounted separately from the pump diode package itself. The optics in both cases (HR and OC) are also matched to the C315M and C415M cavity configuration. Thus, any home-built laser using these parts would have to retain the cavity design so best to just leave it intact!

    The Coherent Analog Controller is a set of programmable drivers that implements an initialization/search algorithm to determine an optimal set of operating parameters based on the selected output power and laser head personality PCB. It can plug into any sample of a compatible Compass-M laser head and find near-optimal operating conditions in under 6 minutes. This might take over an hour to do by hand using lab drivers.

    The warmup using the Coherent Analog Controller is similar to other DPSS lasers in that's it's not a smooth ramp up to full power and will have wild fluctuations for a few minutes. It's not as bad as some but significant "fluffing and pulsing" of the output occurs as the unit initializes and goes through its search and optimization algorithm. See C315M DPSS Laser Normal Startup. After a few second time delay, they turn on with a ramp (0 to around 50 percent power), then the fluffing/pulsing until the output power decreases slightly, and then increases to full power and becomes very stable and BRIGHT! :) (There's a Ready status signal that is asserted once the warmup is complete.) However, note that changing power can take anywhere from a few seconds to several minutes for stability to return. It is usually shorter than initial warmup but never instantaneous. Thus, these lasers cannot be modulated in any useful way using the Coherent controller. The same power plot extended to include three new power settings after initial warmup is shown in C315M DPSS Laser Startup Followed by 25, 60, and 100 Percent Power Settings.

    Noise in the output in the frequency range of 0 to 20 MHz is very low, probably below 1 percent for the units I tested.

    The following includes contributions from Bob (no email), Dave (, and Mike Harrison (

    Quick Comparison of Coherent Compass 532 and Compass-M Lasers

    Both of these lasers produce green light at 532 nm and the beam is TEM00 and single frequency (single longitudinal mode) so what's the difference? You'll have to read the sections on both lasers for a more complete picture but here's a brief summary.

    From an elegance perspective, the C532 might be considered a superior laser since it uses a ring-type resonator with automagical adjustment to optimize the lasing mode location, and enables instant power output adjustment but not true high speed modulation. But it's also a more complex laser in terms of the optical layout, and usually more expensive, new or surplus. The Compass-M lasers use a more traditional Fabry-Perot resonator design with multiple mode selection elements to force single mode operation.

    The controller board for the C532 is matched to the laser head so that switching heads (to the extent that this is really feasible) requires complete realignment. Particularly troublesome may be adjusting the mode stabilization circuits. On the plus side, the C532 controller uses mostly off the shelf parts and schematics are available. And, replacement of some parts inside the laser head (e.g., the pump diode) are possible, though not necessarily easy.

    The Coherent Analog Controller for each series of Compass-M lasers (C215M, C315M, or C415M) is very reliable and any controller should work with any compatible laser head with no adjustments as head specific LD and TEC settings are read from the laser head "personality" PCB and the controller then determines optimal operating parameters during initialization. Thus, any C315M laser head (e.g., -50, -100, -150) will operate correctly with any C315M controller. Same for the C215M and C415M but except for possibly being able to run a C215M laser head on a C315M controller, they are not interchangeable. (While running a C215M laser head on a C315M controller seems to work at least in one instance, there are no guarantees it will work in all cases.) However, no service information is available for any of the controllers and except for some simple problems, for all practical purposes, the Compass-M laser heads are not serviceable at all.

    In terms of beam characteristics, the beam profile of all samples of the C315M (or C215M or C415M) is virtually identical, nicely circular and Gaussian. This probably derives from the robotic assembly line resulting in a very high degree of consistency from one unit to the next. The beam from a C532 is less consistent varying from perfectly circular to significantly elongated (usually vertically). Both lasers are linearly polarized vertically.

    Both lasers should be good for holography and interferometry. However, since the C532 is a unidirection ring laser, it's virtually guaranteed to be single mode and have long coherence length. The C315M is single mode under most conditions, though not guaranteed by the resonator configuration. As a practical matter it probably doesn't matter.

    Go to Holography Forum: Coherent Compass 315M Laser used for DCG Holography? for a discussion on the use and characteristics of the C315M in particular.

    Differences Between the C215M, C315M, and C415M

    Here are some observations comparing the C215M, C315M, and C415M laser heads and the C215M, C315M, and C415M analog controllers external and operational characteristics. Basic electrical and mechanical specifications for the C215M and C315M may be found via the Coherent, Inc., link, above. (The C415M is no longer manufactured.) Descriptions of the internal design may be found in the respective sections for each laser.

    What's the same? Well, the same control panel or autostart board can be used on the analog controller's DB15 interface connector for all three lasers! :)

    Using the Coherent Analog Controller

    This section provides complete information on turning the C315M laser on and off, setting output power, and monitoring status via the DB15 user interface connector on the analog controller. The same controller can generally be used for C315M heads with different maximum power ratings equal to or less than its rating (e.g., a -100 controller can be used with a -50 or -100 laser head). I have had no serious problems using a -100 controller with -150 laser heads but have seen some minor quirks that could have been due to the higher current required for some -150 laser heads near full power as C315M-150 lasers may have a diode current limit approaching 3 amps. Cooling of the controller baseplate will be more critical for higher power lasers.

    The selected power will always be based on a percentage of the maximum as far as the DB15 user interface connector is concerned (though there may be differences in data returned via the Coherent Digital Controller since there's a parameter for maximum laser power that can be sent to it.

    The information below applies directly to the C315M analog controller but the C215M and C415M analog controller user interface connector functions appear to be very similar or identical, and the same autostart adapter and/or control panel should operate all types. (However, the higher power C415M - up to 300 mW - requires a different analog controller which operates ONLY on 24 VDC and the analog controller for the C215M operates ONLY on 5 VDC. In addition, there is a 2 pin jumper on the C215M controller which enables the laser to be started automatically without anything attached to the DB15 user interface connector.)

    WARNING: The C315M analog controller (at least) is apparently not as well protected against failure from external causes as might be expected from something this sophisticated (and expensive!):

    The C315M Operator's Manual makes no specific mention of some of the above but I know of at least two instances of controller failure for unknown reasons so it makes sense to heed these warnings.

    Single Point Failure Mode of the C315M Analog Controller

    The following applies from personal experience to the C315M analog controller. Since the C415M analog controller has a similar interface, it's quite possible that the failure mode applies to it as well.

    Although this unit is supposed to have a variety of safeguards to prevent damage to the laser diode from overcurrent, or the TECs or what they are attached to from overtemperature, and appears to be fairly robust overall, there is one very fundamental flaw that can result in the destruction of the attached laser head. This is a result of a single point failure in the GAL16V8D PLD which attaches to the 15 pin user interface connector (among other things). The GAL part's inputs are the user switches, status and fault signals from other parts of the controller. Its outputs enable the TEC and LD power and provide the user status signals.

    The failure may arise if this GAL is damaged or forgets its programming (these are reprogrammable parts so in theory at least, such amnesia is possible). One scenario which I unfortunately had occur is that an accidental short of the +5 VDC line (pin 11 of the interface connector) to digital ground (pin 9) blew open a trace on the PCB next to the connector and in the process, somehow affected the GAL chip causing it to lose its mind. At this point, the laser diode was turned on (ignoring the associated switch) with no thermal control (despite that switch being on) and no fail-safe protection against overcurrent or overtemperature (contrary to what the operator's manual says). I don't know which part in the laser head died but within a couple of minutes, output power decreased and then there was no lasing at all - ever. With no status indications functional, there was no way to be aware of this sequence of events until it was too late. The PCB trace was easily found and fixed but the GAL remained brain dead. Post mortem testing of the signals on the GAL part showed that indeed, it completely ignores the user switches - pins 14 (Laser Status), 15 (Laser Diode Overcurrent), and 16 (Power Status), are all stuck high. Although the GAL pins are fairly well protected from transients with series resistors, bypass caps, and the like, sharing critical functions with the user interface, exposed as it is to abuse, was a basic design flaw. These functions should have been in a separate section of circuitry isolated to a greater extent from the outside world. Thus, pay close attention to the WARNINGS below when using the controller.

    It's also possible that the GAL device failure was only collateral damage and the actual problem was the open Ground. Why? Because even if the laser diode remained on when it shouldn't have and was driven as hard as possible via the controller, the actual current would still be limited to the Imax for the diode because the P2 pot on the C315M laser head is what determines its maximum current. Thus even if the driving signal was at its maximum value, the current control to the laser diode driver would still be limited to Imax. However, if the open ground also affected the laser head itself, that P2 pot would no longer have its low side reference and the current control signal could go to the actual maximum of the laser diode driver which is much greater than Imax for most pump diodes.

    Yet another possibility is that thermal control wasn't working or wasn't working properly, particularly for the laser diode and it was damaged not by overcurrent but by excessive temperature. I did find the lower LD TEC open on this laser head but that might have happened later.

    I have now replaced the bad GAL part with one from another dead controller. Getting it out more or less intact wasn't high on my list of fun things to do on a lazy afternoon - it's in a socket now. :) As far as I can tell by testing the controller with the destroyed laser head while monitoring supply current, the GAL appears to have been the only casualty. However, since the replacement was from a unit with a different revision code, I don't know for sure that its logic is identical. I finally risked testing the repaired controller with a good laser head. It appears to work fine and I've since used it to test dozens of C315M laser heads but there still could be subtle differences due to a possible earlier GAL revision. However, I've been using this controller to test various C315M laser heads without any problems.

    Analog Controller User Interface Signals

    Here are the descriptions of the connections to the DB15M user interface. As noted, the C415M interface is similar or identical.

    These are paraphrased from the C315M Operator's Manual:

    Pin 1 - Interlock. The laser turns on only if this pin is connected to +5 VDC (for example, via a door switch). Opening the interlock loop turns the laser off immediately. After reconnection of the interlock loop, there is a three second delay before the laser is restarted. +5 VDC is available on pin 11. Current consumption of the interlock relay is approximately 100 mA.

    Pin 2 - Laser On/Off (Command). The rising edge of this TTL signal turns the laser diode on and it must remain high while the laser is operating. The laser diode will be disabled if pin 6 (Power On/Off Status) is low.

    Pin 3 - Power On/Off (Thermal Control, Command). The rising edge of this TTL signal turns on all thermal control loops (but not the laser diode). It must remain high during operation.

    Pin 4 - Laser (Status). A TTL output (high=on) that can be used to monitor the status of the laser diode and hence the laser.

    Pin 5 - Laser Diode Overcurrent (Status). A TTL output (high=fault) indicates a serious malfunction and should NEVER occur during normal operation. It is intended as a troubleshooting aid.

    Pin 6 - Power On/Off (Status). A TTL output (high=on) that indicates the status of the Thermal Control components. The laser diode cannot be turned on if this signal is low.

    Pin 7 - Overtemperature (Status). A TTL output (high=fault) indicates that the thermalized components probably including the LD, KTP, and RES, are too hot and the laser will shut down. It may be restarted once it has cooled down. (Power On/Off and Laser On/Off must be cycled to reset.) Unless there is a fault in the wiring or an internal short circuit, or a defective controller, it's not clear how this could happen unless the baseplate temperature were also marginal.

    Pin 8 - Enter (Command). This TTL signal must be pulled down for at least 1 ms to transfer the setting of the power level pot to the internal memory and initiate a new power search cycle.

    Pin 9 - Digital Ground. Pin 10 - Analog Ground. Analog and Digital Grounds are tied together inside the controller.

    Pin 11 - +5 VDC Source. This output provides power to the digital controller and can be used for user circuitry attached to the 15 pin interface. The maximum current that can be taken safely from pin 11 is 200 mA. See the warnings above about this pin.

    Pin 12 - Heat Sink Overtemperature (Status). This TTL output (high=fault) indicates that the case temperature is too high for the internal TECs to function properly. The laser will shut down and may be restarted once the laser has cooled down. A larger heatsink, more fans, or lower ambient temperature will be required.

    Pin 13 - Laser Power Setpoint. This analog signal ranges from 0 to +5 V corresponding to a selected power from 0 to the maximum spec'd power for the laser. (Note that there is some conflicting information as to the range as elsewhere, it says it is from 50 to 100 percent of rated power.) This value must be entered into the controller's nonvolatile memory to become active.

    Pin 14 - Power Monitor Output. Output voltage of 0 to 5 V indicates laser power from 0 to maximum spec'd value. For accurate power readings, it will be necessary to calibrate this signal with respect to calibrated reference.

    Pin 15 - Laser Ready (Status). This TTL signal goes high when the actual output power is within a window of the selected output power. Thus, it may flash on momentarily during the search procedure while the laser is warming up. The laser can be assumed to have stabilized if this signal remains on for more than 30 seconds.

    Compass-M Laser Control Panels

    The following are known to be compatible with the Coherent Analog Controllers for the C215M, C315M, and C415M lasers.

    The absolutely most minimal hardware needed to turn on the C315M and C415M lasers at full power can be constructed by hardwiring pins 1, 3, and 13 to pin 11 (+5 VDC). Install a 1K ohm resistor between pin 11 and pin 2. Jumper pins 9 and 10 together (digital and analog GND) and add a 47 uF capacitor from pin 2 (+) and pin 9 (-). The RC network is needed to provide a delay between Power On and Laser On. Add a momentary switch between pins 8 and 9 to set the power to max. (The switch is only needed to load the power setting the first time a new laser head/controller combination is powered up. After that, the power setting is retained in the Controller's EEPROM.)

    Even this minimal setup isn't needed for the C215M controller since there is a jumper that enables automatic start up at full power without anything connected to the user interface DB15. The jumper position is to the right of the DB15 connector. CAUTION: There is also a two pin header next to the power connector, function unknown - DON'T put a jumper there!

    What follows are several control panels and related circuits starting with one that's just barely more complex than the one just described:

    Note that all of these use the +5 VDC output from the controller for power. However, for the Power Set pot in particular, it may be better to provide an external well regulated source of 5 VDC, or to boost the 5 VDC from the controller and then re-regulate it back down to +5 VDC. The reason is that there appears to be a fair amount of ripple and noise on this line with variations long enough that filtering isn't possible. Thus, the actual power setting stored by the controller can vary by a few percent depending on when the button is pressed. A boost supply just for the Power Set pot can be constructed using something like a Maxim MAX232 charge pump or a 555-based doubler followed by a 78L05 regulator.

    Basic Control Panel:

    (Much of this is from: Dave (

    For those lucky enough to get or have a Coherent power unit, here are the connections on the 15 pin connector required to operate the laser. This allows the output power to be adjusted from less than 1 mW to 100 mW using a pot and is based on the C315M Test Connector (available from Coherent no doubt at an exorbitant price) which sets up the laser for variable power. To make your own, wire a DB15 female connector as shown below and attach it before applying power.

           |   |   |   |
           |  \   \   \   DB15 female connector attaches to controller
           |  I|  L|  T|
           | 1 o   o   o   o   o   o   o   o---+          I=Interlock
           |                                 8 |          L=Laser Diode
           |   9 o   o   o   o   o   o   o 15  |          T=Thermoelectric Control
           |     |   |   |       |       |     |    +5V
           +-----|---|---+ +5V   |       |R/S  |     o    E=Enable
                 |   |   |       |       |     |   |\|
                 |   |   \ High  |       +-----|---|  >o----|<|---/\/\---o +5V
                 |   |   /<------+             |   |/|      LED   500
                 |   |   \ Power,10K           |     |  R/S=Ready/Stable
                 |   |   / Low                 |     |
                 |   |   |                     |     |
                 |   +---+---------------------|-----+
                 |               E _|_         |
                 +-----------------o o---------+

    Not shown but highly recommended: A 250 mA fast acting fuse between pin 11 and everything else to protect against shorts to the Controller's internal +5 VDC supply.

    You will need 2 SPST toggle switches (Interlock is optional and can just be a jumper between the two pins), a 10K ohm pot (linear taper), 1 SPST normally open momentary switch, and of course the DB15 female connector to attach these to the controller. In addition, to monitor status, a logic inverter as shown or just a 2N3904 transistor with a 10K base reisstor will be needed to drive an LED. LED

    The relative output power can be monitored on pin 14 (0 to 5 V). Adding an analog or digital panel meter would complete a really classy C315M control panel. :) (However, note that the output power is not absolute but simply relative to the maximum control panel pot setting (+5 VDC). The P6 pot on the laser head adjusts actual output power as well but that won't show up via pin 14.)

    Watch out for static especially with the controller unit! The controller unit also needs to be heatsinked for it dissipates about 15 W. An aluminum finned heatsink about the same size as the controller should be adequate. If it gets more than just warm to the touch, a small fan should be added.

    Note that the Compass-M laser heads may dissipate substantial power during initialization when the TECs are being driven to the temperature setpoints and when running at anywhere near full power, and MUST be kept cool. The plain heatsink provided with many of these systems is not sufficient without some forced-air cooling. I'd recommend a 6x6 inch or more finned heatsink, preferably with a cooling fan. At low power (say less than 10 mW) this may not be essential but it's good insurance. And, as noted, during initialization, the baseplate could get hot enough to cause the laser to shut down if there is no heatsink. The baseplate should not be more than warm to the touch (27 °C, 81 °F) even after extended operation.

    Turn on is as follows:

    1. Close switch "I" (Interlock).
    2. Apply DC power to the system.
    3. Push momentary switch "E" to load power level setpoint into the register.
    4. Close switch "T" (Thermoelectric Control).
    5. Close switch "L" (Laser Diode).

    Yellow LED on the head comes on and laser will come on and eventually settle at the power set on the pot. Note that the output power may go through some wild gyrations during this time, especially from a cold start, as the controller performs some rather complex optimization. This is nothing to be worried about as long as it eventually stabilizes. How long the entire process takes may vary with the particular laser head, selected output power, and ambient temperature, but is typically 1 to 6 minutes. (More on what goes on below.)

    When the laser has reached stability at the selected power, the "ready/stable" output will switch to a TTL "HI" on pin 15, (lower rightmost pin on connector o as you look at it on the controller unit).

    Do not directly drive anything like an LED with the controller outputs - buffer them. This is particularly true of the Ready signal. A load like a 74HC input or a 10K ohm resistor to the base of a 2N3904 will be fine but even a single 74LS TTL gate may be problematic.

    While the laser is running you can change the power level at any time. Just set the pot to the new setting and push the "E" button. The laser output power will drop to a low value (perhaps go off entirely) and then climb to the new setting (with possible gyrations in the process). Stabilizing after changing power may take a minute or so as only part of the optimization process is performed. The manual recommends that you run it at 60 to 100% output power but for what reason I am not sure. Possibly for stability for I have run mine at 5 to 10 mW for hours at a time without any noticeable problems. It runs cold at lower output.

    To shut down, flip the Laser Diode switch "L" off and kill input power.

    Please use these jumpers with caution.

    An interesting note: When the laser is switched to standby mode it continuously sends out in easily visible data packets, the total hours (most likely) via the IR led on the back of the head. This can easily be seen with the aid of an IR sensor card or IR detector circuit. The format looks like it might be a stream of 8 to 10 characters. It seems that if this repeating data stream is recorded and the laser is then run for a specific amount of time the code could be figured out but so far even after some modestly extensive tests, the code remains a mystery. :)

    Simple Autostart Adapter:

    (For this and some of the other below, I have bare (unpopulated) printed circuit boards and/or complete units available. See: Sam's Classified Page under "Diode Pumped Solid State Lasers".)

    This is very similar to the basic control panel but will automatically power up the laser at the power setting of the pot and allow the power to be changed. (Applying power to the Basic Control Panel with both switches on *may* start the laser or may do nothing - it's sort of a crap shoot. The autostart adapter provides the proper timing.)

                                                            R2 500   LED1
        +------------------+                      +----------/\/\----|>|---+
        |                  |                      |  R3 500   LED2  Power  |
        |          +---+---|---+------------------+---/\/\----|>|---+      |
        |          |  I|  L|  T|                             Ready/ |      |
        |          | 1 o   o   o   o   o   o   o   o---+     Stable |      |
        |          |                                 8 |            |      |
        |          |   9 o   o   o   o   o   o   o 15  |            |      |
        |  R1 1K   |     |   |   |       |       |     |            |      |
        +---/\/\---+-----|---|---+ +5V   |       |R/S  |    R4    |/ C *Q1 |
        |                |   |   |       |       +-----|---/\/\---| 2N3904 |
        |    *C2         +---+ H /       |             |   10K    |\ E     |
        +-----||----+--+     |   \<------+             |            |      |
        |    .1uF   |  |     |   / R5 10K       +------+            |      |
       _|_+         /  |     | L \ Power        |    E |            |      |
       --- C1   *R6 \  |     |   | Adj.   *Q2 |/ C    |o S1         |      |
        | 33uF   1M /  +-----|---|------------|     --| Enable      |      |
        |           \        |   |     2N3904 |\ E    |o            |      |
        |           |        |   |              |      |            |      |

    See Photo of C315M Simple Autostart Adapter. As can be seen, I have made a printed circuit board which can either be used naked or if the corners are cut off, it will fit inside some DB15 shells including this one which is Jameco part number 25566CF (metallized), but their part number 15018CF (plastic) may be safer as far as minimizing the risk of short circuits is concerned. Some assembly required. The capacitor for the time delay from Power On to Laser On is mounted under the PCB. The parts marked with "*" are to pulse the Enable line on power-up. These were not in the original version of the PCB but fit easily underneath as well. As above, not shown but highly recommended: A 250 mA fast acting fuse between pin 11 and everything else to protect against shorts to the Controller's internal +5 VDC supply.

    Note: The original design (V1.0) of this circuit did NOT pulse the Power Set line automatically. With these, C315M controller may not perform a slow ramp-up of current from near zero but rather start at a higher value based somehow on the state of the laser on the previous power cycle. This might seem surprising but isn't dangerous for the laser and the end result appears to be the just about the same either way. Such behavior happens more consistently when using a 24 VDC power supply rather than the 12 to 15 VDC power supply but may also occur with the lower voltage power supplies depending on the revision of the controller, phase of the moon, even the particular laser head, etc. :) (Since the C215M and C415M controllers have fixed power requirements, this doesn't apply to them.) That some revisions of the controller might behave differently makes sense but why it should matter whether 24 VDC is used or 12 to 15 VDC is used is unknown. Pressing the "Power Set" button soon after applying power will always force a full initialization and is recommended if the pulse circuit isn't included. Adding just a 4.7 uF capacitor across the pushbutton switch (call it V1.1) is sufficient under most conditions but is not guaranteed to perform a full reset.

    Slightly Better Control Panel:

    I've constructed the circuit below inside a little (antistatic) plastic box with the salvaged backpanel-to-mainboard game port adapter from a defunct PC. CAUTION: The wiring of these may not be standard - use an ohmmeter to confirm pin association between the DB15F and IDC16 header. See Photo of C315M Laser Control Panel 1. This has been tested on the C215M, C315M, and C415M. The indicators are an LED turned on by the "T" switch and a status LED (not shown above) which flashes at about a 2 Hz rate when the "L" switch is on but before the laser has stabilized and on solid when the power level selected has been achieved is locked in. See: C315M Laser Control Panel 1. (Note: This updated version actually uses the logic confirmation of TC-On and LD-On for the LEDs rather than the switches themselves. Thus if the laser turns off due to some fault, one or both LEDs will also go off.) I have a few bare (unpopulated) printed circuit boards available for this control panel, though I'm not convinced using the PCB is much easier than just constructing the circuit on a piece of prototyping "Perf" board. Note: These do not designed to autostart - the switches should be sequenced manually.

    Note: Since the Power Set input has a resistance of only 10K ohms, the actual power is NOT linear with pot rotation. The non-linearity is reduced for lower resistance pots but it may still be annoying even with a 1K ohm pot, about the lowest resistance that should be used. Therefore, where there is no panel meter display of the power setting and a linear relationship is desired, a unity gain buffer using a rail-to-rail 5 V op-amp like the National LMC6482 should be added.

    Even Better Control Panel:

    And I have also made up a slightly more sophisticated control panel design along with a PCB layout. This should also work with the C215M, C315M, and C415M lasers. It includes all of the fault indicators in addition to what's in C315M Laser Control Panel 1 as well as initialization logic. If S1, S2, and S3 are ON when power is applied, the laser will automatically start up at the power level selected by the power level pot. This is based on the "Autostart Adapter" shown in the C315M Operator Manual. All it does is provide logic with delays to sequence the required rising edges on Power On/Off (pin 3) and Laser On/Off (pin 2), and the Enter pulse (pin 8) using some R/C delays and Schmitt-Trigger gates. Unless you plan to bury your C315M inside some machine that may experience power failures, autostart is probably an unneeded complication but I couldn't resist. :)

    The Gerber files include the component side copper, soldermask, top silkscreen, internal fused +5 VDC (VCC) and digital ground layers, solder side copper, solder side soldermask, and drill control artwork. The original printed circuit board CAD files and netlist (in Tango PCB format) are provided so that the circuit layout can be modified or imported to another system if desired. (Note: I don't guarantee that the parts values in the Tango PCB file are accurate - go by the schematic.) The text file '315cpnl2.doc' (in describes the file contents in more detail.

    I also couldn't resist doing a diagram of a suggested front panel layout:

    There is also another panel layout that adds monitoring of the laser diode current and current control voltage, though such a capability would be more useful for diagnostic purposes than simply running the laser. The additional inputs require connecting to three pins on the C215M or C315M laser head cable: Pins 1 (Laser Diode Control), pin 2 (Laser Diode Current), and pin 23 (Common). While there should be corresponding signals on the C415M as well, the laser head pin numbers will differ.

    The internal beam pickup (monitor photodiode, pin 24) voltage may also be monitored to keep track of how initialization is progressing and to check how closely the laser maintains a constant output power.

    An additional op-amp unity gain buffer or high value isolation resistor (1M ohm or more) is recommended for each of the laser head signals, especially for the laser diode control voltage and current to prevent any switching transients from affecting laser diode operating.

    And there is also an external input for a power meter sensor so that actual output power can be monitored in addition to the internal beam pickup of the laser head. A silicon photodiode behind a filter providing attenuation by a factor of approximately 100 (OD2) is used to monitor output power up to 199.9 mW. With appropriate biasing, a voltage proportional to optical power can be monitored across the load resistor so no additional op-amp is needed.

    The required ranges for each of the signals is:

      Signal (1)    DPM Range  Units  Calibration   Function
      User Pin 13   0 to 5 V     %     20%/V (2)    Power set voltage
      Head Pin 1    0 to 5 V     V     1 V/V        Laser diode control voltage
      Head Pin 2    0 to 5 V     A     1 A/V        Laser diode current
      Head Pin 24   0 to 5 V     %     40%/V (3)    Internal power monitor (4)


    1. "User" is the DB15 on the Coherent Analog Controller, "Head" is the SIL30 on the laser head (pin 1 is on the far right).

    2. This calibration is approximate. The low end may not be exactly 0 mW.

    3. On the C215M controller I tested, the calibration seemed to be slightly higher at times, around 43%/V, but I'm not sure if this isn't just some peculiarity of my test setup.

    4. I believe that User Pin 14 is the same signal as Head Pin 24 but with a calibration of 20%/V. Use whichever is more convenient.

    Of course, a multiposition meter select switch could have replaced the 2 position switch on Control Panel 2 but it's nice to be able to see both current and output power simultaneously. :) And, if LCD digital panel meters are used, everything can be powered from the 5 VDC source on the the DB15 user interface connector or laser head since their current consumption is only 2 or 3 mA (compared to LED digital panel meters which may require up to 200 mA or more).

    C315M Laser Diode/Output Power Monitor

    For just being able to display the laser diode current (LDI, pin 2), laser diode current control voltage (LDCV, pin 1), internal beam pickup (Pin 24), and actual laser output power, a much simpler unit can be constructed which consists of 1 or 2 LCD Digital Panel Meters (DPMs) wired into the C315M (or C215M) head connector with an external photodiode behind an ND2 or higher neutral density filter. This is essentially the monitoring portion of C315M Laser Control Panel 3 and is what I finally constructed as I already had a variety of control panels and autostart widgets.

    I've built this monitor into a little aluminum box with switches to select among LDI, LDCV, and output power using a 3-1/2 digit LCD DPM. Power for the DPM comes from the +5 VDC on the laser head PCB since it only requires 2 or 3 mA. (An LED DPM draws a lot more current and might have required its own power supply.) Since the DPM has a full scale sensitivity of 200 mV, the op-amp buffers were not needed as suitable high value resistors (over 10M ohm) serve to calibrate the meter and provide isolation. A portion of the isolation/calibration resistance is located in the cable to the laser head. For monitoring actual (external beam) power, my sensor is a 7 mm diameter silicon photodiode (I have no idea where it came from) with a filter in front of it to provide an attenuation of about OD2 (transmission of 1 percent) at 532 nm. The load resistor and calibration adjustment is a 500 ohm trimpot. This rig tracks my LaserCheck within 1 or 2 percent.

    The combination of Control Panel 1, Coherent Compass-M User Interface Signal Monitor, and C315M Laser Diode/Output Power Monitor, is what I use most of the time for testing and troubleshooting of C315M laser heads and controllers. It's what I call the "C315M Diagnostic Unit" or CDU. Here is a Photo of C315M Diagnostic Unit Setup. The signal monitor shows all green lights (no errors) and the output power readout is 104.2 mW from one of my "visible" (Plexiglas top) C315M-100 laser heads. :) See the section: Simplified C315M Laser Diagnostic Unit.

    Compass-M User Interface Signal Monitor:

    I have also constructed a widget that goes in-line between the controller and user control panel or other device which has LEDs on all the TTL inputs and status signals. See Photo of Coherent Compass-M User Interface Signal Monitor While this is not needed to operate the laser, this comes in handy for troubleshooting should the controller not start properly or shut down unexpectedly. See the section: Test Adapters for the Coherent Analog Controller.

    Checklist for Powering a Compass-M System

    The following assumes the use of the Coherent Analog Controller with a ontrol panel that has adjustable power. If some versions of the autostart adapter are being used, some of the steps below will not be present. This procedure is known to work for C215M, C315M, and C415M systems, as well as a C215M laser head on a C315M controller. For the special case of a C315M laser head on a C215M, see the section: Powering the C315M with the C215M Analog Controller since modifications are required for this to work at all.

    Power and cooling requirements:

    Powering up/testing procedure:

    Note that a laser head rated for a specific power (e.g., 100 mW) may actually produce more or less power based on the setting of P6 on the C215M or C315M laser head PCB. (I do not know which pot on the C415M is equivalent.) The only thing that the Ready light indicates is that the controller has achieved the power specified by P6, not that the laser is producing rated power. So, a low power head may just need to have P6 adjusted if the Ready light comes on. Surplus C315M laser heads originally from graphic arts equipment often come outputting less than rated power, possibly as low as 60 or 70 percent (or even lower). A few may be running at somewhat over rated power, which is probably how they were set up at the factory.

    It's possible and rather likely that all C315M-100 laser heads are set to 100 mW or a bit above at the factory and the cause of the reduction (usually) in the output power is a change in the sensitivity of the monitor photosensor as a result of slight contamination on the 45 degree plate in the beam sampler. It wouldn't take much change in scatter to significantly increase the photosensor sensitivity without noticeably affecting beam quality since the photodiode chip is rather large and very close to the plate. In fact, this might explain why so many C315M laser heads which appear to be perfectly healthy are showing up surplus: Perhaps when the output power drops below 80 percent or so of the value specified by the controller, the recommended preventive maintenance procedure is to replace the laser! So, probably, Field Service just isn't allowed to touch the P6 pot. :) There is no evidence to support the alternative explanation (which is what I had originally assumed): That the P6 pots are purposely adjusted with reduced output power to prolong laser life or for some other reason. First, this could always be done via the controller while allowing for more power if needed. Second, I've seen no indication on any of the large number of C315M lasers I've tested that the red sealer on the P6 pot is anything but the original factory issue, not scraped off and replaced. And finally, if this adjustment were done at the factory, the laser would likely be labeled with its actual output power, not just the standard part number (Compass 315M-100 or whatever).

    In fact, my experience has been that even if just sitting in a cabinet in a sealed bag, the P6 calibration will drift over time. There must be someting inside the laser head that is outgassing even when the laser is not being used. So, just be prepared for the possible need to tweak the P6 pot from time-to-time.

    Also, the actual output power for a specific sample of a controller driving the same laser head may vary by a few percent due to tolerances of components or factory calibration. A small random change from one power cycle to the next appears to be normal as well, possibly caused by a combination of random ripple and noise on the Power Set voltage, and which local maxima is locked to by the controller. Both of these are on the order of no more than a few percent and can always be compensated for by adjusting P6 on the laser head.

    Powering off:

    Possible problems:

    Where behavior doesn't match what's described above, use the following guide to aid in troubleshooting. This is an abbreviated version of what can be found in the section: Troubleshooting Compass M Laser System Problems. /A>

    Most problems with these lasers are attributable to cockpit errors and not actual failures of either the laser head or controller. Both units are quite reliable when powered with a stable DC supply and user interface logic inputs are sequenced properly.

    When purchasing one of these systems, it is good idea to include a control panel or autostart adapter even if your intent is to use a PC interface or other automated scheme to turn the laser on and off and set power. Then, you can test the system immediately when it arrives, and can always go back to a known working configuration to assure that nothing bad has happened should your fancy high tech computer control with all the bells and whistles not function correctly.

    Above all, avoid the urge to twiddle any pots on the laser head without explicit instructions!!!! And, there are NO user serviceable parts or adjustments inside either the laser head or controller! :)

    Adjusting Maximum Compass-M Laser Head Power

    Although all C215M, C315M, and C415M laser heads have a power designation (e.g., -50, -100, -150), the actual maximum power setting is determined by a pot on the laser head PCB. For the C215M and C315M, it is P6 (far left looking from the side). There is a corresponding pot in the C415M but I haven't dug deep enough to know which it is. Surplus laser heads often come outputting significantly less than the rated power even with the control panel Power Select pot set to full. A setting of 70 to 85 mW is typical for a C315M-100 originating from a printer. See the previous section for a likely explanation. If the laser stabilizes and the control panel Ready LED comes on (pin 14 of the DB15 user interface connector - the Ready signal - goes high), then the laser is achieving the selected power for which it thinks it is set. Assuming it's not on the hairy edge with a tired and worn down pump diode, the maximum power setpoint can be adjusted relatively easily and with low risk of damage. The pump diode current will be limited by the controller to a safe value assuming the ILD (P1) pot on the head PCB hasn't been touched and was set correctly at the factory. The Ready LED will just never come on if the controller is unable to achieve the selected power. However, if it ain't broke, don't fix it!!!! I've seen more than one instance of a failed attempt at adjusting C315M maximum power via the P6 pot which I had to correct.

    CAUTION: The ONLY pot on the head PCB that should usually be adjusted is P6, the one for output power. The others are all set based on the characteristics of the specific head and should never need to be touched under most conditions unless someone before you twiddled them all randomly. Don't even think about touching P1 as that's the diode current limit. If the pot settings are close to where they should be, the search algorithm will still be able to find a near optimal set of operating parameters. However, if far off, the search may zero in on an incorrect local maximum with no chance of achieving the rated output power, let alone decent efficiency. It's possible for there to be 10 mW or less output power at the diode current limit for a 100 mW laser if just one of the temperature settings is far off, not a good situation. If you know the pots have been twiddled randomly, DON'T power up the laser as damage - possibly terminal - to the laser head may be the result. It would be best to set the current limit to a fairly safe level of 2 A and determine the optimal temperature settings using a home-built or third party controller. These can then be put into the pot settings. However, you're on your own in this case. :)

    Counterclockwise rotation of the pot increases output power.

    In either case, it is best to start with the original setting (or one that is known to reach a stable power) and proceed from there. After carefully scraping the sealing paint from the pot, mark the original position with a dab of ink or paint of your own so it can be set back to the original setting if desired. Turn the pot by a small amount and then check output power.

    The adjustment is fairly sensitive at the high end so don't go too far too fast. Very roughly, 1/10th rotation will probably change the setting by about 20 percent near 100 mW. If the Ready LED never comes on, then the laser is incapable of reaching the specified power. Note that turning the pot fully counterclockwise is probably not a useful approach to achieve maximum power since if the controller is unable to achieve the selected power, what the laser does produce won't be stable, though depending on the particular unit, this may indicate how high it can go. But it's quite possible that even the peaks of the fluctuating power may be below the rated power because the higher diode current results in the temperature of the diode not being optimal. If your control panel has a variable power setting, determining how low it has to go for the laser to be happy will provide an indication of how far off the head setting is. Further note that some headroom may be needed for the controller algorithm to be happy - possibly as much as 10 percent or more above the selected power in some cases. More on this below.

    While the search algorithm is in progress, the typical laser output power after the initial ramp-up seems to vary around 40 to 60 percent of the selected power. In other words, if the selected power is 100 mW, the power during warmup will fluctuate between 40 and 60 mW so this can be used as a rough guide if you'd rather not wait until the Ready LED comes on. After the search is complete, the local area of the KTP and resonator (RES) temperatures are locked in at which point the pump diode current drops to a lower value (about 80 or 90 percent of the search current) and then slowly increases (with pauses along the way for fine KTP and RES temperature adjustment) until the output power is equal to the setpoint (within a small window). One might assume that power is regulated by the controller adjusting pump diode current but this appears not to be the case as small changes in P6 change the output power a corresponding amount but the diode current remains absolutely constant. In fact, KTP and RES temperature adjustment is used to maintain output power constant. If for some reason, these don't succeed (as if P6 is turned too far while the laser is operating), only then is LD current increased. But LD current apparently will never be decreased, and this can result in runaway behavior without ever stabilizing under some conditions. The LD current limit shouldn't be exceeded though.

    It appears as though if the diode current limit is reached during the final ramp-up, the laser may never come ready even if the output power exceeds the power setpoint later on. My guess is that the firmware algorithm attempts to maintain some headroom and is too stupid to realize that it has enough under some conditions. For example, I was testing a C315M laser head that could do 107 mW at the diode current limit but would not stabilize unless the power was set to less than 100 mW. Also note that a few C315M laser heads may not stabilize at lower power due to abrupt jumps in output power with increasing LD current, similarly confusing the controller. These may also require adjustment of the P2 pot - or may simply refuse to cooperate entirely! High mileage lasers with "spiking bahavior" may be more prone to this malady. Sometimes, just pressing the Set button again to initiate a new final ramp-up will allow it to settle some percentage of the time.

    CAUTION: While it may be possible to increase power to 150 percent or more of the laser's ratings (I've seen over 150 mW from a C315M-100!), life expectancy may be substantially reduced when running continuously at these high levels. The position of the pot relative to its maximum counterclockwise rotation stop is not an indication of how much additional power is possible or a good idea. (In addition, it may be necessary to adjust the TL (P2) pot in this case.) My recommendation would be to set the laser head adjustment for the lowest power your application can tolerate. Then, you won't be as tempted to turbopower it unnecessarily! :)

    In very rare instances, the controller may not stabilize even at a power setting for which there is plenty of reserve on the pump diode. Rather, it will produce an oscillation or ringing in the output power with a period of up to a few seconds. Where this has happened, changing the power setting was usually sufficient calm it down. The cause is unknown but may have to do with there being a mode hop at a "bad" place in the KTP temperature response function. The likelihood of this problem seems to be much greater at high power with one case showing up only above 130 mW on a C315M-150. Unless the P4 or P5 pots on the laser head were turned, this behavior is likely due to a problem inside the laser head. Hopefully you'll never see it.

    As noted, the P2 pot (second from the right) may need to be adjusted when significantly increasing output power beyond the rated value. In some cases, it will have to be turned clockwise slightly to decrease the sensed temperature for best performance, or to achieve stability at all. What happens is that as the LD current goes up as will be needed for higher power, since the temperature sensor is located somewhat away from the LD chip, the difference between the actual and sensed temperature increases and therefore the controller needs to maintain a colder temperature for the actual LD junction temperature to be the same. The controller may decrease LD temperature somewhat with increasing LD current (by adding a voltage proportional to LD current to the output of the P2 pot) but this is only partially effective. I don't recommend bothering with this unless a problem is noted, specifically that in the final ramp-up phase of the controller algorithm, the output power starts trending downward as the LD current increases. If the output power increases more or less continuously with LD current (there will usually be bumps and dips along the way), don't worry about it. Otherwise, mark the initial position, rotate P2 about 1/20th turn clockwise, and then press the Power Set button to initiate a new final ramp-up. This should reduce the power dip. If it goes away, be happy. :) If there is still a dip but it is reduced, another small change may be needed.

    It's also possible to fine tune the output power in semi-real-time. Connect an op-amp unity-gain buffer with an offset adjust to the wiper of the Power Set pot. Put its output through a scaling resistor of about 100K ohms to "Output Mon" (pin 24) of the laser head. This should provide and adjustment range of +/-5 percent or so. With care, an op-amp that runs on +5 VDC can be powered directly from the laser head.

    To use it, set the offset to 0 (so the output of the op-amp is the same as the Power Set pot) and power up the system. Once it stabilizes - which should be at the original output power - adjusting the offest control up or down should result in a corresponding change in output power within a few seconds. If it the power is offset too high though, the controller will have to increase the diode current, which will take longer, and it will be stuck with the new higher current because it can't be reduced without a new power set cycle on any controller I've tested. Use only at your own risk and your mileage may vary. :)

    Also see the section: Analog Controller for the C315M.

    Uniphase uGreen Digital Controller Operation

    I don't know of an official name for this controller. The Uniphase part number is 02-000472TK0485. It is much smaller and lighter than the HYB B with mostly digital control. There are only two pots inside. One is for calibration of the monitor photodiode in the laser head. The function of the other one is presently unknown since it doesn't appear to have any effect on anything with respect to single-TEC uGreen laser heads like the 4702. However, a physically identical controller also works with two-TEC laser heads like the 4611 so perhaps it's for the other TEC!

    A 5 VDC power supply rated at least 10 A is recommended, though these lasers do not use anywhere near that much current. The power connector is an AMP Universal Mate-N-Lock with 4 pins in-line. The required plug for the power supply cable uses female contacts.

    The laser can be controlled either via a DB25 connector with analog and digital signals, or via a DB9 RS232 port to a terminal or PC.

    The quickest way to test one of these systems is to wire up a DB25M connector as follows:

    Then apply a voltage to pin 8 referenced to pin 9 (Ground) to adjust laser power (once the laser has gone through an initial several minute initialization). The useful range will probably be rather small, possibly under 1 V.

    There is no source of +5 VDC to use with a pot for this purpose on the connector but you can use the power supply output. Or what I've done in the past is to use pin 6 which is a TTL status bit normally high (when the laser is behaving) as a voltage source. With a Hi-Z pot (e.g., 100K ohms), that works reasonably well. Or, just extend a wire to the power cable.

    When first powered, the red LED for temperature fault will probably come on for a few seconds. After that, only the two green LEDs and the yellow LED should be on. Almost as soon as the red LED goes off, the laser turns on in constant current mode and there will probably be some green output. After another 3 minutes or so, it switches to constant power mode and then the pot will control power.

    The RS232 port can be used to monitor various parameters including the laser diode current, output power, LD temperature, and TEC current. But with the DB25 wired in this manner, cannot be sued to adjust anything. The RS232 connection wiring is the same as for the Lightwave/Uniphase NPRO lasers: Pins 2, 3, and 5 on the DB9 with pins 2 and 3 swapped between the computer and laser.

    To use RS232 exclusively, run a terminal emulation program (I assume no one actually owns real terminals anymore!). It should be set for 9600 baud, half duplex, and upper case on the keyboard. It takes commands and returns an acknowledgement if successful, and something like "?!" if not.

    Wire up a separate DB25M with pins 1, 2, and 14 ONLY jumpered together. The laser will then power up disabled until the appropriate RS232 commands are issued. Commands consist of UPPER CASE names, possibly followed by parameters. As with control via the DB25 connector, there will be a delay before the laser enters constant power mode. The laser will acknowledge power-based commands but will not actually execute them during the initialization period.

    The minimal commands to turn on the laser would be:

    More info for a very similar laser can be found at:

    JDSU G50 Manual. This is the same controller (at least functionally), but the laser head differs slightly from what I've seen, and there may also be subtle differences in the format of some commands, particularly what the QUERY command returns in its flag fields.

    I suggest you read the relevant sections of this and then email with any questions.

    Wavelength Tuning of Compass-M Lasers

    While there is no direct way to adjust the wavelength of the C215M or C315M lasers using the Coherent Controllers, it should be possible to fake them into doing this indirectly. (C415M lasers are not supposed to be single frequency, so none of this applies.) While initializing, the Coherent Analog Controller varies the RES and KTP temperature to locate the best operating point. The net effect of this is to move the lasing line across the gain curve of the Nd:YAG. Once the laser stabilizes, the lasing line can be anywhere near the center of the gain curve, though the controller may have rules about how far from the center it can be before increasing diode current to have the best chance of maintaining single frequency operation.

    Shining the beam through an iodine absorption cell looks really cool as the C315M goes through its paces. The path of the beam flashes on and off and lights up like a gas discharge sign at times. (See the section: The Iodine Vapor Cell Wavelength Reference.) Each dip in Iodine Absorption Spectrum Near 532 nm means the iodine vapor is absorbing some of the incident light and the gas will actually fluoresce a green or green-yellow color, which is actually a combination of many wavelengths including some red ones. The lower the dip, the brighter it will glow and also reduce the light coming out the other end. I'm not quite sure where the exact center of the Nd:YVO4 gain curve would fall on this plot. Corrections and additions welcome. Since the laser wavelength after stabilization cannot be specified, the chance of it staying on one of the strong iodine absorption lines by accident is relatively low. So, if it is desired to use this type of setup as a grossly overpriced glowing high tech sculpture, some other approach must be considered. :)

    To slightly adjust the wavelength of any laser, what's needed is to be able to control the cavity length. The maximum continuous tuning range will be the FSR (Free Spectral Range) of the cavity. (FSR is c/2L where c is the speed of light and L is the effective optical length of the cavity.) The cavity of the C215M or C315M is built on a ceramic plate with the HR and OC mirrors forming the ends of the resonator (RES), but the temperature of the KTP and Nd:YAG crystals also effects the optical length due to their change in length and index of refraction. For Nd:YAG, the gain bandwidth is order of 150 GHz, but the FSR of the C215M and C315M cavity is only about 3 GHz, though it's not known how much of this range the controller actually uses. Thus, the actual tuning range will be less than 3 GHz, but this may be sufficient for many applications. Of course, it will only be slow tuning since the only control available is via temperature.

    The easiest approach is then to take control of RES temperature and allow the Analog Controller (either C215M or C315M) to deal with KTP temperature.

    Then, slightly changing the temperature of the RES TEC or baseplate will vary the laser cavity length. The Analog Controller will then adjust KTP temperature to maintain the selected output power. The net effect will be to change the effective cavity length, though it's not clear if there will be an obvious relationship of temperature to wavelength since (1) there will be interaction between the RES and KTP temperatures and (2) at any given stable point, there is no way to know which side of the gain curve it's on and thus which direction the wavelength will move.

    Another option would be to add an offset into the sensed output power via the P6 pot, which would again indirectly move the wavelength on the gain cuver to compensate. But there would also be a slight change in output power with this approach.

    And, of course, this should be very easy if using the C215M or C315M laser head on a laboratory controller.

    Coherent Compass 215M Green DPSS Laser

    The following sections deal specifically with the C215M laser head. Most operational information will be the same as for the C315M so mainly the differences are highlighted here. Where there is no specific section on the C215M, refer to the corresponding section for the C315M.

    Unless you have a C215M laser head and/or controller, there is probably no need to read these sections, except out of curiosity. Even if you do, it's probably better to read about the C315M first as the descriptions for it are much more detailed. So, skip directly to Coherent Compass 315M Green DPSS Laser.

    C215M Laser Head Description

    The C215M laser head is similar in size to the C315M but its case is made of the same higher quality (in appearance at least) material as the C415M with a similar recessed soldered lid. It had a milled chrome or gold plated finish rather than gold plated sheet metal. And, corners are rounded. :) However, the head PCB is the same as one of the versions for the C315M and on the outside just as with the C315M but some component values may differ and a few parts are missing.

    The optical design of the C215M laser head is virtually the same as for the C315M but there is no TEC at all for the resonator and the connections for the upper LD TEC are also not present. This was determined both by the observation that the P3 pot (RES temperature setpoint) was missing from the head PCB (but the pads for it are there) and the RES TEC and Upper LD TEC pins read as an open circuit. (On some samples, the P3 pot and its associated components are present but presumably serve no function on C215M lasers.) The connector pins for the RES and LD thermistors are also shorted together internally which means there is no separate RES thermistor. Therefore, the conclusion is that the LD and RES mounting plates are one in the same. The lack of an upper LD TEC wouldn't appear to matter much as it's likely both TECs would only be needed under worst case conditions of high diode current and high heatsink temperature. Since the C215M runs at lower power, this situation wouldn't be present.

    Despite the lack of a RES TEC and upper LD TEC, it seems as though the C215M can be powered by the Coherent Analog Controller for the C315M though it is not known if the efficiency and stability of laser output power will be as good as with the proper controller. With the lack of a RES TEC, one of the required optimization parameters is lacking. However, it's very likely that the optical platform is actually thermally tied to the laser diode since it almost certainly does need to be temperature stabilized. What the implications of having the same LD thermistor for both the LD and RES temperature control loops means is not known. I also don't know whether anything else has also been changed, or if they just accept the consequences for this lower power laser.

    The pump diode in the C215M-75 laser head I tested has a threshold and maximum current (Imax) to that of some C315M pump diodes, with a relatively low Imax of about 1.92 A. At an output power of 75 mW, diode current is about 1.42 A representing a very good percent current limit rating of 74 percent. Before I realized this was a C215M rather than just a way-cool looking C315M (the label was originally hidden by the mounting), I cranked up the P6 pot with output power peaking at over 120 mW at the current limit. Therefore, it should run fine as a C315M-100.

    Analog Controller for the C215M

    The C215M laser head attaches to the Coherent "Analog Controller", a small light-weight box which provides the power to the laser diode and the two TECs. It uses the settings of the pots on the side-mounted PCB on the laser head as starting points to determine a set of optimal values for the temperature of the laser diode and KTP. Operation is similar to that of the controller for the C315M, but is simpler and faster, with the entire initialization taking under 2 minutes.

    When power is applied and thermal control is enabled, the controller adjusts the temperatures of the laser diode/optics platform and KTP to preset values from the pot settings on the PCB of the laser head. Enabling the laser diode or changing output power initiates an algorithmic procedure to determine an optimal set of operating parameters, a process that typically takes 1 to 2 minutes. During this time, the output power will be generally increasing but with wild fluctuations - this is normal - and then finally stabilize at the specified output power. The temperatures and LD current are continuously monitored. Excessive temperature or excessive LD current will set status bits and shut down the laser.

    The initialization algorithm is significantly simpler for the C215M controller compared to the C315M. All it does is to ramp up the laser diode current in small steps a second or so apart, while presumably adjusting the KTP temperature for maximum power output until it exceeds the setpoint power by some amount (maybe 10 percent). Then it likely uses KTP temperature for fine adjustment. With one fewer degrees of freedom than the C315M (no RES TEC), this process is much simpler and quicker. The laser diode and optics platform are probably both on what is the LD TEC in the C315M, so their temperatures are nearly the same and either constant, or slightly dependent on the laser diode current. Like the C315M controller, laser diode current cannot be decreased should the output power go above the window where KTP temperature is sufficient to bring it down to the selected output power. (For a C215M laser head, the only way this could happen without an actual failure of some component would be if the temperature didn't stabilize before the selected output power was reached and Ready came on.) However, unlike the C315M controller, the C215M controller doesn't get confused and increase laser diode current in this case.

    Also, once the laser becomes Ready, it may not both to try to maintain the output power constant as long as any drift is relatively slow and within the Ready window. I don't know how large this window is but it is probably at least 10 percent but it may not be symmetric with respect to the original power setpoint.

    However, like the C315M, there appears to be a significant difference in the output power the system produces after stabilizing from one power cycle to the next, even worse for the C215M. These is a fair amount of noise and ripple on the +5 VDC line from the controller to the control panel so it might be better to use a regulated external 5 VDC power supply or boost and regulate down the +5 VDC from the controller for the power set pot instead. But I don't think that is the entire cause. The controller may simply not be that fussy about the exact output power when the initialization algorithm finds a suitable stable point to lock to in the power output response function. With fewer degrees of freedom, the options may be more limited. Maybe. :)

    A DB15M connector attaches to the basic user control panel which allows the laser operation and power level to be set via some switches and a pot. The actual power output and status may also be monitored. It's quite trivial to construct a rudimentary control panel. This interface is essentially the same as the one for the C315M and C415M controllers. However, there is an additional 2 pin jumper on the controller labeled: "Autostart Jumper" or "Interlock Jumper". With this installed, the laser will start up automatically upon power-on even without anything attached to the DB15. There is also a high density connector similar to the one for the Digital Controller (but not quite identical and not compatible!) with the C315M. However, it doesn't appear to be supported for user control (there's no documentation and it's normally covered with the "Warranty Void if Removed" sticker so probably only used for factory testing.

    DC input to the Analog Controller for the C215M must be 5 VDC (linear or switchmode power supply). The maximum current shown on a label is 10 A but there is a 7 A fuse inside. I assumed it would be a less complex version of the controller for the C315M (with reduced current requirements and fewer TECs) which is a set of switchmode converters, but be otherwise similar. However, unlike the controller for the C315M which is dripping with massive toroidal inductors wound with fat wire, there is nothing similar in this unit. The driver for the laser diode TEC appears to be pulse width modulated since the power dissipation is minimal. I has a full H-bridge providing bipolar drive, probably feeding an RC filter to the TEC since there is no evidence of a high frequency chopped signal. It does a sort of bang-bang control initially but eventually settles down to a nearly constant drive voltage. I do not know what's present for the LD current or KTP TEC drive, though the latter is probably just a power op-amp. However, like the controller for the C315M, there are two GAL16V8D PLDs. One is associated with the DB15 User Interface connector control, status, and error signals. The other probably implements the initialization and power regulation algorithms.

    Compared to the Analog Controller for the C315M, the one for the C215M is quite simple with a dense but not ridiculously dense circuit board and few piggybacked components. Everything is accessible so in principle, repair would be possible, but of course, no service information is available.

    Given the similarity of the C215M and C315M lasers, it would be desirable to be able to use the C215M controller to drive a C315M laser head. Since the C215M controller lacks specific capabilities needed to drive the C315M laser head, some additional external circuitry will probably be required to run a C315M laser head continuously, even at low power. However, it's possible to power up a C315M on a C215M controller just to see if the laser will come on and produce some green light. But, leaving it on for more than a minute or so is not recommended. See the section: Powering the C315M with the C215M Analog Controller.

    Coherent Compass 315M Green DPSS Laser

    The following sections deal specifically with the C315M laser head internal wiring and circuitry, and powering it without the Coherent analog controller.

    For the most part, the operation information below also applies to the C215M with the understanding that there is no RES TEC or separate RES temperature sensor thermistor (the pin for it is tied to the LD thermistor). There is also no upper LD TEC in the C215M. I don't know if the internal layout is the same but assume that it is.

    C315M Laser Head Optical Layout

    The general organization of the C315M is a Fabry-Perot (linear) cavity just over 1-3/4 inches (about 45 mm) in length. It uses a small Nd:YAG rod (4 mm in diameter, 6 mm long, not vanadate) with a separate HR mirror. Photos can be found in the Laser Equipment Gallery (Version 1.94 or higher) under "Coherent Diode Pumped Solid State Lasers".

    The following are brief descriptions of each of the labeled parts in the last photo which is also included here as C315M Cavity Components and Output Optics.

    By careful temperature tuning of the KTP and cavity length, it should be possible to select single longitudinal mode/single frequency operation of this cavity design using the polarization preference of the Brewster plate and birefringence of the KTP crystal to implement a birefringent filter, and the KTP surfaces as an etalon. See the section: Birefringence or Etalon Effect Used for Mode Selection in C315M?. This would select out a single mode within the YAG gain curve. Since there is separate control of KTP temperature and overall cavity length (via temperature control), there are enough degrees of freedom.

    The "roof" and stops don't appear to affect beam quality in any major way. However, they do suppress ghost beams inside the laser. One purpose may be to minimize stray 808 nm and 1,064 nm "light" from hitting the power monitor photodiode. Without the roof, Stop 1, and Stop 2, the photodiode sees about 50 percent more power with the lid in place than without it. I don't know how much of this is 808 mm or 1,064 nm rather than the desired 532 nm.

    Analog Controller for the C315M

    The C315M laser head attaches to the Coherent "Analog Controller", a small very densely populated light-weight box which provides the power to the laser diode and several TECs. Photos can be found in the Laser Equipment Gallery (Version 1.86 or higher) under "Coherent Diode Pumped Solid State Lasers". It uses the settings of the pots on the side-mounted PCB on the laser head as starting points to determine a set of optimal values for the temperature of the laser diode, resonator, and KTP. During the initialization process (which typically takes 1 to 6 minutes according the the Coherent C315M manual), the controller systematically varies these temperatures about the pot settings to maximize output power. Once the best values have been determined, these are held constant and the laser diode current is used to control output power. This should result in the most efficient operation using the lowest laser diode current. Supposedly. :) (See the previous two sections for more info.)

    Input to the Analog Controller is a power source from 12 to 28 VDC (linear or switchmode power supply), and a DB15M connector for the basic user control panel which allows the laser operation and power level to be set via some switches and a pot. The actual power output and status may also be monitored. It's quite trivial to construct a rudimentary control panel but do heed the warning below.

    The so-called "Digital Controller" attaches to the Analog Controller via an interface connector and allows a PC or other digital system to set the laser power and monitor laser operation remotely. It does NOT replace the Analog Controller. This box is much less commonly available than the Analog Controller since it really isn't needed for most applications. And, with a basic D/A and some simple logic, most of its functions can be replicated via the user interface of the Analog Controller.

    The rest of this section are details on the internals of the analog controller. To just use it with your laser, see the section: Using the Coherent Analog Controller.

    Some of the following is from the Coherent C315M Operator's Manual and the rest from educated guesswork, functional tests, and internal exploration.

    When power is applied and thermal control is enabled, the controller adjusts the temperatures of the laser diode, resonator, and KTP to preset values from the pot settings on the PCB of the laser head. Enabling the laser diode or changing output power initiates an algorithmic procedure to determine an optimal set of operating parameters, a process that typically takes 1 to 6 minutes. During this time, the output power will fluctuate significantly - this is normal - and then finally stabilize at the specified output power. The temperatures and LD current are continuously monitored. Excessive temperature or excessive LD current will set status bits and shut down the laser.

    For the description below, "Power On/Off" is the same as the "T" switch; "Laser On/Off" is the same as the "L" switch; and "Power Set" is the same as the "E" switch. These are described as switches but can also be TTL logic levels.

    In more detail, it appears as though the Analog Controller operates in the following manner. This is based on measurements of the LD current and LD, KTP, and RES temperature error voltages. For initial power-on, all steps are taken. Only those starting with the "final ramp-up" phase will be performed for a change in power after Ready comes on, at which point simply changing Laser On/Off to the "Off" state and then back to "On" may result in the laser coming up to the previous power almost immediately. At least I saw this once or twice. More generally, it seems to go through the something similar to the final ramp-up phase.

    1. When Power On/Off is turned on, thermal control is enabled. Starting temperatures for LD, KTP, and RES are loaded from the head PCB pot settings. The respective TECs are driven toward these setpoint temperatures.

    2. When Laser On/Off is turned on, after a 5 to 10 second delay, LD current is ramped up until green output power exceeds about 50 percent of that selected by the P6 pot on the laser head. However, the initial diode current may depend on *how* the controller is started:

      • If the Power Set button is pressed prior to or during initial ramp-up, the controller will always reset to the lowest diode current and ramp-up slowly from there. The Coherent manual states that the Power Set button should be pressed whenever power is applied even though the power level is stored in non-volatile memory. So, exactly what is the point of storing the previous power setting if the controller is incapable of using it! Sounds like some engineer should be fired. Or, perhaps, these are just undocumented features. :)

        However, although the behavior differs as described below, there doesn't appear to be any risk to the laser and the end result is essentially the same if this is not done. Of course, Power Set should be pressed if the combination of laser head and controller is changed. The Coherent Autostart and Version 1.2 of my Autostart automatically pulse Power Set when power is turned on.

      • If the Power Set button is NOT pressed, the controller may start at a current equal to or slightly below that of the search value for 50 percent output power from the previous power cycle, or may jump immediately to approximately the operating current from the previous power cycle and possibly even increase the current somewhat if the output power at this point doesn't immediately exceed 50 percent of the desired power. Whether the latter takes place seems to depend on a combination of the controller revision and for further unexplained reasons, on the DC power supply voltage. This seems to happen reasonably consistently if using a 24 VDC power supply rather than a 12 or 15 VDC power supply, and sequencing Power On/Off and Laser On/Off very quickly immediately after application of DC power either manually or via an autostart adapter. Why the input voltage should matter at all is a real mystery but probably has to do with how long it takes for internal controller voltages to stabilize. The Coherent manuals states that Power Set should be pulsed whenever DC power is applied so I guess they know something doesn't reliably reset properly. :)

        Note that even if laser heads having widely different maximum diode currents are swapped between power cycles, no damage can occur from excessive current because it is really the stored laser diode control voltage that is used, not the actual diode current, which is scaled by the P1 pot setting of the laser head to be below the diode current limit even if the control voltage is at its maximum possible value.

      In all cases, it does still go through at least an abbreviated search as described below and the resulting operating point generally ends up being virtually the same.

      None of these variations in behavior are documented in the Coherent manual, only that the laser will restart at the previous output power level if power cycled without explicitly changing it. But they do say to pulse Power Set any time the DC power is cycled. Sounds like the controller designers neglected to include a full power-on reset circuit!

      Once at least 50 percent output power is achieved, the current usually remains constant for the duration of the search phase, but if power drops too much, the controller may decide to increment it again during or prior to the search phase.

      If the controller is unable to achieve 50 percent output power at less than the LD current limit during initial ramp-up, it may never shut down but just get stuck in an infinite loop with the diode driven at maximum (but safe for the laser diode) current.

    3. LD temperature is given time to stabilize at the setpoint value. It is only changed after this in an effort to track LD current. I don't believe LD current is involved in the search algorithm. Unlike KTP and RES, LD temperature uses the setpoint directly and is not optimized based on output power. Rather, it has been determined at the factory to be optimal at full rated power. However, the LD temperature setpoint may be modified somewhat by the controller as a function of laser diode current (by adding in an offset voltage) to lower the sensed temperature for higher current and hopefully maintain the actual LD junction temperature - and thus the pump wavelength - relatively constant. But the TL pot (P2) on the laser head still controls the LD temperature in real time and is not simply an initial value. And, adjusting it if running at other than rated power may result in higher efficiency at that power level. (However, although TL adjustment could be done using the Coherent Analog Controller, there is usually no way to know with it whether an improvement has been made without going through the final ramp-up. So, optimization with a home-built or third party controller would be best. The exception is that at the diode current limit, an adjustment of the TL pot will result in a change in average output power, though the controller will still be modifying KTP and RES temperatuers so the power will fluctuate. But, the diode current limit is not usually where you want your laser to be operating!)

    4. In the "search phase", KTP temperature is rapidly swept up and down while RES temperature is slowly varied starting from one end of its possible range to the other, all the while remembering the best settings for both KTP and RES temperature within this "2-D" search pattern. After awhile, the KTP search settles down to a very small range while the RES temperature goes through a few cycles decreasing in amplitude until it too settles down. I assume that the extent of both the KTP and RES sweeps have been selected to cover the likely location of the global maximum centered around the head PCB temperature settings. On C315M laser heads for which the PCB settings and sensor readings were compared during warmup, the optimal location turned out to be very close to the head PCB pot settings.

      All this results in the "fluffing and pulsing" behavior visible in the green output beam during the warmup or power setting process.

    5. In the "final ramp-up phase", LD current is first reduced to between 85 and 90 percent of the search phase value, and then slowly increased in increments of about 35 mA (the specific increment will vary depending on the particular laser head but appears to be 2 steps of the D/A that drives the laser diode control voltage), momentarily pausing while KTP and RES temperatures are fine tuned to maximize output power while maintaining the same peak on the KTP/RES response curve. As the final value is approached, there may one or more final current increments of 1 D/A step even after the Ready LED comes on, possibly to provide headroom to allow for more flexibility in maintaining the output power constant with only KTP and RES temperature adjustment.

      Output power should go up more or less continuously during final ramp-up, but possibly with wild variations along the way as the KTP and RES temperatures are adjusted, but the overall trend should be increasing. Where there is an extended dip or period of decreasing power even with increasing diode current, LD temperature may be set too high for the selected final power. However, this is only likely to happen if the output power is being set way above the original rated power or if someone has randomly turned the head PCB pots.

      The actual output power once settled may change slighlty from one power cycle to the next. I don't know if this is simply error in sampling the power set pot or something else. These is a fair amount of noise and ripple on the +5 VDC line from the controller to the control panel so it might be better to use a regulated external 5 VDC power supply or boost and regulate down the +5 VDC from the controller for the power set pot instead. But I don't think that is the entire cause. The controller may simply not be that fussy about the exact output power when the initialization algorithm finds a suitable stable point to lock to in the power output response function.

    6. Once the output power is within a specified error window of the head PCB P6 pot setting, Ready is turned on and output power is maintained by adjusting KTP and RES temperatures. It would appear that RES temperature is the primary loop (which tends to return to a fixed value) while KTP temperature is the secondary loop (settles down with an offset) but the evidence for this is somewhat sketchy as the range of values for the error voltage (reference voltage minus sensor voltage) is very very small. During the transient, the error voltages may vary by 0.01 to 0.1 mV or more. But after the error voltages settle down, the entire range over which they eventually stabilize may only be 0.004 mV! So, it might be the other way around.

      Only if the output power cannot be maintained using KTP and RES temperature control alone, is the LD current then increased in increments of 1 D/A step, again pausing after each step to adjust KTP and RES temperature, in an attempt to achieve the selected power. This is similar to the end of the final ramp-up phase in behavior. I have never seen pump current decrease, which could mean there is a fundamental flaw in the algorithm. If small adjustments of the temperatures aren't able to bring the power back down to within the error window, the controller may get confused and think more current is needed. The result in a runaway condition where LD current will continue to be increased until the current limit is reached. It shouldn't damage the laser but never results in a stable output. Depending on the firmware revision, the controller may then continue to jiggle the KTP and RES temperatures in an infinite loop, or simply go dormant with all parameters constant. It might make sense for it to shut down but I've yet to see one do this.

      Also, if the diode current limit is reached during the final ramp-up phase, the laser may never come ready even if the output power exceeds the power setpoint later. My guess is that the firmware algorithm attempts to maintain some headroom and is too stupid to realize that it has enough under some conditions. For example, I was testing a C315M laser head that could do 107 mW at the diode current limit but would not stabilize unless the power was set to less than 100 mW.

    The Analog Controller is basically a set of regulated switchmode power supplies based on the Linear Technology LTC1149 High Efficiency Synchronous Step-Down Switching Regulator. (The datasheet may be found on the Linear Technology Web Site. There are about 20 power MOSFETs presumably driven by the 3 or 4 LTC1149s. Efficiency is quite high and heatsinking is minimal - just some close contact with the back plate using those white silicone pads. Nothing seems to run very hot so this is adequate. However, I did repair one controller with a blown MOSFET, possibly due to inadequate pad-case contact.

    While I expected to find some sort of microcontroller or PIC inside to do the control, search, and monitoring functions, there is none as far as I can see, only a pair of GAL16V8D PLDs (Programmable Logic Devices). One of these handles the basic interface and status functions while the other (by process of elimination) must implement the state machine for the control algorithm. It resides on a little circuit board along with a pair of non-volatile Xicor (now Intersil) X9C103 digital pots, presumably to save the power setting and something else, and some glue logic. There are also a number of Texas Instruments chips on this PCB and the main PCB. They are marked "272BC", "27M2BC", or "372C". and are in an 8 pin surface mount package. Their full part numbers are probably TLC272B (op-amp), TLC27M2B (opamp), and TLC372 (comparator), respectively.

    Except for the GAL programming, everything else is standard and replacements are readily available. I don't know if the GALs have had their security bit set but if not, the program could be read out. Even the GAL for the user interface is not a simple combinational circuit though. But the real problem in attempting any sort of repair on this unit would be the packaging. The 4 layer main PCB (3 signal layers and ground) is very densely packed with both through-hole and surface mount parts. The majority of the 20 or so power MOSFETs are soldered to the back of the PCB while some parts on the front are mounted on top of other parts. Large electrolytic capacitors, toroidal inductors, and a power relay cover up all of these and are fastened with RTV silicone. (See the photos via the link above.) Tracing the circuit would be very difficult to impossible but if the future of the Universe depended on it, might be accomplished within one's lifetime. :)

    The one subsystem that can be analyzed is the interlock relay (not present on some older versions). It is, to put it mildly, bizarre. :) The relay is from NAIS (now part of Panasonic). A datasheet can be found at SF Polarized Monostable Safety Relay. The specific part is an SF4-DC5V having 8 poles with 4 SPST NO (form A) contacts and 4 SPST NC (form B) contacts. The key feature of this relay is that a failure of a set of contacts remaining welded closed will force certain other contacts to remain open, others to operate normally, and guarantee there can't be short circuits between contacts. Two sets of NO contacts in series are the actual circuit which the relay switches - presumably power to other parts of the controller. If one of these contacts were to be welded closed, operation shouldn't be affected since the other contact will continue to function normally. Power to the relay coil is enabled by a signal to a MOSFET and disabled if the voltage to the switched circuit goes above about 9 VDC. So far not too strange. However, power for the relay coil itself first passes through a series string of *4* sets of NC contacts all in parallel with a series string of *2* sets of NO contacts, and a large electrolytic capacitor across the relay coil maintains power to it during the switching period. In the world of logic, such a set of conditions forms a true, 1, or tautology. :) Only if a contact malfunctions, will this peculiar contact arrangement have any effect. Presumably, the intent in the design was to assure that a malfunction of the relay would be fail-safe and disable the laser. But figuring out exactly what the effect should be is no easy task especially since the datasheet appears to be a poor and incomplete translation from Japanese! Further analysis is left as an exercise for the student. :)

    Interestingly, it may be possible to listen to the controller and sort of tell what it's doing. Really! Well, at least on some units. Since it is basically a collection of switchmode step-down converters, vibrations at the switching frequency for each converter (which changes based on its output current) may be audible depending on how its particular magnetic components are mounted. Someone pointed out the sound to me asking if it might be a problem. After confirming similar behavior in two different controllers, I replied: "It's a feature, not a bug". :) The sounds are similar to bird calls, though I am at a loss to suggest a particular species. They may be a sort of tweeting or twittering, rising and falling in pitch. Higher pitch means more current to a particular TEC (or possibly the laser diode though I have no confidence of ever having heard any sound directly related to the laser diode). During a part of the search phase, there may be a sawtooth (in pitch) whine with a period of a second or two. This is likely from the TEC driver for KTP temperature. The sound level isn't high - the room has to be perfectly quiet (all fans off) to have a reasonable chance of hearing it at all. And, not all units are equally loud (or soft) in each phase. Some may be totally silent. And, if the DC power source is a switchmode power supply, it may make more noise than the controller. In short, your mileage may vary. A stethoscope should help.

    C315M Laser Head/Controller Cable Wiring

    Complete Compass-M systems normally come with the required laser head to controller cable. However, if the stock Coherent cable is not available, or if it is desired to construct a custom cable for testing/diagnostic purposes, the following information will enable a cable for the C315M (and C215M) to be built from readily available parts.

    The 25 pins of the DB25 female connector are wired 1:1 to the first 25 pins (pin 1 on right facing the laser head) of the laser head connector.

    View looking toward DB25 male connector on controller:

               1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9  10  11  12  13
               o   o   o   o   o   o   o   o   o   o   o   o   o
                 o   o   o   o   o   o   o   o   o   o   o   o
                14  15  16  17  18  19  20  21  22  23  24  25

    This is the standard DB25 male pin numbering.

    The cable is available from Coherent at a ridiculously high price (something like $150 if you can get their attention). However, if you are at all handy with a soldering iron or crimp tool, one can be built from standard parts for $25 or less. Here are suggested parts to use:

    Triple check your wiring. One mistake could be disastrous!

    I built a couple of cables from some parts that were taking up space in my junk drawers - they work fine.

    I built another cable using a piece of 25 conductor #22 ribbon cable from Alpha Wire Company. Go to their PVC Hookup Wire Page. The type I used was 3533/7, which is a rainbow colored 30 conductor cable (peel off the extra 5 conductors from the edge that is black). Although the minimum order quantity from a distributor is 100 feet, you can request a free sample by clicking on the 3533/7 link and filling out the form. The free sample is about 2 feet long which is quite adequate for a C315M head cable.

    For the controller, the following parts are needed:

    Peel each wire back about 2 inches and strip about 5 mm from the ends. Crimp first using the #20-22 slot and then do a final smush in the #24-28 slot of the crimp tool. Inspect all the crimps before inserting into the correct holes of the DB25 shell. As noted, soldering in addition to crimping is probably good insurance.

    For the C315M laser head end, the following parts are needed:

    Since the shell has 36 positions and only 30 are needed, chop the connector to 32 positions and fill the positions on each end with Epoxy to minimize the chances of incorrect insertion. Then label the pin 1 position. Also, the connector is quite tight since the blunt end male pins of the C315M laser head are also a bit thicker than the pointed male pins for which these female pins are designed to mate with. It might be better to split the shell approximately in half to ease insertion/removal (i.e., 12 and 13 pins each since positions 26 to 30 are not used).

    Peel each wire back about 1 inch and strip about 5 mm from the ends. Crimp first using the #20-22 slot and then do a final smush in the #24-28 slot of the crimp tool. When inserting the wire into the pin, take care that it doesn't extend much beyond the crimp portion and interfere with the male pins of the laser head connector. Inspect all the crimps before inserting into the correct holes of the connector shell. As noted, soldering in addition to crimping is probably good insurance.

    It took about 2 hours to build the first cable, some of this being spent gaining proficiency with the crimp process. It would probably take under 1 hour for subsequent cables.

    Wavelength Entertainment in the C315M Laser

    It's interesting to watch the exact wavelength of the C315M laser as the controller goes through its paces. While I had a Burleigh WA-20 on loan for alignment, I was able to watch various different lasers. (See the section: Optical Wavelength Meters.) For the first C315M laser head I tested, the wavelength varied from 532.301 to 532.340 nm and then settled down at 532.337 nm. That range of about 0.04 nm is roughly 24 GHz at 532 nm or 12 GHz at 1,064 nm. The FSR of the main C315M laser resonator (from HR to OC) is only about 3 GHz. Interesting.... This means that between the effects of the KTP and RES temperature control, and the non-linear dynamics of the SHG process, tuning beyond the normal FSR limit is taking place in this laser. If the C315M output power were varied slightly in real-time (by adjusting the P6 pot), the wavelength would shift as the controller changed the KTP and RES temperatures to achieve the desired power. In this specific case, it just happened to settle down near one end of the range.

    A second C315M laser head was tested at both low and high power. When set at about 5 mW, its wavelength range was from about 532.240 nm to 532.320 nm, settling down typically around 532.305 nm. When set at 90 mW, the wavelength range was from 532.280 nm to 532.357 nm, settling in at 532.315 nm. So, the wavelength range this laser is even larger - up to 0.080 nm - 48 GHz at 532 nm or 24 GHz at 1,064 nm, 5 times the FSR.

    If you haven't noticed by now, these wavelength readings are not really as close to 532 nm as might be expected, but average around 532.313 nm at full power. There are several factors that contribute to why the exact wavelength displayed by the WA-20 isn't sitting right on the 532 nm that is almost always quoted for green DPSS lasers and that we know and love:

    Note that the obvious explanation of WA-20 inaccuracies contributing significantly to these discrepancies can probably be dismissed because the instrument passes self tests and accurately reads a normal red 632.8 nm HeNe laser. For the method that is used to determine wavelength, this is sufficient to guarantee better than 5 figure accuracy.

    Deciphering the C315M Laser Head Serial Datastream

    There is an IR LED at the rear of the C315M laser head which sends out a datastream generated by the microcontroller on the head PCB while the laser diode is off. Presumably this is some representation of the hour meter reading and possibly other information which can be interpreted by an appropriate program. However, the relationship between the 0s and 1s, and what they mean, is definitely not intuitively obvious!

    I've looked at the transmitted code and couldn't make much out of it other than the approximate number of bits and baud rate. However, Rick Everett had some free time on his hands. Unfortunately, no real breakthrough but here is what has been determined so far. If anyone has additional insight into the coding used here, please contact me via the Sci.Electronics.Repair FAQ Email Links Page.

    (From: Rick Everett (

    OK, I was really bored this morning, so I hooked up a photodiode to my TDS-210 digital scope and captured the output of the IR LED on my two C315M-100 laser heads.

    I started by tying pins 3 and 4 (laser diode cathode and anode) together and connecting that through a 1K ohm resistor to +5 VDC. This powers the base of the NPN transistor which then saturates and sends a signal (LDOFF) to pin 4 of the 12C508 through a 1M resistor. I also powered pin 21 with 6.1 volts and pin 25 with 5 volts and pin 20 was ground for all. The voltage on pin 21 flows through an emitter follower whose base gets the 5 volt reference (cheap 5 V regulator).

    OK, so...

    When pins 3,4 are driven to +5 V, the yellowish LED on the head PCB comes on and there is no output from the IR LED. When pins 3,4 are grounded or left floating, the yellowish LED turns off and the IR LED starts spitting out a stream of data that repeats and does not change over time (measured for 30 minutes or so).

    From head SN# H980461 manufactured 04/98 I got:

    Start of data (0=no IR, 1=IR):

    101110  1111100  1110100  1011000  1100100  1000100  1110010  0001001  11110100

    After the start chunk (101110) which is the same for both heads, the following seven chunks of data start with a 1 ms off pulse from the IR led followed by on and off pulses of varying length (but multiples of 3.5 ms). For instance, a 1111100 would be the 1 ms off pulse followed by 17.5 ms of the IR LED on, then 7 ms of the IR LED off. All of the intervals seemed to be 24.5 ms, except the first (which had no start pulse) and the last (which was 28 ms).

    Since the start (101110) and the end (11110100) were the same for both heads, I am assuming these are just start and end conditions.

    OK, back to head #H9280461. I reconnected pins 3,4 to +5 VDC (yellowish LED on) and waited some amount of time. I got this data:

    101110  1111100  1110100  1011000  1100100  1000100  1110010 *1111000* 11110100

    Note that only the *denoted* value changed over this time.

    I then reconnected pins 3,4 but this time for a precise interval (well, to a few seconds) of 24 minutes. Disconnected, I measured this data:

    101110  1111001  1110100  1011000  1100100 *1111000* 1110010 *1101100* 11110100

    This time the two *denoted* values changed.

    I then switched to head H98112521 manufactured Nov 98. On this head I measured:

    101110  1011100  1000100  1111100  1110100  1011100  1110010  1001100  11110100

    I reconnected 3,4, waited 9 minutes 45 seconds and disconnected and measured:

    101110  1011100  1000100  1111100  1110100  1011100  1110010 *1110100* 11110100

    This time, just the one *denoted value changed.

    OK, ignoring the start and stop chars from now on since they do not seem to change, Here are some more times in order I tested them:

    Unit serial #H9804621

    Initial codes:

    1111100, 1110100, 1011000, 1100100, 1111000, 1110010, 1101100
    Interval of 1 hour 7 min 30 sec:

    1111100, 1110100, 1011000, 1100100, 1011000, 1110010, 1001100

    No change for intervals of 30 seconds, 1 minute and 2 minutes.

    For an interval of 5 minutes:

    1111100, 1110100, 1011000, 1100100, 1011000, 1110010, 1110100

    Interval of 42 minutes 45 seconds:

    1111100, 1110100, 1011000, 1000100, 1111100, 1110010, 1011100

    These numbers don't quite make sense, so if we invert them:

    0000011, 0001011, 0100111, 0011011, 0000111, 0001101, 0010011 - Initial
    0000011, 0001011, 0100111, 0011011, 0100111, 0001101, 0110011 - 1:07:30
    0000011, 0001011, 0100111, 0011011, 0100111, 0001101, 0001011 - 5 min
    0000011, 0001011, 0100111, 0111011, 0000011, 0001101, 0100011 - 0:42:45

    This still doesn't quite make sense because number went down after the 5 min interval instead of up, so maybe they are little endian. Flipping:

    1100000  1101000, 1110010, 1101100, 1110000, 1011000, 1100100 - Initial
    1100000  1101000, 1110010, 1101100, 1110010, 1011000, 1100110 - 1:07:30
    1100000  1101000, 1110010, 1101100, 1110010, 1011000, 1101000 - 5 min
    1100000  1101000, 1110010, 1101110, 1100000, 1011000, 1100010 - 0:42:45

    Ah, well, at least all the numbers increase now. The sixth character never seems to change. Not sure what is up with that.

    In decimal, the numbers increased from ...102 to ...104 for the 5 min interval.

    Inverting again (sam)

    0011111  0010111  0001101  0010011  0001111  0100111  0011011 - Initial
    0011111  0010111  0001101  0010011  0001111  0100111  0011011 - 1:07:30
    0011111  0010111  0001101  0010011  0001101  0100111  0010111 - 5 min
    0011111  0010111  0001101  0010001  0011111  0100111  0011101 - 0:42:45

    I am tired. :( :)

    Powering the C315M Laser Head with a Non-Standard Controller

    Without a doubt, the best way to power these Compass-M lasers is using the compatible Coherent Analog Controller. However, where this is not an option, it is possible to do it with either a controller constructed from scratch, or with commercial modules, or a lab-style instrument. For information on cobbling together a system just for testing, also see the sections starting with: Coherent Compass-M Green DPSS Lasers. The following applies directly to the C315M, and with some simplification, to the C215M. It probably applies to the C415M as well, but since C415M lasers are somewhat uncommon, I have not gotten up the enthusiasm to determine the wiring or functions in detail. And, the only C415M heads I have are very weak, even weaker, and dead. :)

    C315M Laser Head Signals

    Here are the pin assignments for the signals relevant to powering the C315M laser head from a non-Coherent controller. For more complete specifications and functions of the other pins (required by the Coherent Analog Controller), see the section: C315M Internal Connector Pinout.

      Pin      Function                            Description
       3  LD anode (+, case of LD)      Positive connection to laser diode.
       4  LD cathode (-)                Negative connection to laser diode.
       5  LD thermistor                 LD temperature sensor, 10K at 25 °C.
       6  LD Temperature setpoint       Reference value used by controller
       7  RES temperature setpoint      Initial value used by controller
       8  RES thermistor                RES temperature sensor, 10K at 25 °C.
       9  Lower LD TEC+                 Positive connection to LD TEC stack.
      10  Lower LD TEC- (16 ohms 9-10)  Jumper to pin 12.
      12  Upper LD TEC+                 Jumper to pin 10.
      13  Upper LD TEC- (16 ohms 12-13) Negative connection to LD TEC stack.
      14  KTP Temperature setpoint      Initial value used by controller
      15  KTP TEC+                      Positive connection to KTP TEC.
      16  KTP thermistor                KTP temperature sensor, 10K at 25 °C.
      17  KTP TEC- (1 ohm 15-17)        Negative connection to KTP TEC.
      18  RES TEC+                      Positive connection to RES TEC.
      19  RES TEC- (30 ohms 18-19)      Negative connection to RES TEC.
      23  Common                        Temp sensors, setpoint and PD circuitry.
      24  PD Anode                      Photodiode output.
      25  PD Cathode, and +5 VDC for pullups and setpoint circuitry.

    All other pins should be left unconnected.

    Note: The C215M laser head is very similar to the C315M but lacks the following:

    The laser diode and TECs are isolated from everything else and can be treated independently.

    However, the temperature sensors are all connected to pin 23 (Common) and cannot be isolated. So, any driving scheme must take this into account. To use the temperature sensors in resistance mode (as opposed to monitoring a voltage), either jumper pin 25 (pullup +5 VDC when used with Coherent Analog Controller) to pin 23 (Common) and treat them as 5K thermistors with a funny response, or remove the 10K ohm pullup resistors on the head PCB.

    Sam's TEC Controller Module 1 (SG-TM1)

    This is a proposal for a PCB based on the Maxim MAX1968 TEC Controller IC and is only a slight modification to their basic App note and evaluation board. I may pursue it if there is enough interest. However, the evaluation board costs about $100 and there are TEC controller modules from various manufacturers in this same price range. Thus, the need would appear to be marginal at this point.

    SG-TM1 will be capable of +/-3 A at +/-5 V using a 10K thermistor with the temperature setpoint provided either by an on-board pot or an external reference (e.g., a C315M laser head). Where the external reference is used, the on-board pot may be optionally used as an offset.

    For use with the C315M, the two LD TECs must be wired in parallel so that the +/-5 V compliance range provides adequate headroom. The compliance range for the RES TEC is somewhat marginal but should be acceptable as long as the laser head is on a good heatsink and you aren't in a hurry for it to stabilize. But once there, it should be fine. For the C215M, the single LD TEC should work with the 3 A current limit. I don't know enough about the C415M to conclude anything.

    I don't really recommend using this board for the KTP TEC as it's total overkill. The L272 power op-amp is more than adequate and the same part used in the Coherent controllers. See: Low Power TEC Controller.

    SG-TM1 could, of course, be used with other commercial lasers or home-built DPSS lasers as well.

    I estimate the cost of parts for this board to be less than $25 including the PCB. All parts will be through-hole for convenience in modifications or repair, except for the MAX1968, which only comes in a TSSOP-EP package. So SMT assembly procedures must be used and it is a very small part with closely spaced leads.

    See Sam's MAX1968-Based TEC Controller (SG-TM1) for a works-in-progress schematic. Comments welcome.

    Powering the C315M with the C215M Analog Controller

    We know how much of a pain driving the C315M laser head is with anything but the Coherent Analog Controller. As a couple of recent postings on alt.lasers have demonstrated, it is quite possible but those who have succeeded (and those who have given up!) in all likelihood would agree that using the Coherent controller would have been much preferred except for the challenge and reward aspects of such projects if it weren't for availability and cost issues.

    However, some C215M controllers have recently shown up surplus and my objective was to figure out if these could be used with the higher power and more complex C315M laser heads. Originally, I had thought that it was probably foolish to even try. But that proved not to be the case and the quick answer is: Yes, it can be done with a trivial wiring change to the cable, and for best stability, the addition of an external TEC driver for the RES TEC since this is not present in the C215M laser head.

    The Coherent Analog Controller for the C215M laser is a smaller, lighter, and a much simpler device than the one for the C315M. The major functional differences are (1) a driver for only a single LD TEC, rather than the dual LD TEC stack of the C315M, and (2) no driver for the optics platform (resonator or "RES") TEC stack since there is no separate temperature control for this in the C215M.

    C215M controllers may show up surplus by themselves at attractive prices much below those for the C315M controller since C215M laser heads are relatively uncommon. However, the C215M controller does not have all of the capabilities needed to drive the C315M laser head in a stable manner except at very low power without at least some modifications to the laser head wiring.

    I first attempted to run a C315M-100 laser head at low output power (about 10 mW) using the C215M controller. The laser did stabilize with the Ready LED coming on but after a couple minutes, Ready went off and the controller tried to readjust itself. Unfortunately, with this laser head at least, the reason it lost Ready was that the output power increased as the internal temperatures drifted and eventually, went outside the window for bringing it down to the setpoint power. Like the C315M controller, this one is also incapable of reducing laser diode current if needed, but at least appears to not increase the current unnecessarily. So, even though the Ready LED wasn't on, the current remained the same. However, this still doesn't represent a desirable state of affairs.

    There were two possible causes, both of which likely applied. With the C215M controller, only the lower half of the TEC stack for the laser diode is being driven and the thermal resistance of the undriven upper LD TEC probably prevents the LD temperature from being regulated properly. This would mean that the laser diode temperature could be increasing without any external indication of excessive case temperature. Furthermore, since the lower LD TEC is being driven but the temperature is monitored far away at the laser diode, the thermal response is very sluggish. If the lower LD TEC weren't the one with a higher impedance, and thus lower current, the control loop probably wouldn't even be stable.

    In addition, the C215M controller doesn't have a driver for the TEC that controls the temperature of the optics platform (RES) in the C315M. So, the temperature of the entire optics platform is probably not stabilizing but slowly drifting over time. Even a temperature change of a few 100ths of a °C can change the output power by 25 percent or more, and even one that is much smaller can totally confuse the C215M initialization algorithm. I do not know what the optics platform in the C215M laser head is attached to, having never been inside of a C215M laser head. In the C315M laser head, it's mounted on the RES TEC stack which is attached to the baseplate. It's likely that the optics platform and LD of the C215M laser head are on the same substrate and thus share the same temperature. So, a separate controller might be needed to drive the RES TEC stack to maintain the optics platform at a constant temperature.

    The next step was to figure out if a simple wiring change can force the C215M controller to adequately drive both LD TECs, or if an auxiliary power supply would be needed. First, thinking it would be lower risk, I decided to try the TECs in series. I realized that the maximum cooling (and heating, though that shouldn't matter) rate would be much lower running on a maximum of 5 V compared to the 10 V or more for the C315M, but there would be no chance of frying the controller if the parallel impedance of the two TECs was too low.

    So, I changed the jumpers on my C315M Laser Head Breakout Adapter (see the section: Test Adapters for the Coherent Analog Controller) so that it would drive the two TECs in series. (Controller pin 9 goes to laser head pin 9. Laser head pin 10 is jumpered to pin 12. Laser head pin 13 goes to controller pin 10.) I first tried running a laser head that I didn't care about (since it was weak) should something really bad happen. The main purpose was to determine over what range of diode current, the LD temperature would regulate properly. A multimeter was used to monitor the voltage across the LD TECs while running the laser starting at minimum power output. As it turned out, this laser head would actually run quite well at any power setting up to it's 25 mW or so max. The LD temperature was easily maintained at the correct value since the TEC voltage, which can vary from -5 V (maximum heating) to +5 V (maximum cooling) settled in at about 3 V even with the laser diode current near the 2.3 A current limit. Despite no control of RES temperature, the laser output power was even reasonably stable. Though, every few minutes, it might jump around a bit, probably as a result of the drift in resonator temperature.

    Next, I swapped in my lab rat test head - one that is set to a maximum output power of about 85 mW. This was perfectly happy, LD temperature-wise, up to a current of about 1.6 A sitting on a metal plate, or about 2 A on a heatsink with some air cooling. I suspect that the temperature setpoint of the laser diode in this head is substantially lower than for the one above, thus the more limited range of stable operation. However, unlike the weak head, it was quite obvious with this one that any change in baseplate/heatsink temperature also has a substantial impact on output power.

    Up to a selected power of about 40 mW (50 percent for this laser), it would initialize successfully and turn on the Ready LED, though the operating current was generally somewhat higher than when using the C315M controller. However, after a few minutes, as the baseplate and thus resonator warmed up, the output power would jump to a higher value, and the Ready LED would go off. But the laser diode current never increased, nor was there evidence of any effort on the part of the controller to optimize the power setting once it went above the selected value by more than a few percent (or maybe simply because it was content with the initial stability after Ready went on). So, even though it was way outside the acceptance window for Ready, the power was still reasonably stable and not jumping around. Increasing the cooling with a small fan, which by conduction though the RES REC stack also reduced the temperature of the optics platform, reduced the output power implying that the optimal resonator temperature was higher than ambient (as is usually the case).

    Here is some data:

      Head ID#  Pmax     Iop    V(Pin 1)   Ilim    %Ilim      Pout     Vtec
       100-W4   36 mW   2.32 A   4.11 V   2.54 A   91.3%   24 mW       3.0 V
       100-W7   93 mW   1.40 A   2.30 V   2.98 A   64.6%   30 mW 36*   2.5 V
         "        "     1.60 A   2.86 V   2.20 A   72.9%   40 mW 50*   3.0 V
         "        "     2.12 A   4.46 V     "  A   96.5%   42 mW       4.0 V

    * After a few minutes, the output power jumped up to these values, probably due to drift in the optics platform temperature.

    (For a more detailed explanation of the entries in this table, see the section: Typical C315M Pump Diode Current. These two laser heads are also listed there.)

    Next, after sleeping on it, I decided that trying the TECs in parallel would likely work much better, even though the currents wouldn't be perfectly equal compared to a series connection. Before attempting this, I tested my only C215M laser head to determine the current required by its LD TEC at 5 V. In fact, it appears as though the impedance of the C215M LD TEC is even lower than the combination of the upper and lower C315M TECs in parallel! The only concern then became whether the current imbalance, which results in a thermal imbalance, will be a problem. In other words, the bottom of the upper LD TEC and top of the lower LD TEC will be getting more heat flow from the upper LD TEC than the lower LD TEC can remove, until its temperature goes high enough that conduction through the lower LD TEC makes up the difference. I don't believe this will be a problem as long as the laser is on a good heatsink.

    Jumpering was even easier for this arrangement since there is already a convenient header which can serve this purpose. (Controller pin 9 goes to laser head pins 9 and 12. Controller pin 10 goes to laser head pins 10 and 13.) And, indeed, this approach worked much better. Thermal response was much faster with none of the long delay before stabilizing which was typical of the series connection. At high power, a small fan was still needed to keep the TEC drive voltage below 3 V, but this didn't seem to affect the laser's stability nearly as much as it did with the series TEC configuration. Why that should matter is still a mystery.

    In fact, as the data below show, in terms of output power versus laser diode current near maximum power, this particular laser head at least is working about as well as it would on the C315M controller:

      Head ID#  Pmax     Iop    V(Pin 1)   Ilim    %Ilim   Pout    Vtec
       100-W7   93 mW   1.26 A   1.81 V   2.20 A   57.4%   20 mW  -0.5 V
         "        "     1.57 A   2.77 V     "      71.5%   44 mW   1.0 V
         "        "     1.69 A   3.14 V     "      77.0%   55 mW   2.5 V
         "        "     1.94 A   3.89 V     "      87.9%   81 mW   3.0 V
         "        "     2.00 A   4.08 V     "      90.9%   85 mW   3.8 V

    It would seem that for the LD temperature required for the laser diode in this head, with the relatively cold heatsink (probably about 16 °C) there is enough conduction through the TECs that they actually have to provide a bit of heating for operation below about 25 mW.

    Over the course of at least a dozen power cycles at various power levels, there have been no problems with reaching a stable condition at an efficiency similar to that of the C315M controller driving this same laser head. And note that the only reason the output is lower than 100 mW is that this specific laser head is not capable of operation much above 85 mW. However, the results should apply equally well to perfectly healthy C315M-100 lasers since the diode current at which it was running (around 2 A) is typical of normal C315M-100 laser heads at full power (actually on the high side for most). p> So, next I installed a fully functional C315M-100 heads, one of my "visible" heads that has a Plexiglas cover to show that the results, above, weren't just a fluke. :)

      Head ID#  Pmax     Iop    V(Pin 1)   Ilim    %Ilim    Pout    Vtec
      100-130  110+ mW  2.06 A   4.55 V   2.10 A   97.8%   103 mW   1.1 V
         "        "     1.85 A   3.89 V     "      88.1%   104      1.0 V
         "        "     1.06 A   1.35 V     "      50.6%    21      0.0 V
         "        "     1.31 A   2.14 V     "      62.3%    57      0.2 V
         "        "     1.44 A   2.55 V     "      68.3%    73      0.4 V
         "        "     1.62 A   3.14 V     "      77.0%   104      0.6 V

    These are listed in the order in which each of the power levels were tested. Interestingly, though perhaps not that surprising, the first run at full power had relatively poor efficiency but the last one actually outperformed the same laser head on the C315M controller in terms of minimum diode current. Also, for this particular head, cooling is almost a non-issue with the laser head only sitting on an aluminum plate with no fins or fan.

    I haven't let any of these run for hours as yet, but over the course of a few minutes, there is little evidence of power fluctuations, though I still expect there to some as the temperature of the optics platform drifts. The worst was the first run of head #100-130 where the power seemed to fluctuate by 1 or 2 percent and occasionally, the power would dip or jump probably as a mode lock is lost and the controller readjusted. But unlike the C315M controller which becomes obsessive compulsive if the output power changes by even a fraction of 1 percent after Ready comes on, the C215M controller often seems content to allow a slow drift and possibly even a jump in output power as long as the output power doesn't go outside some acceptance window. And even if it does, at times the controller didn't appear to care all that much about it on the high side at least, other than to take away Ready to signal its annoyance. :)

    So, here are the conclusions from this exercise so far:

    1. The laser diode current drive capability of the C215M controller is quite adequate for most or all C315M-50 and C315M-100 laser heads, and possibly for C315M-150s as well. It was tested to 2.3 A but probably goes higher.

    2. It is possible to drive the two LD TECs of the C315M in series with the C215M controller up to a diode current based on the LD temperature setpoint and baseplate/heatsink temperature. However, the response to temperature changes as the diode current is ramped up is much more sluggish with the limited voltage range of the C215M (+/-5 V) compared to the C315M controller (effectively greater than +/-11 V). This results in typical efficiency (diode current versus output power) far from optimal.

      Driving the LD TECs in parallel appears to work much better in terms of thermal response speed. For the particular C315M laser heads being used for testing, decent efficiency and stability were achieved without doing anything to the RES TEC. However, this may not be true in general.

    3. Stabilization of the RES temperature will likely be required to achieve optimal performance with most C315M lasers. I do not know if all of the specifications can be met under all conditions, but it should come close. However, as noted above, this may not require a fancy TEC controller. Any of the commercially available TEC controller modules would suffice. Or, if it is desired to construct one, the Maxim MAX1968 appears to be ideal for implementing a simple low cost controller, though its +/-5 V maximum drive to the TEC may be a bit marginal, or at least take a long time to stabilize. Go to the Maxim Homepage and search for: "MAX1968". Another, slightly more complex but more flexible option is the Linear Technology LTC1923. Go to the Linear Technology Homepage and search for: "LTC1923".

      Also see WL's TEC Controllers for the C315M-100 Page for complete and tested designs using the MAX1968 and LTC1923.

      If stable operation most of the time, but possibly at somewhat lower efficiency and reduced output power is acceptable, regulating the heatsink temperature alone, or just keeping it cool, may be an acceptable alternative.

    So, as the final experiment for now, I wired up a Wavelength Electronics MPT10000 TEC controller partly because that was what I had handy and partly because it is compatible with the Compass-M laser head PCB circuitry. (The lower power MPT5000 or even the MPT2500 would also be suitable.) Unlike some other controllers, including the ILX LDC 3900, which require at least one side of the sensor to be isolated, the MPT controllers allow for both the temperature setpoint and sensor inputs to be voltages (though the latter is not acknowledged in the instruction manual). Thus, no modifications to the laser head would be necessary. Due to some peculiarity in the design of the MPT series controllers, the setpoint input has to be divided by 2 before being used. Ideally, this should be done with an op-amp so that the input resistance of the MPT doesn't affect the voltage, but a high ohm pot (>1M ohm, to avoid loading the C315M laser head PCB RES setpoint circuit) adjusted so the MPT Temperature Monitor output equals the pot input works fine as well. Using a pot with ot without the op-amp would also allow some adjustment should the P3 head PCB pot not be set exactly to the optimal setpoint. (It doesn't need to be with the C315M controller since the search algorithm will find it.) As long as the internal temperature setpoint pot is set low enough, there will be a setting of the external pot that will work. If an op-amp is used, then the internal pot should be set to 0 (fully counterclockwise) so that the external input fully determines the temperature. Other than that, it's just a matter of hooking it up. The jumper in the MPT that sets the sensor current must be removed so that the current is provided only by the pullup resistor on the C315M laser head. I set the current limit jumper to 2 A and am running the MPT on the 12 VDC output of the same power supply that runs the C215M on its 5 VDC output. When run on 12 VDC, the maximum voltage available to the TEC should be at least +/-10 V.

    After remedying a couple of minor bloopers in my wiring, this unit regulates the RES temperature quite well, though it does take awhile to reach equilibrium. The RES temperature usually is set to be higher than 25 °C so heating is required. This actually goes faster with the laser running since part of the heat is provided by the pump beam and the waste heat from the laser diode through its TECs helps as well!

    To be conservative, I allowed the RES temperature to stabilize before turning the laser itself on (though since heating is usually involved, this would actually go faster with the laser on). Once this was done, the two C315M heads in the tables above run on the C215M controller behaved in all respects that I could easily test quickly, in an identical manner to a C215M on a C215M controller. They reached full power at a diode current similar to operation with a C315M controller and over the course of several minutes, there was absolutely no instability whatsoever. The only quirk may be that usually, though not always, the diode current tends to be a bit lower (a few percent) if the Power Set button is pressed again to initiate another ramp-up after the laser stabilizes from a cold start.

    When run with RES temperature regulation, I'd expect the stability to be similar to that of the C215M laser head on the C215M controller, which should be pretty darn good. For light show and other applications where single frequency operation and constant power aren't critical, this may not be needed. But for holography or interferometry, it would certainly be desirable and possibly essential.

    I have only run this scheme on a few laser heads so far, not nearly as extensively as with the C315M controller, but all the indications are that it should be fine. The laser head sees virtually the same conditions as it would on the C315M controller and the C215M controller maintains its cool with at most a small heatsink, even with the laser running at full power. While I haven't explicitly tested for single frequency operation, given the design of the C315M laser head and the good stability, there is every reason to expect that the laser is operating with a single longitudinal mode and is not running multimode or mode-hopping.

    I later constructed a dedicated adapter intended to go inside the shell of an obsolete dongle (parallel port software key) if I can find one. :) It goes between the C215M DB25F and the head cable DB25M, with a separate connector for the MPT. There are test points for the LD TEC and RES TEC voltages, and the RES setpoint and sensor (via the MPT monitor pins). See Wiring Diagram for Using C315M Laser Head on C215M Analog Controller. The module labeled "C215M Controller Adapter" is wired 1:1 for ALL pins except as noted below:

            C215M Analog    Temperature      C315M
      Pin    Controller     Controller     Laser Head    C315M Function
       7                         X--------------X        RES Temp. Setpoint
       8         X---------------X--------------X        RES Temp. Sensor
       9         X---------------------------+--X        Lower LD TEC+
      10         X-------------------------+-|--X        Lower LD TEC-
      12                                   | +--X        Upper LD TEC+
      13                                   +----X        Upper LD TEC-
      18                         X--------------X        RES TEC+
      19                         X--------------X        RES TEC-
      23         X---------------X--------------X        Common
      25         X---------------X--------------X        +5 VDC (If needed)

    A C315M Laser Head Signal Breakout Adapter could esily be modified for this purpose as well. See the section: Test Adapters for the Coherent Analog Controller.

    Note that a much simpler and cheaper TEC controller would be equally as effective as the MPT. The $350 or so MPT was really only used because it was handy. It should be possible to construct a unipolar driver (only heating since that's what is generally required for the RES TEC) for under $10. The only disadvantage is that it may take somewhat longer to reach equilibrium without being able to hit the TEC with reverse current. See Unipolar TEC Controller for a basic design. As drawn, it should be capable of 2 or 3 A at up to 12 V using a 15 V power supply for +V Power but can easily be modified for different requirements. This unit is directly compatible with the Compass-M TECs and head PCB signals, and can be configured for heating or cooling via jumpers. (It should also be able to drive the LD TECs in series since only cooling is really required except possibly at very low outuput power, but of course, a separate LD TEC controller is not needed when using the C215M controller.)

    The beauty of using the C215M controller with a separate TEC controller for the RES compared to an LD driver and a bunch of TEC controllers is that it still has enough smarts to quickly find the optimal operating conditions so laser heads can be swapped without worrying about readjusting a bunch of settings. In fact, it does this more rapidly than the C315M controller since there is one fewer degree of freedom for it to worry about. And, as with the C315M controller, the output power is maintained nearly constant.

    Another side benefit of the C215M controller is that should something go wrong, repair is possible (as opposed to the C315M controller which is basically not repairable). The C215M controller PCB has a wide open layout and uses standard parts in its power driver circuitry.

    So, while I wouldn't recommend using the C215M controller with the C315M laser head for someone who just wants a turn-key system that can be set up and left alone with the best stability, this can represent a viable alternative for the experimenter who is willing and able to make the needed modifications, understands the requirements for keeping the system happy, and enjoys the rewards of doing something non-standard while saving money at the same time. It could also be useful for quick testing of C315M laser heads since the output stabilizes in about one third the time compared with the C315M controller.

    CAUTION: If you do change the wiring to the C315M laser head to enable use of the C215M controller, make sure you don't forget to change it back if using the C315M controller. I doubt the controller or laser head would be very happy otherwise! Or, rather than modifying the cable or laser head, build an adapter consisting of a DB25M and DB25F built into the shell of an obsolete dongle (parallel port software enable key).

    Powering the C315M Laser Head with a Home-Built Controller

    To properly drive any of these laser heads without the Coherent power supply, the following will be required. (The "basic version" is open loop for power output and may have less long term stability than the "optimized version". The specific description is for the C315M and should be similar for the C415M. It should be simpler for the C215M as there is no RES TEC.)

    1. A constant current laser diode driver for the pump diode with an output of about 1.5 A maximum current will suffice for the basic version. For the optimized version, modulation capability will be needed to handle optical feedback.

    2. A controller for the pump diode TECs for cooling and temperature tuning of its wavelength. Hopefully, a single controller will suffice for the upper and lower TECs in series. A controller that maintains a constant temperature using thermistor sensor feedback will suffice for both versions. Note that since the C315M is a Nd:YAG (not Nd:YVO4) based laser, temperature tuning of the pump diode wavelength is fairly critical as the YAG absorption band is much narrower than that of vanadate - the peak is between 809 and 810 nm with the output power down by 40 percent at 807 and 810 nm.

    3. A controller for the KTP TEC which will adjust its temperature to maintain peak output power/minimize pump diode current. A controller that maintains a constant temperature using thermistor sensor feedback will suffice for the basic version. Modulation capability (can be done via the sensor input) may be needed for the optimized version.

      Since the KTP TEC is very small, a simple op-amp circuit can be used here. A suitable circuit is shown in Low Power TEC Controller. This circuit is derived from the design used in the Coherent Compass 532 laser (see the next section). I have made minor simplifications but retained the original 1% resistor values - the nearest 5% values should be just fine. R1, R2, and R3 can be eliminated if the KTP Temperature Setpoint output on the laser head PCB is used. Even this circuit is probably somewhat more complex than necessary but the total cost should be under $10 even if you lost the keys to your junkbox. :) The "Offset" input may be useful later when power optimization is implemented. Note that this circuit is only suitable in its current form for very small TECs - typically these are less than 1 cm square. However, if wasted power isn't an important consideration, a pair of power buffers can easily be added to drive larger TECs. CAUTION: Circuit copied quickly - errors are possible! Use at your own risk.

      CAUTION: Make sure that any driver circuit limits average power into the TEC particularly in the direction which results in heating of the low (thermal) mass KTP to avoid damage to it or even an unsightly melt-down. The circuit, above, has protection for this but other power sources including expensive commercial ones must be set up to stay within safe limits (which may be more conservative than necessary if just based on a maximum current).

    4. A controller for the cavity TECs which is also getting rid of the small amount of waste heat from the KTP TEC. A circuit that maintains a constant temperature using thermistor sensor feedback will suffice for both versions. Where a good heatsink is used and ambient temperature is modest (e.g., 20 to 25 °C), this shouldn't require very much power. In fact, just providing a constant current may be adequate if the temperature of the baseplate is nearly at ambient.

    5. A large heatsink with enough forced-air cooling to maintain the temperature of the laser baseplate near ambient. Note that good heatsinking is needed not only to allow for proper heat dissipation but to avoid major interactions between the control loops of the two large sets of TECs, which may lead to instability.

    As an example of a very nice complete solution, see WL's Controller for the Coherent 315M-100 DPSS Laser Head Page. Complete schematics and PCB layout artwork are available for free download to fully control the C315M (any power rating) laser head via a USB PC interface. The LD driver is a Wavelength Electronics WLD3343 (see the next section). The TEC controllers are based on either Maxim MAX1968 or Linear Technology LTC1923. Now, all we need is the active search software to locate the optimal operating point! :) However, WL notes that this was much more work than anticipated. Geez, really? Didn't I say that? :) So, obtaining the Coherent C315M Analog Controller or adapting the C215M Analog Controller would be much easier and probably even much cheaper if you value your time at anything above $0.00/hour, and they both do the search for you and maintain output power constant.

    (From: LesioQ (

    For my C315M laser heads I have built a single PCB unit based on MPT series controller by Wavelength Electronics, modified to Burr-Brown OPA power op-amps. (These have current limiting facility built-in). It's linear, not PWM, but after thermal stabilisation power dissipation of this part isn't high.

    There's also a commercial MLD linear Laser diode driver (2.5 A) with supply voltage of 13 V so most power is wasted there.

    Jumpers on PCB select either the pot setting of the C315M laser head PCB or a local (multiturn pot) setpoint for each temperature.

    With this unit I'm able to work without mode-hopping after about 10 minutes of quarantine. :-) But there's got to be a fan inducing some vibrations. Perhaps I'll be able to stop it for like 20 seconds to shoot a hologram. If I find more time. :-) See Closeup of C315M-100 Laser Head and Multiple TEC Controller PCB.

    (From: Brian Conlin (

    I have built a complete controller for the C315M using two Wavelength Electronics TEC controllers and laser diode driver. The KTP temperature uses the Low Power TEC Controller. I use a 12 V to 5 V Mean Well DC to DC converter on-board allowing the laser diode driver to run efficiently and stable with an input voltage from 9 to 17 VDC. The total power consumption is around 25 watts or less at room temperature.

    Powering the C315M with the Wavelength Electronics WLD-3343 and WHY-5640

    A professional implementation of the basic version of this system could always be put together for under $500 using off-the-shelf modules from Wavelength Electronics. The WLD-3343 laser diode driver and the WHY-5640 temperature controller would be suitable and cost under $150 each in single quantities. (I see little point in using the more complex, more expensive WTC-3243.) However, note that since the thermistors are not isolated from each-other (there is a common connection for all of them and pullup resistors to +5 VDC), the WHY5640 may need to be configured in a way not documented in the datasheet. (This caution would also apply to fancy lab-style multiple channel laser diode/TEC controllers.) And, to use the automatic settings specified on the C315M PCB, some simple additional circuitry will be needed to convert the difference between the setpoint and sense voltages to a signal the WHY5640 can use (under development). Using one of these modules (or an equivalent from another well-known company) would be a good investment for at least the pump diode which is very easy to destroy, as well as its TEC.

    I would think twice about using cheapie laser diode drivers for use with this expensive laser. They may have little or no protection and tend to fail shorted. The large TECs are much tougher to damage than laser diodes and with care, any decent commercial or home-built controller, or even a simple constant current or constant voltage supply, may be adequate at least for testing. However, since the laser diode's health is directly affected by its temperature, using a commercial driver for it's TEC would also be prudent. The very small KTP TEC can be easily destroyed by too much current, particularly in the heating direction, so care must be taken with its driver. One option is the Low Power TEC Controller but WHY5640s can be used for all three TECs if desired.

    For the optimized version, feedback will be required to control pump diode current and fine adjustment of KTP temperature. LD and cavity TECs should still run in constant temperature mode. In the Coherent Compass 532 laser, KTP temperature is controlled by a secondary feedback loop to peak output power and pump diode current is maintained at a level which provides the spec'd output power. The C315M optimizes LD, KTP, and resonator temperature and then uses a combination of LD current and LD temperature to maintain output power at the setpoint value. Just make sure any feedback control of LD current has an effective current limit and it's set to a safe value for the diode. Setting it to 2.4 A would be acceptable for all the C315M heads I've looked inside, where the green lasing threshold, operating, and maximum current values are marked on the laser diode box. Values ranged from 2.43 to 2.69 A.

    Powering the C315M with the ILX Lightwave Model LDC-3900

    The following also applies with slight modifications to driving the C215M laser head (described below) and for the C415M as well (but you're on your own for that).

    The ILX Lightwave model LDC-3900 is laboratory-type system which can be configured with up to 4 laser diode drivers or TEC controller or combined modules. (Go to the link, above, and check out the specifications under "Products".) The system I used was configured with a 4 Amp laser diode driver and three 32 Watt TEC controller modules. (For the laser I actually tested, a 2 Amp LD driver and 16 Watt TEC drivers would have been more than adequate to run at rated output power. This is probably true of the majority of C315M laser heads.)

    One would think that a system with a list price of around $10,000 would be easily configured for any laser but this is not the case. There were two issues:

    1. Non-isolated temperature sensors: With the head PCB in place, neither side of the 10K NTC thermistors are totally isolated. One side of each thermistor is connected to a pullup resistor (R6, R20, and R21 in Coherent C315M Laser Head Wiring). The other ends of the thermistors are connected together inside the laser head and cannot be separated. However, according to the operation manual for the TEC controller module, this in itself isn't a problem as the LDC-3900 will operate correctly with one side of the sensors tied together as long as nothing else attached to its TEC connector is also wired to the common point. This was confirmed by an email to ILX Tech Support. Thus, there are two options. Both of these approaches have been confirmed to work:

      1. Remove the pullup resistors from the PCB. The disadvantage of this approach is that the resistors are very tiny surface mount parts and there is some risk in attacking the PCB with a soldering iron. Furthermore, they would have to be reinstalled to run the laser on the Coherent Analog Controller.

      2. Attach the +5 VDC pin to the Common pin. This effectively puts a 10K ohm resistor in parallel with each temperature sensor altering the calibration of the thermistors. This can be worked around by modifying the C1/C2/C3 constants (see below). Or, just determine the equivalent temperature reading and use the existing C1/C2/C3 values. Then, when done, calculate the actual temperature from the thermistor resistance at the optimal setpoint (assuming no 10K resistor were in parallel with it). For an actual temperature of 25 °C, the reading will be around 40 to 45 °C. The TEC feedback loop will still work fine (even though the temperature readout is wrong) without changing the gain.

        The actual thermistor resistance (Rt) is given by: Rt=(Rm*10K)/(10K-Rm) where Rm is the measured resistance via the LDC-3900 readout. The setpoint temperature is then given by the "Steinhart-Hart Equation" (see below).

      The C315M laser head I used for this experiment had no PCB - it had been physically broken off somehow (and lost). Amazingly, whatever trauma was involved didn't result in any other obvious damage - the threshold current for green lasing was quite low (tested using just a laser diode driver with no cooling of the diode for just long enough to confirm operation) and the TECs, sensors, and anything else I tested for continuity appeared to be intact. Thus, option (A) for dealing with the temperature sensors was implemented automatically.

    2. Temperature resolution: The TEC controller modules I have available can only be set in increments of 0.1 °C. At least 0.01 °C resolution is required to accurately peak the LD, KTP, and the RES output power response and 0.005 °C or 0.002 °C would be better.

    Once the sensor issue was dealt with, it was a simple matter to configure the systems to drive the laser head. The current limit for the laser diode was set at 2 A since that should be a safe value (for the diode) with virtually any C315M laser head. Without the head PCB, there is no way to externally determine the actual current limit.

    The TEC operating temperatures were determined initially at low pump current - not much above green threshold. First the pump diode, then RES, then KTP. It was necessary to go back and forth several times to zero in on the best settings. Then, another round to fine tune them with increasing pump current attempting to achieve the maximum output power at less than 2 A of pump current, or 100 mW, whichever came first.

    Although the optimal LD temperature couldn't be determined precisely, it had a more-or-less broad single peak and could at least be set fairly close. However, adjusting the KTP temperature produced a periodic response with up to a 2:1 or more variation in output power. The period turned out to be around 0.1 °C. The periodic ripples are superimposed on a much broader response. So, there were quite dramatic fluctuations in output power as the temperature was gradually changed and it wasn't possible to select out a particular peak with the limited temperature resolution available. The visual effect was similar to the "fluffing and pulsing" seen with the Coherent Analog Controller. The RES temperature interacts with the KTP and has a somewhat similar behavior.

    The parameters for the TEC controllers are shown below. The C1/C2/C3 values are the defaults for the temperature feedback loop of the LDC 3900. The current limits for the TECs are safe for the TECs but might be a bit low for best response. And, in particular, the one for the LD TEC may not be sufficient to provide enough cooling at high pump current and/or low LD temperature and/or with less than a really good heatsink.

      Function   I Limit   C1     C2     C3    Gain   T Limit   T Set     R
      LD TEC       1 A   1.125  2.347  0.855    30     35 °C    19.7   11.954K
      KTP TEC     75 mA  1.125  2.347  0.855     3     35 °C    22.3   10.436K
      RES TEC      1 A   1.125  2.347  0.855    30     35 °C    20.0   11.108K

    The operating temperatures shown (T Set) resulted in the best performance that could be achieved using the 0.1 °C resolution of the LDC 3900 temperature controllers. Of course, since the actual optimal temperatures are unique to each laser head and can vary widely fron sample to sample, listing them here is of little value but might be a starting point if no other information were available.

    However, the highest power that could be sustained after fiddling was only around 75 to 80 mW at 2 A. It was clear from the transient output power fluctuations (peaking above 100 mW) as the temperatures were adjusted, that better performance should be possible if the temperature resolution could be improved.

    So, time to cheat, just a bit. :) Now for a tutorial:

    The "Steinhart-Hart Equation" is one polynomial expansion that can be used to reasonably accurately compute the actual temperature based on the thermistor resistance:

       1/T = A + [B * ln(R)] + [C * ln(R)3]


       T =  --------------------------------
             A + [B * ln(R)] + [C * ln(R)3]

    The default parameters for the LDC-3900 which are what I used for normal settings (not the funny settings, see below) are: A = 1.125x10-3 (C1=1.125), B = 2.347x10-4 (C2=2.347), and C = 0.855x10-7 (C3=0.855). (More information on temperature calibration can be found in the LDC-3900 and TEC controller operation manuals). The default C1/C2/C3 constants work reasonably well for the typical 10K NTC thermistor. Where the sensors are in parallel with 10K ohm resistors described in option (A), above, these constants will need to be modified. This is left as an exercise for the student. :) (I have attempted to determine C1/C2/C3 values but since the non-linear behavior of the parallel combination is not even close to that of any NTC thermistor, the accuracy probably won't be that great (though this really doesn't matter for determining the settings). In addition, there were problems with values for C1, C2, or C3 wanting to be outside the acceptable range of the LDC-3900.)

    For reference, here is a chart of the behavior of a typical 10K thermistor with respect to temperature:

     Temp  R (Ohms)  Temp  R (Ohms)  Temp  R (Ohms)  Temp  R (Ohms)
     10 °C  18,790   11 °C  17,980   12 °C  17,220   13 °C  16,490
     14 °C  15,790   15 °C  15,130   16 °C  14,500   17 °C  13,900
     18 °C  13,330   19 °C  12,790   20 °C  12,260   21 °C  11,770
     22 °C  11,290   23 °C  10,840   24 °C  10,410   25 °C  10,000
     26 °C   9,605   27 °C   9,227   28 °C   8,867   29 °C   8,523
     30 °C   8,194   31 °C   7,880   32 °C   7,579   33 °C   7,291
     34 °C   7,016   35 °C   6,752   36 °C   6,500   37 °C   6,258
     38 °C   6,026   39 °C   5,805   40 °C   5,592   41 °C   5,389
     42 °C   5,193   43 °C   5,006   44 °C   4,827   45 °C   4,655

    To get around the limited temperature resolution, the C1/C2/C3 constants were modified to fool the feedback system into thinking it had 0.01 °C resolution. In the feedback equation, C2 and C3 are multiplied by powers of the thermistor resistance (R) so increasing C2 and C3 by a factor of 10 will increase the incremental sensitivity to setpoint changes by a factor of 10. C1 was then adjusted experimentally to put the readout around ambient temperature at a reasonable value. To minimize hunting after large setpoint changes, it may be desirable to adjust the Gain values as I did, though I'm not sure how much effect this really had.

    CAUTION: With these changes to C1/C2/C3, the temperature setpoints and readout have no easily deciphered relationship to actual temperature. Thus it's especially important that the T Limit be set to a reasonable value (with respect to the new C1/C2/C3 values!) and that the operator be aware of reasonable setpoint and readout values. Make sure the system is set up to automatically shut off the laser if any T Limit is reached. But, don't depend on this for protection!

    Rather than determining how the temperature setpoint should be adjusted to correspond to the previous values analytically, I just recorded the thermistor resistances (R in the chart, above) at the original settings (it's available at any time by pushing a button on the front panel) and then adjusted the setpoint with the new constants to produce a similar resistance.

    With the increased resolution of 0.01 °C, it was possible to find new temperature settings to more accurately peak output power. An output power of 103 mW was achieved at a current of 1.95 A which is better than average for the typical C315M laser heads listed in the section: Typical C315M Pump Diode Current. (Another factor of 2 or so in temperature setpoint resolution would be desirable to even more accurately set the temperatures but probably wouldn't make a huge difference in efficiency.)

      Function    I Limit    C1    C2     C3    Gain   T Limit   T Set
      LD TEC        1 A    -18.4  23.47  8.55   100     50 °C    -42.9
      KTP TEC      75 mA   -18.4  23.47  8.55     3     50 °C    -28.7
      RES TEC       1 A    -18.4  23.47  8.55   100     50 °C    -47.8

    While it is far from obvious, note that the new funny settings for KTP and RES are nowhere close in actual temperature to those found with the original constants. Given the original coarse temperature resolution, this isn't suprising.

    After much fiddling, several combinations of (funny) temperature settings were found that produced a similar output power of 103 mW at a slightly lower current of 1.88 A:

      Settings:    1       2       3       4       5
      LD TEC     -42.7   -42.8   -42.7   -42.4   -42.2
      KTP TEC    -29.4   -23.1   -22.7   -23.5   -23.6
      RES TEC    -47.9   -32.8   -28.0   -33.6   -34.1

    The differences in the temperature of the LD TEC aren't really significant. It would appear that there are many peaks in the response function with respect to KTP and RES temperatures that are about equally efficient. The response can be visualized as a lumpy two dimensional surface (ignoring LD temperature) with peaks where the KTP response and RES response intersect. See the section: Birefringence or Etalon Effect Used for Mode Selection in C315M?

    I'm not sure why (1) wasn't found initially since it differs only trivially from the original settings. While there are no doubt minor differences among these and the dozens (or more) of others that could be found, unless you're a purist, it probably doesn't matter very much. However, based on the low threshold current (about 0.63 A) for green lasing of this laser head compared with the others that I have tested, a slightly lower Iop might be possible. But 1.88 A is still better than Iop for 75 percent of those laser heads. Of course, it's possible that the Coherent Analog Controller (which is how those laser heads were powered for testing) doesn't necessarily find a best solution either and manual searching would do a superior job with those as well. If infinite time were available, that could be something to strive for. :)

    There also seems to be a small inconsistency from one power cycle to the next, requiring slight touch-up of KTP temperature (by a few hundredths of a °C in actual temperature). It's possible that here again, a different local maxima is being selected due to interaction of the three TECs and self heating of the KTP due to the intracavity power. (A similar randomness appears with the Coherent Analog Controller.) These are all very minor effects though.

    Here is a general procedure for optimizing C315M temperature settings.

    An adapter harness will need to be made up to attach the LD and TEC modules of the LDC-3900 to the connector of the C315M laser head. The LD driver requires an interlock jumper in addition to LD+ and LD-. The TEC controllers require the TE+, TE-, and the two sensor connections (with thermistors, the polarity doesn't matter but it is best to be consistent among the 3 modules). The adapter harness is made up of a DB9M for the LD driver, 3 DB15Ms for the TEC controllers, and a 30 pin SIL female connector for the laser head. My adapter harness was wired with the DB25M pinouts of the Coherent Analog Controller so that a normal C315M laser head cable could be used. In fact, the DB25M has more than everything needed to drive most low to medium power DPSS lasers as well as laser diodes, I have built adapters to it for using the LDC-3900 with the Uniphase uGreen laser and my medium power laser diode test rig.

    The same adapter can be used for both the C315M and the simpler C215M (and presumably for the C415M but I have not made any attempt to figure that one out, given the relatively few C415M lasers out there).

    However, for driving the C215M, a switch will need to be added to change two sets of connections:

    Output power is easily monitored from the Photodiode (PD) terminals on the laser head. It's best to feed these into a fast responding current meter (typical sensitivity of the PD: 6 uA/mW) or better yet, wire up a 5 VDC power supply and 3K resistor to the PD so a voltage corresponding to output power can be monitored on an oscilloscope:

                   Output Power (~18 mV/mW)
                   o +      - o
                   |    3K    |        PD
        +5 VDC o---+---/\/\---+---<<---|<|--->>---o Return

    This is desirable because as the KTP temperature is changed, the output power will fluctuate rapidly. A typical DMM is too slow to catch the peaks unless the temperature setting is changed inconveniently slowly. But with a scope, preferably a digitizing or storage scope, they can be detected so that the corresponding temperature setting can be determined. This would be trivial for the Coherent Analog Controller since all it would need to do is store the corresponding temperature setting whenever the new peak exceeded the previous one. Without that luxury, it will be a bit more tedious. :)

    It may be best to perform the initial procedure using "normal" C1/C2/C3 constants so the temperature settings make sense. Then switch to the funny ones for fine tuning. CAUTION: In either case, make sure that the T Limits are set to reasonable values and that they are never exceeded. The LDC-3900 will shut down the TEC(s) if T Limit is exceeded but won't shut down the LD current automatically and it won't take long for it to overheat to the point of being damaged! That's your job.

    1. Select initial temperatures for the LD, KTP, and RES TECs.

      If the original head PCB pot settings haven't been touched, using them will reduce much of the time and uncertainty in the remainder of this procedure. To determine the default TEC settings, power the PCB only with +5 VDC (pin 25 to pin 23) and measure the voltages on the temperature set pots for LD (pot P2, connector pin 6), KTP (pot P4, connector pin 14), and RES (pot P3, connector pin 7). Then, Rx=(10K*Vx)/(5-Vx) where x=LD, KTP, and RES. The easiest way to convert these to temperature is to start with TECx set at 20 °C and then adjust it until the thermistor resistance (available by pushing a button on the LDC-3900 front panel) equals Rx.

      If the pot settings aren't available, select an (actual) temperature of around 20 °C as a starting point for each TEC.

    2. Install the C315M laser head on an adequate heatsink with a fan for cooling. Since the optimal temperature settings aren't known at this point, there's no way to know how much heat will need to be removed from the case. If the pump diode needs to be cooled substantially, heat dissipation may be considerable. If it needs to be heated (unlikely), the heatsink probably won't need to do much.

    3. Attach the LDC-3900 adapter harness. Double check for correct wiring to the 30 pin head connector!

    4. Enable the LD, KTP, and RED TECs one at a time and confirm for each that the temperature is actually converging on the selected setpoint before proceeding to the next.

    5. Enable the LD current and adjust for a power output of 1/3 to 1/2 of the desired output power of green as long as the pump current is less than about 1.5 A. Else, adjust for 1.5 A and accept whatever power it produces as long as there is at least some. Initial optimizing will be needed to obtain even modest efficency. If there's no output at 1.5 A, something is probably wrong - check your wiring and/or knowledge of LDC-3900 operation. Or the laser head may be damaged.

    6. Adjust the LD TEC to peak output power. The response takes a few seconds so change it in increments of first 1 °C, then smaller increments to find the peak. This is the least critical of the temperature settings. Most likely, the LD will need to be cooled below ambient.

    7. Adjust the KTP TEC to maximize the output power. A temperature variation results in a periodic fluctuation of output power on top of a broad response which is highest in the center. The period is around 0.08 °C but while the envelope has a overall central maxima and peaks near the center will tend to be of higher amplitude, there will be significant local variation from one peak to the next. So search around for the highest peak even if it isn't adjacent to the next highest one or exactly at the center of the overall envelope. The response of the KTP TEC is very rapid - a second or so for a small change so it's response can be visualized easily on the fast meter or scope as the knob is turned. The finest temperature setting resolution will be needed to get anywhere close, but the overall trend will still be visible at 0.1 °C.

    8. Adjust the RES TEC to peak output power. The period is around 0.04 °C. Since the laser head's RES response interacts with the KTP response, its envelope is much like that of the KTP TEC. The RES TEC has a slow response, more like the LD TEC. So be patient.

    9. Go back and forth between the KTP and RES TEC adjustments. Check adjacent strong peaks on each one and then readjust the other control to maximize output power. If an adjacent peak results in a higher power (for the same pump diode current), switch to that one and then repeat the process. It's important to take notes during this process so as not to become hopeless confused! However, note that I do not know for sure how critical the actual RES temperature is as long as the KTP temperature has been adjusted for maximum output power with respect to whatever RES temperature setting is used.

    10. Once the maximum output has been achieved at low power, it then is NOT simply a matter of turning up pump diode current to achieve full power at reasonable efficiency. This is because the optimal temperature of the KTP (and possibly to some extent RES) is also a function of output power. Changing the current by a significant amount will cause the response to jump over several peaks in the periodic KTP/RES response functions. Thus, if the initial best values are found at low power, the pump diode current should be increased slowly (perhaps to add 5 mW at a time) and the KTP and RES settings re-optimized for maximum output power at each current setting. (This incremental approach appears to be the way the Coherent Analog Controller ramps up output power once the search phase is complete.) If LD current is increased in too large an increment, or all at once, it may still be relatively easy to find the properl maxima though searching a few nearby peaks with respect to KTP and RES temperature will be required.

    11. Adjust the LD TEC temperature to again peak output power. This won't change very much from the previous setting may still have a significant effect on output power.

    12. Finally, go back and fine tune the KTP and RES TECs for maximum output power. These should require very small adjustments at this point.

    As noted above, the C315M head I tested using this approach operated at a current of 1.88 A for 103 mW of output power. This is better than 75 percent of all C315M-100 laser heads I've tested running on the Coherent Analog Controller. I couldn't run this one that way to determine if my settings were optimal - or if the Analog Controller would pick some more mediocre operating point - because it is missing the head PCB. (It was physically broken off before I received the head and I don't even have the pieces.) For more on how I believe the Analog Controller does all this in a few minutes (it took me a couple of hours!), see the section: Analog Controller for the C315M.

    At this point, it would be simple (at least in principle) to install a head PCB (or the equivalent circuitry) and set the temperature pots for the values that have been determined experimentally, and set the other pots the same (or perhaps a bit lower for LD current limit and output power pots) as on another C315M head. The Analog Controller should then be able to operate normally and the output power pot could be adjusted as desired.

    So, the bottom line is that it is possible to use $10,000+ of lab equipment to do this but by now, you're probably thinking it would have been worth spending the extra money for the Coherent Analog Controller as that unit packs a lot of special purpose intelligence into a compact lightweight package. :)

    I then tried this stunt on another C315M laser head that had been partially disassembled but it turned out to be a hopeless case. Among other things: The gold plated case walls are gone - removed using a Dremel tool by the previous owner - and I had to wire a connector directly to the laser substrates; the Brewster plate had popped off, fell on the floor, and was reinstalled; the diode was swapped from the dissected C315M laser head whose photos are immortalized in the Laser Equipment Gallery (Version 1.94 or higher) under "Coherent Diode Pumped Solid State Lasers"; and the first turning mirror came unglued. Aside from these minor problems, the head is in perfect condition. :) However, it wasn't totally dead. True, the threshold for green lasing with the temperatures at optimal settings was found to be 1.3 A and the maximum output power was around 10 mW at 2 A, but driving it with the LDC-3900 sure beat the 4 variable voltage power supplies (no temperature feedback) I had been using! Someday I may attempt to determine what exactly is wrong as I don't believe it is due to a weak or misaligned pump diode. I later tested both diodes and found them to be fine. There could still be contamination on an inaccessible optical surface (i.e., the HR mirror or rear face of the YAG rod) or even on the other surfaces that I haven't cleaned adequately. It doesn't take much to kill power when there are 8 intracavity surfaces!

    Later, I tested a pair of C315M-100 heads I had attempted to repair on the LDC-3900. These both had intact head PCBs but neither was totally healthy so testing them on the Coherent Analog Controller wouldn't prove much.

    To use the LDC-3900 with the head PCB in place, the thermistor pullups must either be removed or have +5 VDC (pin 25) jumpered to Common (pin 23). The result is a sensor with a 5K ohm resistance at around 25 °C resulting in a temperature reading of around 42 °C using the default C1/C2/C3 parameters and the incremental sensitivity around (actual) 25 °C is about 2 actual °C for each unit in the readout. However, the response of this equivalent 5K thermistor as the temperature moves away from 25 °C is not at all close to a true 5K thermistor and I have so far been unsuccessful in determining a set of C1/C2/C3 parameters that would result in anything close to actual temperature values for the setpoint and readout. Thus, the values for "T Set", below, are not the actual temperature. Nor do they have enough precision. At least one additional digit of resolution would be needed to accurately set the temperatures for maximum performance.

    On one of the laser heads, Turning Mirror 2 and Output Lens had popped off. These were straightforward to reinstall. However, it was then found that the lower LD TEC was nearly open and had to be bypassed with a jumper wire to be able to use the upper LD TEC. This works well enough on the LDC-3900 if the laser is on a good heatsink which is well cooled so that the waste heat from the upper LD TEC can get through the dead lower LD TEC. But I'm not about to risk it on the Coherent Analog Controller. However, on the LDC-3900, the settings below resulted in an output power of 100 mW at 2.0 A of pump current:

      Function    I Limit    C1     C2     C3    Gain   T Limit   T Set
      LD TEC        3 A    1.125  2.347  0.855    30     50 °C    42.1
      KTP TEC      200 mA  1.125  2.347  0.855    30     60 °C    41.1
      RES TEC       1 A    1.125  2.347  0.855    30     50 °C    39.9

    With finer resolution in the temperature settings, somewhat higher performance would likely be possible.

    The other head had its OC Mirror popped off and a damaged KTP crystal. See the section: Reinstalling the OC Mirror on a Compass-M Laser Head. After reinstalling and aligning the OC mirror and replacing the KTP crystal from a certifiably DOA head, the output is still low. It is only producing about 10 mW at 1.5 A of pump current on the LDC-3900 with the following temperature settings:

      Function    I Limit    C1     C2     C3    Gain   T Limit   T Set
      LD TEC        1 A    1.125  2.347  0.855    30     50 °C     38.1
      KTP TEC      200 mA  1.125  2.347  0.855    30     60 °C     42.0
      RES TEC       1 A    1.125  2.347  0.855    30     50 °C     40.6

    The head was also tested on the Coherent Analog Controller resulting in 25 mW at 2.2 A (the third number engraved on the diode case, though the controller did go up to 2.5 A producing 36+ mW.) I set it for 21.5 mW which was at 2.13 A. So, it's now officially a C315M-20. :) While I didn't actually compare the performance that carefully, I'd say that the results of the 5 minute controller algorithm were comparable to my hour long adjustment procedure on the LDC-3900. :)

    Testing the C315M Laser Head for Single Frequency Operation

    If the C315M is indeed single frequency (single longitudinal mode), it would have a very long coherence length (likely to be many meters if not hundreds of meters). This would make an ideal holography or interferometry laser. I seem to recall that a couple of years ago, there was an extensive discussion of the single frequency (single longitudinal mode) and coherence length of the Compass-M lasers on Coherent's Web site but that has mostly disappeared. Perhaps, not all samples of the C315M could be guaranteed to be single frequency at all times and all power levels as noted below. Perhaps Marketing just thought it would be too confusing to the intended segment of the marketplace. The only current reference in support of single mode operation is a comparison chart and the specification for the optical noise - less than 0.25 percent RMS from 10 Hz to 1 GHz for the C315M and C415M; and 0.5 percent RMS for the C215M. This would most likely be orders of magnitude higher if these lasers were not single longitudinal mode. And even the C415M would appear to be single frequency based on its noise spec.

    I have heard from one holographer that ironically, in some ways, the coherence length of the C315M may be too long. That is, he found that even objects on the far wall of the studio - way outside the desired field of view - came out crystal clear in a hologram made with the C315M. I suppose we'd all like to have similar "problems". :)

    However, there is also a report of a specific C315M mode-hopping continuously with 30 percent fluctuations in output power at a several kHz rate even though the Ready signal was asserted and the controller was happy. I suspect that this might have been due to just being very unlucky and the Coherent controller running the laser near one end of the stable portion of the gain curve with noise on the pump current kicking it back and forth between modes. The optimization circuitry would not see the rapid variation in power - it would be averaged out. Perhaps the ripple was excessive for this unit. Reducing the output power setting slightly eliminated the problem.

    There are many ways to test a laser for single frequency operation. See the section: Testing a Laser for Single Frequency Operation. If I had a photodiode with sufficiently high frequency response that operated at 532 nm, the easiest would have been to look for beats between longitudinal modes at the cavity FSR - about 3 GHz corresponding to the 2 inch distance between the mirrors. However, the only high speed photodiodes I have are for IR and have no response to visible wavelengths. The one optical spectrum analyzer we have with fine enough resolution also doesn't go down to 532 nm.

    So, I set up a Michelson interferometer with one mirror on a precision rail such that its position (and thus the path length difference) could be easily adjusted over almost a meter. A 40X microscope objective and 2 inch focal length lens were used as a beam expander. The beamsplitter was a prism type from Melles Griot and the mirrors were first surface aluminum. Initially, the system was aligned with a short HeNe laser (Melles Griot 05-LHR-911) which probably has 2 or at most 3 longitudinal modes. With this laser, fringes had high contrast at all times when the path length difference was a multiple of the cavity length. But at some positions in between, the fringes would change in shape and contrast as the tube heated up and the cavity length increased with the multiple modes producing superimposed fringes.

    I then substituted the C315M laser head powered by an ILX Lightwave LDC-3900 laser diode controller (1 LD driver, 3 TEC controllers) set for optimal temperatures (see the section: Powering the C315M with the ILX Lightwave Model LDC-3900.). With the C315M, the fringes were always crisp and clear regardless of the path length difference, and from just above threshold to over 100 mW of output power. Having just determined the settings for most efficient operation using the LDC-3900, this setup was conveniently available and also allowed output power to be easily and quickly changed. There is no reason to expect the C315M laser head on the Coherent Analog Controller to behave significantly differently with respect to single mode operation since it's search algorithm should be at least as effective at finding the optimal operating point.

    It is truly amazing how non-precise a precision rail can be when you're dealing with wavelengths of light! :) The shape and number of fringes did change dramatically as the mirror was moved - forcing constant readjustment of its alignment. However, when left alone, the fringe pattern was quite stable and consistently of high quality. This was true from zero path length difference to the 1 meter or so limit of my rail, and any point in between that I checked. Varying the output power by changing pump diode current resulted in some effects on the fringes but their clarity was not touched. I didn't make any attempt to optimize the temperature settings while doing this so it is likely there were significant changes in frequency and possibly even mode-hops, but no evidence of multimode operation. My expectation is that single frequency operation would be most stable where the temperatures have been tuned for peak efficiency.

    I'm not sure how conclusive this test is, or whether it implies that all C315Ms behave similarly. However, the initial results were definitely promising.

    Next I set up a Scanning Fabry-Perot Interferometer (SFPI, TecOptics FPI-25) which consists of a pair of partially reflective mirrors, one of which can be moved along the optical axis by a PieZo Transducer (PZT). A function generator drives the PZT so that the cavity length of the SFPI can be changed periodically by a few wavelengths. When the laser beam is input to one end of the SFPI and the other is monitored with a photodetector, the response can be viewed on an oscilloscope. If everything is *perfectly* aligned (and the laser gods are in a favorable mood), the result is a waveform where peaks represent positions where the SFPI cavity length is a multiple of 1/2 the wavelength of any laser modes that are oscillating. In essense, as the cavity length is scanned by a linear ramp, the longitudinal mode structure of the laser is shown across the horizontal axis of the scope. Or to put it another way, the SFPI acts as an optical tunable narrowband filter which can be used to analyze the fine structure of a laser line. In order to prevent aliasing effects, the SFPI cavity length has to be much shorter than the cavity length of the laser being tested. But the resolution also decreases with a shorter SFPI. So, there are tradeoffs. :) For a summary, see: HyperPhysics Short Tutorial on the Fabry-Perot Interferometer. For in depth information, see the CORD LEOT Module 10-5: Fabry-Perot Interferometers.

    For this test, the SFPI cavity length was set to be about 25 mm, a bit less than half the length of the C315M cavity (55 mm). This is short enough to unambiguously differentiate between neighboring peaks due to the FSR (Free Spectral Range = c/2*L) of the SFPI (about 6 GHz) and longitudinal modes due to the FSR (about 2.7 GHz) of the C315M cavity, with better than 1 GHz resolution.

    For a single mode laser, there should be a clean single peak separated by a distance determined by the spacing of the SFPI mirrors (the FSR of 6 GHz). Indeed the C315M laser operated in stable single mode at any power from lasing threshold to 100 mW or more and at almost any settings of the TECs. mode-hops were evident as the KTP or RES temperature was changed. Sometimes, just before a mode-hop, a momentary indication of another mode might pop up but it couldn't be maintained. However, in the steady state, the C315M was very solidly single mode. It is reasonble to expect that other reasonably healthy C315M should behave similarly.

    (From LEsioQ (

    I talked to a Coherent representative and he said the C315M is not strictly single mode but has another mode sitting 1 nm away. However, the power is only 1% of the main line. So this by itself would not cause a problem for holography or interferometry, but is good to know (and may explain why the words "single mode" were suppressed in some Coherent documents). I wonder whether this may get significantly worse when one is adjusting the laser by just playing with the currents and not specifically caring about the spectrum.

    (From: Sam.)

    That's interesting.

    The Coherent controller only adjusts the currents and temperatures with respect to output power. It doesn't care about the spectrum. With proper adjustment, I'd assume that the other mode could be totally suppressed, if it exists at all. I'm rather suspect of the statement above. In my tests, there were no other lines except when the main one was just about to mode-hop or had just mode-hopped. I do not know if I'd see one at a 1% level though.

    Even if there is another lasing line 1 nm away, unless it has high enough gain, there will be no contribution from it.

    I would speculate that what happened under certain conditions, they did see another mode due to the controller optimizing only for power and getting into a situation where the local maxima wasn't near the center of the gain curve. So, Coherent couldn't guarantee single mode operation and rewriting the firmware would have been too costly. Since the most common application for the C315M is in the graphics arts, single frequency operation is mostly irrelevant. So, there are only a very limited number of customers who really care. :)

    (From: Bruce Constable (

    The C315M-100 seems happy and is making great holograms. I'm using a CPU-type cooling fan on the heatsink with no detectable stability issues at all.

    Birefringence or Etalon Effect Used for Mode Selection in C315M?

    So, how does the temperature of the KTP (KTP TEC) and overall cavity (RES TEC) control mode selection and single mode operation? Without some form of mode selection, the C315M laser would almost certainly operate with multiple longitudinal modes because the cavity is long and the gain medium is not at all the way at one end aginst the mirror. It would not be single requency, stability would be poor, and amplitude noise in the output would be high due to mode competition enhanced by the non-linear behavior of the KTP (the "green noise problem").

    Most of what follows applies to the C415M (and probably to the C215M) as well.

    The Coherent 315M cavity has an effective optical length of about 55 mm resulting in a cavity mode spacing of only about 0.01 nm (2.7 GHz). Since this is much less than the 0.5 nm (140 GHz) gain bandwidth of Nd:YAG, many modes would fit under the gain curve and oscillate simultaneously.

    The KTP crystal is 5 mm in length. The only other optical element between the mirrors besides the Nd:YAG rod is a Brewster angle plate probably made of fused silica (it has no detectable birefringence). Thus, it is assumed that the KTP plays a vital role in mode selection and this is accomplished by controlling it's temperature and that of the overall cavity very precisely. One thing is certain: Very small changes in the KTP temperature have a dramatic effect on output power. This is possible since although the phase matching condition is affected by temperature somewhat, its response is very broad and can be set to be near optimal (probably may its mounting orientation during manufacture) while the much more sensitive mode selection condition is also satisfied.

    Adjusting the temperature of the KTP TEC results in a periodic variation in output power of up to 2:1 between peak and valley when running at a diode current which will produce full power (100 mW) when everything is optimal. The temperature sensitivity is approximately 0.08 °C.

    Adjusting the temperature of the overall cavity (ceramic substrate) results in a periodic variation in output power with a sensitivity of about 0.04 °C.

    Adjacent peaks in either case are NOT similar in amplitude since the modes of the KTP and cavity don't necessarily line up with the center of the YAG gain curve (or so I assume). Some subset of the intersection of the KTP and cavity peaks results in optimal efficiency and maximum power.

    There are two possible mechanisms by which the KTP could act as a mode filter: birefringence or etalon. Based on its appearance, the KTP crystal looks like it is AR coated at both ends. If so, there would be a negligible etalon effect. But, it's also possible that the AR coating are designed only for 532 nm green and that it could act as an etalon for 1.064 nm IR. KTP is also birefringent (though this is often ignored in the introductory treatment of green DPSS lasers.

    In more detail:

    Note that the equations for the birefringent filter and etalon are nearly identical but since one for birefringence depends on the much smaller delta_n rather than just n in the denominator, it will have a much larger mode spacing.

    Based on the mode spacing from the equations above, the birefringent filter would appear to be clearly superior for mode selection and single mode operation as long as its loss function with respect to the polarization preference of the Brewster plate is large enough. While many etalon modes can exist within the YAG gain bandwidth of about 0.5 nm (140 Ghz), only a single birefringent filter mode will fit. However, the birefringent filter response being so broad would mean that adjacent cavity modes see almost the same gain at its peak which is probably not adequate for reliable mode selection.

    A research paper that discusses a similar type of laser (though one using Nd:YVO4 rather than Nd:YAG is:

    Ignoring the tunable part, the cavity design described in this paper is very close to that of the C315M and even closer to the C415M since that laser uses Nd:YVO4 as the gain medium.

    The paper is also where some of the values and equations were obtained. Based on information in the paper (which is somewhat more involved than would be worthwhile to reproduce here) but adapted for the C315M cavity configuration, the temperature change needed to tune the birefringent filter through one complete period (2*pi) would be about 20 °C so this in fact may be the broad response curve that is evident when adjusting KTP temperature. The temperature change needed to tune between adjacent modes is about 0.14 °C, which is fairly close to the 0.10 °C that was estimated experimentally.

    I still have this sneaking suspicion that there is a third element used in mode selection that has not been identified yet. This is because while the response of temperature tuning the KTP is periodic along with the broad maximum, the peaks of the ripples are not the same or smoothly increasing or decreasing in amplitude as they are with the C532 laser. Rather, the response is irregular and lumpy with small peaks interspersed between occasional large ones. Furthermore, the birefringent filter loss function doesn't seem to be narrow enough to select out a single longitudinal mode since the polarization selection of just a Brewster angle plate is not nearly as strong as with Nd:YVO4 as described in the paper (and used in the C415M). There would appear to be some additional mode selection mechanism which may still be an etalon using the KTP or possibly the surfaces of the YAG rod.

    Although I haven't gone through the equations in detail, it may just be the KTP is also acting as an etalon. For its mode spacing of 0.07 nm, the temperature change for a complete period would appear to be in the range of 0.7 to 1.0 °C. If this were combined with the ripples of the cavity modes, the result might just be the lumpy function in question. :) Think of it this way: There is the YAG gain curve, birefringent filter response, etalon peaks, and cavity mode peaks. To get maximum efficiency, a maxima of all of these have to line up and it's not really possible to move any one function totally independently of the others.

    Although the YAG rod has a longer optical length (and thus more closely spaced modes), its behavior as an etalon would be generally similar, though controlled by the cavity temperature rather than KTP temperature.

    One of these feels about right and although I think it's the KTP because the etalon peaks would be further apart but I'm not totally sure. Stay tuned. :)

    Note that the SHG process in itself tends to favor single mode operation due to the non-linear process. So, a laser that operates multimode without the KTP may in fact be much more likely to run single mode with it installed and aligned for proper phase matching.

    (From: Christoph Bollig (

    Non-linear doubling increases single-frequency operation. It has something to do with the fact that a weak mode which wants to compete with the lasing mode experiences a higher loss than the lasing mode due to sum-frequency-mixing with the laser mode.

    Here is the full story:

    K. I. Martin, W. A. Clarkson, and D. C. Hanna, "Self-suppression of axial mode-hopping by intracavity second-harmonic generation", Optics Letters, vol. 22, no. 6, pp 375-377, March 1997.


    Intracavity second-harmonic generation (SHG) in a single-frequency laser has an associated loss for adjacent nonlasing modes, from sum-frequency generation, that is greater than the loss from SHG for the lasing mode. mode-hopping is thereby suppressed, as the lasing mode dominates neighboring modes. We have investigated this behavior in a Nd:YAG laser with LBO intracavity frequency doubler, obtaining frequency tuning over more than 80 axial mode spacings, without mode hopping.

    Coherent Compass 415M Green DPSS Laser

    The following section deals specifically with the C415M laser head internals.

    C415M Laser Head Optical Layout

    The general organization of the C415M is similar to the C315M head but it is considerably larger. The one fundamental difference is that the C415M uses Nd:YVO4 (vanadate) rather than YAG as the laser medium. Photos can be found in the Laser Equipment Gallery (Version 1.94 or higher) under "Coherent Diode Pumped Solid State Lasers".

    The following are brief descriptions of each of the labeled parts in the last photo which is also included here as C415M Cavity Components and Output Optics.

  • Back to Commercial Solid State Lasers Sub-Table of Contents.

    Coherent Compass 532 Green DPSS Laser

    Basic Description and Specifications of the C532

    The Coherent Compass 532 is a very high quality (and very expensive, about $38,000 new for the 200 mW version!) green diode pumped solid state laser. Versions are available with output powers of up to 250 mW or more. The C532 is a single frequency (single longitudinal mode) laser with a coherence length of greater than 150 meters! It uses a Nd:YAG rod in a small unidirectional ring cavity. Photos of this laser and the interior of the cavity can be found in the Laser Equipment Gallery (Version 1.86 or higher) under "Coherent Diode Pumped Solid State Lasers".

    Here are the specifications for the 532-200 (from the user manual):

    (High power versions are those with a maximum rated output power of 200 mW or more.)

    Here is some more technical info on the laser and controller:

    C532 User Interface Signals

    The following chart lists the signals on the external HD15 pin interface connector of the C532-200/100. (There may be some differences for lower power versions.) The most important signals for confirming proper controller operation are LDI, and LD and KTP Temp. If these values agree with those printed on the cavity sticker but output is low or non-existent, the problem is likely with the pump diode, crystals, or optics inside the cavity.

     Pin       Function                  Description
      1        Interlock Return          Jumper 1 to 2  (Must be present when
      2        Interlock                  power is applied.)
      3        EO                        Mode stabilization loop AC monitor
      4        LD Temp                   LD Temperature (°C) = -V * 20 + 25
      5        Analog Ground
      6        Ground
      7        CDRH 5V Supply            +5 VDC to external equipment
      8        Alignment Mode            (Not implemented)
      9        Fan On (to pin 5)
     10        LTPWR-                    Output Power Status (low = good)
     11        KTP Temp                  KTP Temperature (°C) = -V * 20 + 25
     12        LDI                       LD Current, 1 V/A
     13        LDIM                      LD Max Current, 1 V/A
     14        Output Adjust             0 to +5 V decreases output power
     15        Interlock Fault-          Goes low if interlock chain opened

    More information on operation of the OEM version (without AC input module), as well as troubleshooting and repair of the C532 can be found in the sections starting with: Coherent Compass 532 Green DPSS Laser.

    Details of the C532 Laser Cavity

    A photo of the interior of the C532 cavity can be see in Interior of Coherent Compass 532 Laser Cavity. Since this is a small ring (rather than linear or Fabry-Perot) cavity laser, the arrangement and functions of the crystals and optics may not be immediately obvious.

    Also see U.S. Patent #5052815: Single Frequency Ring Laser With Two Reflecting Surfaces. This appears to be one of the principle patents covering the Coherent 532 laser.

    Here is a brief description of each component:

    Although a bit hard to make out in the photo, the intracavity beam path is: cry1 (YAG), then reflect off of the left surface of op4 (HR mirror), through cry2 (KTP), then reflect off of the right surface of op6 (OC mirror), through op5 (angled plate), and finally back through cry1.

    I just replaced the aluminum cover on the cavity of a C532 with one made of Plaxiglas so I could watch the photons doing their thing. :) It's really amazing when the unidirectional nature of the beam in the ring is clearly visible. There is almost no green light at one end of the KTP crystal and a really bright spot at the other end. The beam then hits the OC (another bright spot) and exits the laser. Unlike the typical Fabry-Perot (linear cavity) laser where everything lights up green from the backward-traveling beam, with the ring cavity, most of the green is present in a very limited area between the KTP crystal and OC mirror (and then the exit optics).

    C532 Electronics

    Most circuitry for the C532 is contained on one large controller PCB (See C532-200 Controller PCB Top View for the high power version.). This connects to the interior of the laser cavity via a pair of cables, one for the laser diode and the other for everything else. It is assumed that lower power versions of the C532 use a simpler (or at least more compact) controller.

    C532 Power Input Module

    For end-user versions of the C532 in the cool black case, there is an input fuse/voltage selector/line filter, followed by an AC input module on a small PCB. The AC line is either doubled (115 VAC) or bridge rectified (230 VAC) depending on voltage selection, and then filtered to produce +300 VDC. This is followed by a DC-DC converter (mounted under the PCB) which generates either 12 VDC (higher power models including the 532-100 and 532-200) or 5 to 5.5 VDC (possibly for lower power models). The only other active circuitry on the AC input module is circuitry to provide a source of low current +5 VDC for the cooling fan(s) and external equipment, and 1 or 3 power LEDs. However, all signals to the J4 User Interface connector pass through this PCB. OEM C532s lack the AC input module.

    C532 LD and TEC Drivers

    Most of the electronics is on the C532 Controller PCB which includes additional DC-DC converters for +5 VDC (if not already present), -5 VDC, and some other references; drivers for the laser diode (LD), drivers for the LD and KTP Thermo-Elctric Coolers (TECs); and mode stabilization circuitry.

    The laser diode driver is a series pass linear constant current regulator with a laser diode max current (set by the LDIM pot) which may be reduced by the light loop feedback signal (set by PHOTO pot) when the laser is operating in constant power mode.

    The LD driver is only enabled after a 15 to 20 second delay from power-on (LD_OFF LED goes off). Any fault condition (including breaking the interlock connection) will cause it to be immediately disabled (LD_OFF LED goes on). Power cycling is required to restore operation for an interlock fault (once the fault is cleared). A power dip may result in a reset and power-on delay.

    The laser diode's temperature is regulated by a TE Cooler (TEC) located inside the LD package. It uses a series PWM driver using feedback from an NTC thermistor also inside the LD package. The setpoint is adjusted by the LD TMP pot.

    The KTP crystal's temperature is regulated by a TEC on which it is mounted. A linear driver using a power op-amp (L272) using feedback from both an NTC thermistor located on the KTP mount, as well as from the mode stabilization circuit described in the next section.

    C532 Mode Stabilization

    In order to obtain its incredible 150 meter coherence length, the C532 uses a ring cavity configuration which assures single mode operation but also includes circuitry to optimize the KTP temperature based on optical feedback to center the lasing mode within the YAG gain curve. As best as I can determine so far, here is how the cavity is fine tuned by the C532 controller.

    The heart of the stabilization control loop is an SE5521 LVDT Signal Conditioner IC (a Google search will return links to the SE5521 datasheet and app notes). An LVDT is a position transducer. It takes a really clever design engineer to use an LVDT controller in a laser! :) Among other things, the SE5521 includes a sinewave oscillator and synchronous demodulator.

    The KTP crystal has electrodes on its top and bottom faces which are fed by an AC signal (about 10 kHz from the SE5521 oscillator) called "dither". This causes the KTP to change shape by a small amount. While notations on the schematics suggest that the EO (Electro-Optic) effect is used, it would be much too small to cause any detectable change with the low level (a few V p-p) drive signal. Thus, what is almost certain is that it is really the piezo-electric effect by which this takes place. Perhaps they intend "EO" to stand for something else. In any case, the result is to cause the effective length of the KTP to change in synchronism with the dither signal. It doesn't change by much but the wavelength of light is very small. :) This affects the KTP phase matching and any birefringent filter effect, and cavity mode position relative to the Nd:YAG gain curve. With the light control loop active, laser diode current also varies to maintain constant output power as the gain changes due to the dither signal.

    The AC component of the laser diode current is amplified, clipped, and applied along with the oscillator signal (as a reference) to the SE5521's synchronous demodulator. Its output will have a symmetric AC component and zero relative DC offset when the peak power (lowest laser diode current) is centered within the excursion caused by the dither signal. Both conditions are used to modify the KTP temperature ever so slightly to maintain this condition, which should also maximize laser output and stability. Although the effective cavity length, and the KTP phase matching and birefringent filter response are both affected by temperature changes, the latter change much more slowly - there are many local maxima where the cavity mode is centered within the Nd:YAG gain curve and those are still close to optimal. Maintaining one of these modes centered on the Nd:YAG gain curve is the function of the mode stabilization control loop. If the default KTP temperature is set for maximum output with the control loop disabled and then it is enabled, the resulting efficiency (i.e., minimizing pump diode current when running in light mode) will be close to optimal. Even if the initial KTP temperature is a bit off, the cavity mode will still be very well centered by the control loop but the efficiency will be slightly lower. However, note that unlike some stabilized HeNe (and other) lasers where the operating frequency is spec'd to 27 decimal places, the exact operating frequency of the C532 can't be predicted, but it will probably remain nearly the same over time and from one power cycle to the next (after warmup) as long as the temperature of the laser and thus the Nd:YAG crystal is constant which puts the peak of the gain curve in the same place. Since the cavity temperature is NOT something that is controlled for the C532 - only the pump diode and KTP - for best stability, a temperature controlled baseplate or enclosure would be desirable. I've heard that over hours, a typical C532 will drift slightly and even mode hop occasionally, almost certainly due to the unregulated baseplate temperature resulting the limited range of the mode stabilization circuitry to keep the mode centered.

    While the description above only deals with the cavity modes, the natural birefringence of the KTP also likely plays a role in determining the locations of the peaks in the response by implementing a birefringent filter, it produces a loss function with a broad peak which may be superimposed on the KTP phase matching response or may indeed be the dominant cause of the broad response.

    However, there is (I believe) a fundamental design deficiency which may result in some randomness in which local maximum is actually selected. The mode stabilization control loop uses a pure integrator and it becomes active as soon as the laser diode is turned on (15 to 20 seconds after power is applied) and although the KTP temperature is probably fairly stable by then, this is certainly not the case with the overall cavity and of course the laser diode (which indirectly affects cavity temperature). As the cavity warms up and stabilizes, the drift in lasing mode will result in a decreasing temperature in the KTP as the circuit attempts to remain locked. This offset may in the lasing mode ending up a considerable distance away from the best phase matching location if the default KTP temperature was set for optimum performance when warmed up. So, the lasing efficiency may suffer. Furthermore, if the laser is turned off and on again without cooling completely, conditions will be quite different than at cold start and a randomly different peak will be selected. There is no way to assure that both of these will be similar. The randomness is probably only a few percent but I would have expected better.

    The design solution would be to keep the integrator zeroed until the laser has reached thermal equilibrium. But then, Coherent wouldn't be able to claim the 5 minute warmup time! :) A work-around that would compensate for the offest, though not the randomness, would be to preadjust the KTP default temperature to be slightly higher than optimal so that it would stabilize at around the correct temperature.

    Note that the >150 meter coherence length of the C532 is actually much better (at least 3 times, possibly 10 times or more) than for the much higher power and very expensive (around $58,000) Coherent Verdi.

    The good news is that this system, despite possibly appearing to be pure magic, seems to work very well with no critical adjustments.

    If anyone has more information on mode stabilization control loop its adjustment procedure, please contact me via the Sci.Electronics.Repair FAQ Email Links Page.

    Powering the C532 Laser Head with a Third-Party or Home-Built Controller

    Unlike the C315M, the C532 almost always comes with a controller. Even the OEM version only lacks a 12 VDC power supply but is otherwise complete. And, manually adjusting the LD current, and LD and KTP temperatures is very easy via multiturn pots on the controller mainboard. Thus, unless the existing controller has suffered a complete meltdown, it is probably worth repairing since documentation is available and no expensive or impossible to obtain custom parts are used. Furthermore, the Coherent controller will include the mode stabilization circuitry - something that would be more difficult to replicate. The following assumes that the laser head is known to be in good operating condition with a healthy pump diode and decent alignment.

    Driving the C532 laser head will require a laser diode driver and two TEC controllers. However, since all components are electrically isolated, there should be no problems in using a lab-style controller like the ILX Lightwave LDC-3900, modules such as those from Wavelength Electronics, or a cobbled together collection of power supplies (though I don't recommend the latter due to their lack of feedback control).

    What's needed is the following:

    With a lab-style controller, the diode current and temperatures will be available on the front panel. Otherwise, you'll have to provide some means of monitoring them. The C532 Control Panel and Test Adapter can be adapted by adding circuitry to provide what is normally part of the Coherent C532 controller. Multiple meters can also be used but is much less convenient.

    Power up the diode at about 1.5 A cooled to around 15 °C. Make sure there is adequate airflow over the head heatsink! The typical threshold is under 1 A when everything else is optimal. If there is green light, the rest is trivial. Slowly adjust the LD TEC for maximum output. Its response is quite slow - allow 30 seconds to a minute for the temperature to stabilize after small adjustments. Once the best temperature for the LD TEC has been found, do the same for the KTP TEC. The KTP temperature changes very rapidly - a second or so for a small change. The response of the laser output is a broad peak with small ripples. The optimal temperature is where the broad peak and a ripple are maximum. Now, increase pump diode current to produce the desired level of light output. The LD temperature will need to be adjusted somewhat to again maximize output. The KTP temperature will also need to be adjusted, but much less so.

    If there is no green light at 1.5 A, perform a manual search by changing the pump diode temperature in 5 °C increments over the range: 5 °C to 30 °C, and then for each, vary KTP temperature over the range 15 °C to 40 °C. If still no output, the pump diode collimator may be out of alignment (likely only if the diode was replaced) or the pump diode or some other cavity component may be damaged.

    Output power will fluctuate as the cavity heats up and expands. Without mode stabilization, there is no way around this except to temperature stabilize the baseplate and wait long enough for the system to come to thermal equilibrium.

    Blue Version of the C532?

    As far as I know, this doesn't exist, though I would expect that design similar to the C532 should be possible. Nd:YAG has a lasing line at 946 which can be doubled to 473. KTP can't be used but I think BBO can. Of course, the gain at the 946 line is much lower and temperature control will be more critical but it should be possible.

    Aligning a ring cavity could be a pain though!

  • Back to Commercial Solid State Lasers Sub-Table of Contents.

    Coherent Verdi Green High Power DPSS Laser

    The Verdi is probably the best commercial single frequency high power 532 nm available today (2006) with models up to at least 18 W of CW output power. Information may be found at Coherent, Inc.. Go to "Product", "Lasers", "Diode Pumped Solid State Lasers", "CW DPSS Lasers", then to "Verdi - DPSS CW Pump Lasers".

    Like the also very high quality but lower power C532, the Verdi is based on a unidirectional ring cavity configuration. The ring virtually guarantees low noise single frequency operation. The actual Verdi cavity is dual fiber pumped and has a "bow tie" or "figure of eight" geometry as shown in Ring Cavity Resonator of Coherent, Inc. Verdi Green DPSS Laser. Each fiber can provide 20 or more watts of 808 nm pump power (depending on the Verdi output power rating). A photo of the inside of an actual Verdi can be found at Coherent Verdi DPSS Laser Cavity with Components Labeled.

    Here are descriptions of the various parts. For the optical paths, brown lines are 808 nm pump light, red lines are fundamental 1,064 nm, yellow lines are 1064 nm + SHG 532 nm, and green lines are the 532 nm output.

  • Back to Commercial Solid State Lasers Sub-Table of Contents.

    JDS Uniphase SLM uGreen 532 nm DPSS Laser

    General Description of the uGreen Laser

    This is a compact and cute DPSS laser head along with a controller with models rated from 10 to 50 mW maximum output power. The laser is supposed to operate in a Single Longitudinal Mode (SLM, or single frequency). While this exact laser doesn't appear to be a current product, similar models can be found on the JDS Uniphase Web site. Go to "Products", "Commercial Lasers", "Solid State Lasers".

    Note: Although the CDRH sticker on uGreen lasers usually says "125 mW max" even for a 10 mW laser, we all know what that means - absolutely nothing. It's just a safety rating, not an actual output power rating. These lasers are not designed to run at more than 50 mW, though it's likely that the 10 mW and 50 mW lasers of the same model series are actually the same, except possibly for the pump diode. So, anyone listing these on eBay as 125 mW lasers should be politely informed of the facts. :) Having said that, I have seen around 100 mW from a particularly "hot" sample of a uGreen 4601-050-1000 when driven close to the diode current limit. This may be relatively safe for a laser using discrete crystals and optics. However, I wouldn't recommend pushing your luck with uGreen lasers using a composite crystal like the 4301 as they may have a relatively low destruction threshold.

    (There are also Uniphase uBlue lasers but I have no idea if they are in any way similar to the uGreens in their construction details.)

    The first laser head I tested was a 4601-010-1000, possibly an OEM model for the graphic arts industry. The second number in the model is the rated power - 10 mW in this case. The controller is a model HYB B 2.3, an older style. It runs off 5 VDC and required up to 5 A during warmup, settling back down to about 2 to 3 A after stabilizing. (Higher power models will likely require greater power supply current and a 10 A power supply is recommended.) The laser is manufactured in the UK.

    Most of the uGreen lasers including the 46XX/47XX models use diode pumped vanadate-KTP-OC mirror Fabry-Perot cavities and their design appears conventional in all respects except one: The vanadate is ground with significant wedge and also mounted at an angle so that the the intracavity beam (which is aligned with the axis of the laser) is deflected slightly at its surface. The angle isn't anywhere near the Brewster angle for a vanadate-to-air interface. The purpose is most likely to eliminate any reflections from the surface (even though it is also AR coated). The polarization preference of the vanadate along with the birefringent filter effect provided by the KTP is likely sufficient to maintain single mode operation for the modest range of power over which the uGreen laser operates (10 to 50 mW). This is confirmed by the behavior of the laser with respect to temperature adjustment of the laser cavity.

    There is more information on maintenance and repair of this laser starting with the section: Troubleshooting of the uGreen DPSS Laser.

    CAUTION: Some, probably older, uGreen laser use an optically contacted composite crystal, also known as a Multiple Crystal Assembly (MCA) rather than discrete crystals and optics. One such model is the 4301. These may have a power limit not that far above the rating of the laser head. I've seen at least one case where the MCA was apparently damaged when the HYB B switched from constant current to constant light mode with the feedback gain set too low so the current went much higher than required for the rated power. After disassembling the laser head and slightly repositioning the MCA, normal operation was restored. I couldn't see any damage to the MCA but this is the only explanation that makes sense. Therefore, I would not recommend attempting to run 4301 and similar lasers too far above their rated power. 15 mW, maybe even 20 mW for a -10 is probably safe (this one was running slightly above 20 mW without incident) but much above 20 mW may be asking for trouble for both the -10 and -20. At least, there is a fair amount of range for repositioning the MCA! :) Also note that the 4301 has a much higher slope efficiency compared to the discrete optics lasers and thus usually runs at a much lower current for the same output power. So, start low to be safe.

    CAUTION: Each uGreen laser head and HYB B controller are a matched pair (though the serial numbers will probably be different). Despite the presence of a serial EEPROM in the laser head, it is not read by the HYB B controller (but may be read by newer controllers). The laser diode and TEC parameters are determined by pot settings in the controller and must be set up for each laser head. Thus, unlike the Coherent Compass M lasers where the head personality is contained on a PCB attached to the head and any head can be plugged into any compatible controller without setup, a random uGreen laser head and HYB B can't be connected with the expectation of getting anything useful. At the very least, the output power won't be correct, LD and RES temperatures will be incorrect resulting in poor efficiency, and stability will suffer. Worse, damage to the head may result if the diode current limit is set too high for the particular head. It will be necessary to go through the adjustment procedure described in the section: Using the HYBRID B Controller for Testing of uGreen Lasers. Label each head and mating controller so you know which go together, especially if you have multiple systems and may detach the heads at some point.

    uGreen Controller to 4601 Laser Head Wiring

    The following applies to the Hybrid B controller with the model 4601 laser head. Some other versions of the 4600 and 4700 series with the HD15 connector may be similar but I don't know for sure. The 4601, 4611, and 4711 appear to have identical wiring. The 4712 is identical except for an active circuit associated with the photodiode (which means it may not work with the HYB B without modifications). But the 4617 which uses the same HD15 connector, has totally different internal wiring and additional circuitry which may possibly be similar to what's in the 4712.

    The laser head and controller are attached via a cable with a DB25 at the controller and an HD15 at the laser head. There are "Warranty Void" stickers on the connectors at both ends so I guess I voided the warranty by disconnecting the cable to determine this wiring. Darn. :)

    Here are the pinouts:

      Controller DB25   Laser Head HD15   Function/Description
             1                12          TEC1+ (Laser Diode)
             2                13          Laser Diode Anode (+)
             3                 -          NC  
             4                 5          Photodiode Cathode
             5                 8          TEC2+ (Laser Cavity)
             6                 6          GND, turns off MOS relay, Vss of EEPROM
             7                14          Thermistor 1 (Laser Diode Temperature)
             8                10          Thermistor Common
             9                11          TEC2- (Laser Cavity)
            10                 -          NC
            11                 -          NC
            12                 9          Thermistor 2 (Cavity Temperature)
            13                 1          +5 VDC, positive common, Vcc for EEPROM
            14                 7          TEC1- (Laser Diode)
            15                15          Laser Diode Cathode (-)
            16                 4          Photodiode Anode
            17                 -          NC
            18                 -          NC
            19                 -          NC
            20                 -          NC
            21                10          Thermistor Common
            22                 -          NC
            23                 -          NC
            24                 -          Shield (May be Interlock)
            25                 -          Shield (May be Ground)
             -                 2          EEPROM SCL (Serial CLock)
             -                 3          EEPROM SDA (Serial DAta)

    Note: Pins 2 and 3 of the laser head HD15 go through the cable but are not connected to the DB25 at the Hybrid B controller. They interface to the 24C32A serial EEPROM on the flex PCB inside the laser head, which is ignored by the Hybrid B controller. However, if another controller is used, they may be needed. (SCL and SDA have a 4.7K ohm pullup resistor to Vcc. Pins 1 and 6 of the laser head HD15 are Vcc and GND, respectively. A0, A1, A2, and WP are tied to ground.)

    There is an NAIS V414S opto-isolated MOS relay (closed with no power) that appears be a feeble attempt to protect the laser diode when the laser is off (e.g., the head cable is removed). It can't handle normal laser diode current but would provide some protection from ESD.

    uGreen Controller to 4301 Laser Head Wiring

    CAUTION: This DB15 pinout is very different for the 4301 compared to the 4601. Damage to the laser head and/or controller may result if a HYB B cable wired for a 4601 is used with a 4301 laser head or vice-versa.

    The following only applies to the Hybrid B controller with the model 4301 laser head. Other versions of the 4301 series may be similar but I don't know for sure. It has been confirmed that a 4301 will run on the HYB B but the monitor photodiode on the unit I tested was much more sensitive than for the 4601 so all other factors being equal, swapping in a 4301 for a 4601 without adjustment will result in lower final output power.

    The laser head and controller are attached via a cable with a DB25 at the controller and an HD15 at the laser head. Here are the pinouts:

      Controller DB25   Laser Head HD15   Function/Description
             1                 1          TEC1+ (Laser Diode)
             2                 2          Laser Diode Anode (+)
             3                 -          NC  
             4                 4          Photodiode Cathode
             5                11          TEC2+ (Laser Cavity)
             6                 -          NC
             7                 5          Thermistor 1 (Laser Diode Temperature)
             8                10          Thermistor 1 (Laser Diode Temperature)
             9                12          TEC2- (Laser Cavity)
            10                 -          NC
            11                 -          NC
            12                13          Thermistor 2 (Cavity Temperature)
            13                 -          NC
            14                 6          TEC1- (Laser Diode)
            15                 7          Laser Diode Cathode (-)
            16                 9          Photodiode Anode
            17                 -          NC
            18                 -          NC
            19                 -          NC
            20                 -          NC
            21                14          Thermistor 2 (Cavity Temperature)
            22                 -          NC
            23                 -          NC
            24                 -          Shield (May be Interlock)
            25                 -          Shield (May be Ground)

    uGreen 4702 Laser Head Wiring

    These are the connections on the DB9 of the 4702 and similar uGreen laser heads. It might be possible to use the HYB B controller with these laser heads. Since there is no feedback from the second TEC channel to indicate any errors, the lack of a second TEC and sensor may not matter. However, I don't know if the HYB B can properly drive the TEC in the 4702 laser head.

      Laser Head DB9   Function/Description
            1          Laser Diode Anode (+)
            2          Laser Diode Cathode (-)
            3          Photodiode Anode
            4          TEC+
            5          TEC-
            6          Photodiode Cathode
            7          Thermistor
            8          Thermistor
            9          NC

    The only other electrical component inside the laser is a high speed reverse polarity protection diode across the laser diode terminals (cathode to pin 1).

    uGreen HYB B Controller Operation

    For this controller, power is 5 VDC at 10 A max (though the unit I tested never went above 5 A) connected to a 5 pin DIN connector (similar to an older PC KB connector). +5 V is on pin 3; Ground is on pins 2 and 4.

    The only other connection required is an interlock jumper between pins 2 and 6 of the DB15 on the controller.

    After a few seconds, a relay will click and the laser should come on at low power in constant current mode. There will be power fluctuations as the temperatures of the laser diode and laser cavity stabilize. After a couple of minutes, it switches to light feedback mode at which point the output increases to the maximum power and is very stable. The initial current and final power can be changed via pots inside the HYB B. The final output power can also be controlled via the DB15F interface connector. See the section: HYBRID B 2.3 Controller for uGreen Laser.

    Wavelength Tuning of uGreen Lasers

    While the uGreen is a single longitudinal mode (single frequency) laser, the actual frequency is not specified, and in fact may vary by up to 10s of GHz depending on the model. And, changing the output power will actually tune the frequency/wavelength because of the different heating inside the KTP and corresponding change in its optical length (among other things). So, one way to tune the frequency is to adjust output power via the DB15 interface connector.

    To slightly adjust the wavelength of any laser, what's needed is to be able to control the cavity length. The maximum continuous tuning range will be the FSR (Free Spectral Range) of the cavity. (FSR is c/2L where c is the speed of light and L is the effective optical length of the cavity.) The cavity of the 4601 and similar discrete crystal uGreen lasers is about between 10 to 15 GHz. The cavity length of the microchip composite crystal uGreen 4301 is more than 50 GHz with its very short cavity. However, the temperature tuning sensitivity is reversed. The sensitivity of the microchip laser is 3 to 5 GHz per °C while the much longer discrete crystal cavity is 20 to 30 GHz per °C. So, the microchip 4301 has both a larger continuous tuning range and a much more convenient temperature range to tune it - 10 or 20 °C versus less than 1 °C.

    I tested the tuning of a 4301-20 on the ILX LDC-3900 laboratory controller. Varying the LD current, LD temperature, or RES temperature all would change the frequency, but using the RES temperature is probably the most direct with the least side effects. (LD current and temperature affect the cavity length due to changes of the amount of pump light absorbed in the crystals, and thus their heat dissipation and temperature.) The frequency change was detected by shining the beam through an iodine absorption cell. (See the section: The Iodine Vapor Cell Wavelength Reference.) Each dip in Iodine Absorption Spectrum Near 532 nm means the iodine vapor is absorbing some of the incident light and the gas will actually fluoresce a green or green-yellow color, which is actually a combination of many wavelengths including some red ones. The lower the dip, the brighter it will glow and also reduce the light coming out the other end. I'm not quite sure where the exact center of the Nd:YVO4 gain curve would fall on this plot. Corrections and additions welcome. As the RES temperature was varied from 15 °C to 35 °C, the glow in the cell went on and off with varying intensity. The brightest glow occurred at several places and resulted in roughly 20 percent of the beam power being absorbed passing through the iodine cell. For this experiment, I wasn't actually measuring wavelength so I don't know how much of the FSR was actually covered. Based on microchip lasers with similar size cavity lengths and construction, a tuning sensitivity of 3 to 5 GHz per °C can be expected. So, the 20 °C range could have resulted in tuning across more than the full FSR of the cavity, and thus cover all the iodine lines possible with this laser.

    If using the HYB B controller, the internal RES temperature adjustment could be used but this isn't exactly convenient, so the pot could be rewired to be external if desired. Of course, varying the RES temperature will have some effect on output power, though probably less with the 4301 than with the 4601 and similar discrete crystal laser heads.

    uGreen 4601 Laser Head Construction

    The following also applies to the 4611 and 4711 (and I assume other) lasers. The 4712 is almost identical but has added some sort of active circuit associated with the photodiode (circuit and function unknown). Depending on model and revision, the actual laser resonator with the vanadate, KTP, and OC mirror, may be removable as a unit from what is called the "Laser Cavity Module" below.

    The laser head consists of 3 very small modules mounted on an solid metal frame. Please refer to the photo in JDS Uniphase Model 4601 uGreen SLM Laser Head for parts identification.

    The output optics consist of a beam expander telescope (negative and positive lenses), adjustable to align the beam with the centerline of the laser head. Between the two lenses is an aperture to block the ghost beams that result from the laser cavity design.

    Electrical interconnections between the HD15 connector and the three modules is via a custom ribbon cable assembly which also includes a few discrete components.

    Details of the internal construction, cleaning, and alignment of the model 4600 laser head can be found in the sections starting with: The Model 4600 SLM uGreen Laser.

    uGreen 4617 Laser Head Construction

    This is a somewhat larger and heavier laser which is optically similar to the 4601 but is constructed somewhat differently. The pump and cavity modules are glued together and to the thick baseplate casting (via their TECs) so that any non-destructive disassembly is virtually impossible. Photos of the salvaged modules from a 4617 that apparently lost a fight with a dumpster are shown in: Uniphase uGreen 4617 Pump and Cavity. These are separated only because the TECs split in half (all the junctions broke off) and the glue between the pump and cavity modules came free. There used to be a somewhat more complex flex circuit (compared to the 4601) all along the top of the laser, additional functions unknown. The green sticker covers where the photodiode is supposed to be located. As can be seen, it still lases fine. These are tough lasers. :) But without the TECs, there is no way to stabilize operation.

    uGreen 4301 Laser Head Construction

    This is a somewhat older version of the uGreen laser. Instead of a short discrete cavity, it uses a Multi-Chip Assembly (MCA), a sandwich of a piece of vanadate and KTP with mirrors coated on the input and output surfaces. It to be optically contacted (edge glued). Thus, the actual laser is very simple consisting of the MCA glued to a copper heatsink plate.

    The laser head still consists of 3 very small modules mounted on an solid metal frame like the others, though the wiring is just done with wires. How quaint. :)

    Pleae refer to the photo in JDS Uniphase Model 4301 uGreen SLM Laser Head for parts identification.

    The output optics consist of a beam expander telescope (negative and positive lenses), adjustable to align the beam with the centerline of the laser head.

    Note that although the same basic components are present in the 4601, 4611, 4711, and 4301 laser heads, the connector pin assignments are totally different. Attempting to power the 4301 on the HYB B with a 4601 cable will result in smoke (or at least a burning smell). There was apparently no damage but I never did find out what was burning!

    One interesting characteristic of the 4301 that sets it apart from the 4601 and other similar laser heads is the behavior of its TECs. Both the LD and RES TECs have a much faster response. I don't know if this is because the material used for the module castings has better heat transfer or if the TECs have a higher capacity for the same current. But it is indeed easier to tune this laser since there is much less waiting!

    uGreen 4702 Laser Head Construction

    This is a much smaller and simpler laser head using a pump and resonator combined into a one unit with a single large TEC. The laser unit is glued to the TEC which is glued to the base so removal in its entirety is not possible. However, with a bit of work, access to the inside of the cavity may be achieved to inspect and clean the vanadate, and clean and adjust the KTP. With a very thin piece of lens tissue, cleaning of the OC mirror might be done as well.

    Pleae refer to the photo in JDS Uniphase Model 4702 uGreen SLM Laser Head for parts identification.

    Powering the uGreen Laser Head with a Third-Party or Home-Built Controller

    Being a relatively simple laser (at least in comparison to the C315M and C532), it may be desirable to forgo the existing Hybrid B controller since using it in diagnostic/manual mode doesn't appear to be very convenient. Except for pin descriptions, documentation on the Hybrid B controller is nonexistent. The following assumes that the laser head is known to be in good operating condition with a healthy pump diode and decent alignment.

    Driving the uGreen laser head will require a laser diode driver and one or two TEC controllers depending on model. On at least some uGreen heads, the temperature sensors share a common wire which needs to be taken into account with some commercial controllers or modules. Other than this, there should be no problems in using a lab-style controller like the ILX Lightwave LDC-3900, modules such as those from Wavelength Electronics, or a cobbled together collection of power supplies (though I don't recommend the latter due to their lack of feedback control).

    What's needed is the following:

    Note the relatively high current for the TECs, probably because the laser was designed to run on 5 VDC.

    With a lab-style controller, the diode current and temperature(s) will be available on the front panel. Otherwise, you'll have to provide some means of monitoring them. A unit similar to the one for the C532 would be suitable but some modifications will be required to adapt it to the uGreen design. See the section: C532 Control Panel and Test Adapter for a complete design. Multiple meters can also be used but is much less convenient.

    Power up the diode at about 0.5 A cooled to around 15 °C. Make sure the head is mounted on an adequate heatsink! The typical threshold is under 0.4 A when everything else is optimal. If there is green light, the rest is trivial. Slowly adjust the LD TEC for maximum output. Its response is quite slow - allow 15 to 30 seconds for the temperature to stabilize after small adjustments. Once the best temperature for the LD TEC has been found, do the same for the Cavity TEC (if available). The cavity temperature also changes slowly. The laser output is probably a broad peak with small ripples. The optimal temperature is where the broad peak and a ripple are maximum. Now, increase pump diode current to produce the desired level of light output. The LD temperature will need to be adjusted somewhat to again maximize output. The Cavity temperature will also need to be adjusted, but much less so.

    If there is no green light at 0.5 A, try 1 A. If still none, the laser head may be out of alignment or the pump diode or KTP may be damaged. All uGreen laser heads I've tested would produce green light at under 1 A even without controlling the TECs.

    Powering the uGreen Laser Head With the ILX Lightwave Model LDC-3900

    The following applies to the 4601, 4611, 4711, 4712 (henceforth referred to as 4601), 4301, and many other dual TEC uGreen laser heads including possibly the 4617 though it uses much larger TECs. For those with only a single TEC, it should be even simpler though the TECs used in the lasers I tested like the 4702 behaved somewhat strange and resulted in a "TEC Open" error if run with a 4 A current limit. When run with a 2 A current limit, it was not possible to maintain the selected temperature below about 25 °C even with the pump current at zero. I'm not sure if this is normal behavior or a symptom of the failure mode of these particular lasers. Maybe I just needed a much better good heatsink (though this didn't matter for any of the other lasers).

    Having already built a cable adapter to run the C315M on an LDC-3900 (see the section: Powering the C315M with the ILX Lightwave Model LDC-3900), it was a simple matter to build an adapter to it providing the connections needed for any of the uGreen laser heads, a subset of the C315M (one or two TECs instead of three). The pinout was made the same as the HYB B controller so the the standard 4601 HYB B or 4301 HYB B cables could then be used for the two TEC uGreen laser heads. (CAUTION: Different HYB B cable pinouts required for the 4601 and 4301!) The only addition needed was a separate 5 VDC power supply to disable the MOS shorting relay in the 4601, 4611, 4711, and 4712 laser heads. (Though I've yet to see any damage result if this isn't done as the on-resistance of the MOS relay is so high that only about 100 to 150 mA actually flows through it. At the 2 V drop of the laser diode, this is barely enough to cause the IC to become noticeably warm.) (To drive the single TEC uGreen laser heads, another HYB B compatible cable could be built or the standard HD15F to DB9M controller cable can be used with the 4601 HYB B cable. So, in all there would be three adapter cables in series for these lasers in the latter case!)

                       C315M          HYB B          4601          4702
          LDC-3900 DB25M  DB25F===DB25F  DB25M===HD15F  HD15M===DB9F  DB9M
          LD Current --->>-------------<<-------------<<------------<<
          LD TEC ------->>-------------<<-------------<<------------<<
          PD ----------->>-------------<<-------------<<------------<<
          KTP TEC ------>>             <<             <<
          RES TEC ------>>-------------<<-------------<<

    For the 4601, Only the LDC-3900 modules for the LD driver, LD TEC, and RES TEC were used. The TEC modules were set up with the default constants rather than for higher resolution as with the C315M. The current limit on the LD was set for 1 A and on the TECs, to 4 A.

    The response of the uGreen laser head was much more like that of the C532 - a broad peak for the LD temperature and a periodic ripple with an overall maximum for the cavity temperature. The broad peak is likely due to the KTP acting as a birefringent filter and should have a period of approximately 30 °C based on the 3 mm KTP length. The ripple is due to the lasing mode moving with respect to the vanadate gain bandwidth.

    It was quite easy to maximize output power with only these two variables to manipulate. However, due to the very slow response for both 4601 TECs, it took awhile to find the best settings. (Response of the 4301 TECs was much faster for some reason.) In addition, the thermistors appear to be mounted far enough away from the laser diode and KTP that the actual response of the laser lagged the temperature (or thermistor resistance) displayed on the LDC-3900 front panel. Also related to this was the requirement that the head cover be in place to achieve the desired temperatures and more importantly, for it to correlate with the setpoint, especially when cooling significantly (i.e., 17.5 °c). Some foam insulation might help as well.

    Here are the values found for two uGreen 4600 laser heads. ID #1 had its damaged KTP reinstalled so I'm not surprised that it isn't producing much power. ID #2 was original weak but removal, cleaning, and realignment of the KTP restored it to a condition which is probably close to normal.

          Head       Diode       LD TEC           Cavity       Monitor PD  Output
      ID# (Thresh)  Current  Temperature (R)  Temperature (R)   Current    Power
       1  (400 mA)   500 mA  17.5 °C (14.4K)  25.6 °C (9.79K)    0.3 uA    0.2 mW
                     750 mA  17.5 °C (14.4K)  25.6 °C (9.79K)    8.0 uA    2.5 mW
                    1000 mA  17.5 °C (14.4K)  25.6 °C (9.79K)   23.5 uA    7.0 mW
       2  (375 mA)   500 mA  23.5 °C (10.7K)  23.7 °C (10.6K)    2.1 uA    0.7 mW
                     750 mA  23.5 °C (10.7K)  23.7 °C (10.6K)   25.4 uA    9.0 mW
                    1000 mA  21.3 °C (11.8K)  23.2 °C (10.8K)   72.5 uA   25.6 mW

    Since the scanning Fabry-Perot interometer was already set up, I also confirmed that these uGreen laser heads were actually running single mode (single frequency) as promised by the specifications. As with the C315M (see the section: Testing the C315M Laser Head for Single Frequency Operation), the output was stable single mode under most conditions. Only in some valleys of the output with respect to cavity temperature was there some indication of instability, though no actual additional modes ever appeared.

    A few months after these tests, I did some more careful alignment of these as well as well as a dozen or so other uGreen lasers. See the section: Examples of Minor Repairs to uGreen Lasers.

  • Back to Commercial Solid State Lasers Sub-Table of Contents.

    JDS Uniphase Nanolasers

    These are diode pumped lasers with a passive Q-switch, either run with the fundamental output (1,064 nm) or with external conversion to 532 nm, 355 nm, or 266 nm. Apparently, they are no longer made or supported, and little information appears to be available - none on the JDS Uniphase Web site. The original spec sheet for this as well as the "Dual Chip Nanolaser" can be found at Vintage Lasers and Accessories. A typical system is shown in JDS Uniphase Nanolaser Head and Controller. The controller contains +5 VDC and +/-12 VDC power supplies, pump diode and TEC drivers, a power-on delay timer, and fault detection circuits.

    In addition to the pump diode, laser crystals, SHG and THG crystals, and optics, the laser head contains feedback networks with pots to set the pump diode current and temperature. See JDS Uniphase Nanolaser Model NV980015 Laser Head Components. The entire laser for the fundamental (1,064 nm) is a Multiple Chip Assembly (MCA) consisting of a Nd:YAG lasing medium bonded to a chromium doped YAG saturable absorber with cavity mirrors deposited on both ends. Since both crystals use the same YAG host, they are probably diffusion bonded. Its total volume is 2mm2 earning it the nanolaser title. It is clamped in a slot under the aluminum bar shown in the photo. A Spectra-Physics style A-mount laser diode is coupled via a GRIN lens into the MCA. The output of the MCA is pulses at 1,064 nm which are externally doubled in what looks like a KTP crystal to 532 nm. Its output is passed, along with part of the 1,064 nm beam to a second non-linear crystal, which performs sum-frequency mixing to produce 355 nm. Between the MCA and SHG crystal, and between the SHG and THG crystals, are relay/focusing lenses. The final output is reflected off of 4 mirrors, presumably to kill all 808 nm, 1,064 nm, and 532 nm. At least that appears to be how it's supposed to work.

    As noted, the pump diode driver and TEC controller are in a separate power supply/controller box while the laser head has feedback circuitry with adjustments for the pump current and temperature. Thus, laser heads should be interchangeable without adjustments. In the photo above, the pump diode and temperature pots are on the Feedback PCB hidden behind the clump of wires. The pump diode pot is on the left. One turn is 100 to 200 mA with a minimum of about 600 mA. Clockwise is increasing current. The temperature pot is on the right near the wires for the thermistor sensor (just visible above the pump diode). Clockwise is increasing temperature. Turning this pot too far too fast will cause the laser to shut down and require AC power to be cycled to restore operation. 1/8th turn in 10 seconds is probably acceptable.

    As noted, there was also a "Dual Chip Nanolaser", also apparently no longer made. This apparently used a MOPA configuration to provide more power than the basic Nanolaser. All I know about it beyond the specifications is what's inside the power supply since I have one - basically 3 PCBs similar to those in the vanilla flavored Nanolaser, so there may be 3 pump diodes and 3 TECs in the laser head.

    I have at least partially revived an older UV Nanolaser that behaved flawlessly in all regards except one: It didn't lase. The pump diode looked like it was working based on spill of excess pump light and it was set at 1 A, though I've had it as high as 1.2 A without any improvement. (There is a 2 A fuse in the diode current supply and the manual mentions 1.6 A max, but that's a power supply specification, not necessarily the diode current limit.) I adjusted the temperature so that the pump diode output is between 808 and 809 nm. It would have been virtually impossible to measure the actual output power of the diode in situ due to limited space so I left that for last since it looked like restoring the original alignment would have been equally impossible.

    I wasn't even sure whether the MCA was even intact. The crystal surface that the pump beam feeds into looks like it could be the vanadate, or maybe the vanadate is at the far end. What's visible is about 1x1mm and clamped in place but I can't tell if it has a mirror. Either way, there doesn't seem to be very much absorption of the pump light, and no evidence of that reassuring yellow glow that is present when vanadate is pumped with enough power density to lase. It's almost as though the vanadate is missing entirely. If it did pop off, losing it would be entirely too easy as the dimensions are likely to be something like 1.5x1.5x0.1mm - or less.

    But finally, with nothing to lose, I scribed around the diode as best I could to provide some alignment marks, and removed and remounted it for testing. As it turned out, the diode was almost dead. At 1 A, it was only producing 160 mW rather than the 600 to 750 mW that would be normal. The low power was confirmed using both the Nanolaser driver and my LDC-3900. That is, until the case of my LaserCheck touched the diode facet. After the odor of burnt plastic cleared, it only produced about 50 mW. :( :)

    So, I scrounged up another diode that looked similar, a 1 W Spectra-Physics SCT100-808-Z1-01 that had been removed from an experimental laser for unknown reasons. It still worked though, even if the little cathode tab was broken and somewhat short.

    My first attempt at installing the new diode produced exactly nothing even with the pump current turned up to above 1 A. But the diode sort of appeared to be a bit closer to the GRIN lens than I recall. (My alignment marks weren't extraordinarily useful!). Pulling it back as far as it would go resulted in a nice amount of green light (from the doubler) and a tiny speck of fluorescence on a white piece of paper. These were present even at the minimal pump current setting of the pot - less than 650 mA. Using the white portion of a Newport IR detector card resulted in a slightly brighter blue spot. Miraculously, the output beam alignment was almost perfect, only requiring the slightest adjustment of the output aperture plate for the beam to be roughly centered in the hole.

    The person who sent me this laser to look at said the pulse repetition rate was around 7 kHz. At minimum pump current, the pulse rate was somewhere between 3 and 4 kHz. This was monitored on an oscilloscope using a $2 photodiode with a 3K load resistor. So, I increased the pump current until the pulse rate was 7 kHz. After a few iterations of adjusting the diode temperature to set the pump wavelength to the absorption peak of around 808 nm, and decreasing the diode current to maintain the 7 kHz pulse rate, it was done - or so I thought. :) For the 7 kHz pulse rate, the diode current was 0.78 A. It was only later that I found the specifications, above, which lists 10 to 12 kHz as the normal pulse repetition rate for this laser. So, I then performed the pump current and temperature adjustment once again for 10 kHz, with a 0.96 A final pump current.

    Then, I noticed that the beam profile was really poor. I don't mean just a little poor, I mean really really poor. The shape really can't be described. It's sort of multimode but not with similar size spots. It has more like a bloby appearance. This wouldn't be that noticeable normally since the beam is very narrow and quite well collimated when it exits the laser with the cover in place. But, with the cover is removed, the beam expands at a few mR and becomes sizable quite quickly. It probably has been messed up all along but I didn't examine the spot that closely. At first I thought it might just be dirty optics but there was nothing obvious and the poor beam shape was present all the way back to the output of the MCA, or at least the closest point that was accessible. That's just as well since cleaning some of the optics would be nearly impossible anyhow. Then on a hunch, I fiddled with the diode temperature (and thus peak wavelength). It seems that when the temperature is set to put the diode wavelength at the absorption peak, the beam quality is worst. When it's fairly far away, the beam doesn't look *that* bad. However, then the pulse rate is below 6 kHz at the same diode current. I also noticed that the peak power as evidenced by the height of the pulse on the oscilloscope is higher when the beam quality is better. I've got it set as a compromise now. Not great but not totally dreadful. About 0.96 A and a rep rate of 10 kHz. If the owner doesn't care that much about beam quality, that's how it will remain. The only cause for the poor beam quality that I would have any control of would be pump beam alignment. But adjusting that would be a royal pain since it would have to be basically trial and error. Moving the diode around while it's running is very risky. So, loosen the diode, move it a bit, power up and test, repeat until pigs fly..... We're talking about micron precision. In the factory, they would have a micropositioner to move the diode or optics during alignment. That's not exactly something I could set up unless the future of the Universe depended on it. And, this really doesn't have the appearance of a pump beam alignment problem. Since I've never played with a passively Q-switched laser before this one, the behavior may be common requiring absorption to be controlled to produce more uniform excitation of the lasing medium.

    So, if he tells me beam quality is critical, I'll work on it. If he tells me it doesn't matter or is only desirable or would be kind of nice, that's the way it's going to stay. Or, if beam quality is more important than average output power (lower pulse rate) or vice-versa, it could be set appropriately.

    I have no idea of the output power (average or peak) having no laser power meters that go down to 355 nm or will report reliably with these Q-switched pulses. Setting my loaner Spiricon power meter with its silicon sensor to 400 nm - as low as it will go - results in a reading of around 100 uW. This laser should produce about 1 to 2 mW of average power at 355 nm. But a semiconductor sensor isn't likely to be able to deal with the high peak power of the Q-switched pulses - it will simply saturate. So, the correct pulse rate will have to do as evidence of success, maybe. :)

    Interestingly, there is a 1,064 nm beam present at a slight angle to the main beam that is normally blocked by the cover. But, a strategically placed hole could be added. And, if those final 4 mirrors were removed and replaced with just an 808 nm-blocking filter, this might be a nice three wavelength laser. :) This could be done rather easily and would be reversible because the entire group of mirrors is mounted on a single removable platform. And, it is a pity so much power at 532 nm and 1,064 nm is going to waste.

    Here is a partial pinout of the laser head to controller cable, use at your own risk:

    Pin 1: ??
    Pin 2: ??
    Pin 3: GND
    Pin 4: ??
    Pin 5: Emitter or source of transistors A and B (probably TEC driver).
    Pin 6: Ccllector of BDX53C NPN Darlington transistor (probably LD driver).
    Pin 7: ??
    Pin 8: ??
    Pin 9: GND

  • Back to Commercial Solid State Lasers Sub-Table of Contents.

    Melles Griot High Power DPSS Lasers

    Description of Melles Griot High Power DPSS Lasers

    Note: Maintenance information on these lasers has moved to the chapter: SS Laser Testing, Adjustment, Repair. These also include symptoms to look for in evaluating a surplus laser of this type.

    Melles Griot manufactures several DPSS lasers that qualify as high power, at least for their wavelength - green (532 nm) lasers from 1 to 3 W and blue (457 nm) lasers from 50 to 400 mW. There are versions that are single frequency, and blue lasers that output a dual beam (see the next section). The original designs were developed by a company called Laser Power Corporation, taken over by Melles Griot in 1999. Thus, any lasers with manufacturing dates before that may have just been old stock with Melles Griot labels slapped on them!

    The newer (Melles Griot manufactured) systems consist of a rather cool looking laser head - sort of art deco styling - on a huge air-cooled heatsink, and separate controller, which are a matched pair. (Unless otherwise noted, the newer systems are assumed in subsequent descriptions.) Thus connecting laser head "A" to controller "B" is likely to result in sub-optimal performance and possibly even damage to the pump diode. The operating parameters are probably all stored in NVRAM as there don't seem to be enough pots inside the controllers for them. If you have a pile of these, Melles Griot may be willing to tell you the serial numbers of the mating pairs.

    All variations look similar to the one shown in Melles Griot 58-BLD-605 Dual Beam Blue DPSS Laser. (Photo courtesy of Corey Gray ( Standard models can run in either constant current or constant power mode though all of the samples I've seen (which were probably OEM versions) lacked the monitor photodiode needed for constant power mode, so they only run in constant current mode.

    With just the laser head and controller, the system will only operate at the default settings. For older controllers like the 58-PSM-254, this is always full power and cannot be changed in the field. In fact, lasers using these controllers probably cannot be run at much below rated power by design. However, there is an analog interface on newer controllers like the 58-PSM-290 which provides for laser on/off, TTL modulation, and basic system status. And an RS232 port allows for these functions as well as a standby mode at reduced power, setting of current or power to arbitrary values, a neat programmable pulse mode, and monitoring of various parameters like diode current and diode and cavity temperature. For more information on this family of lasers, go to the Melles Griot Web site, then to "Lasers", "Diode Pumped Solid State".

    The lasing medium for all models is Nd:YVO4 (vanadate). For green lasers, the fundamental wavelength is 1,064 nm doubled to 532 nm. For blue lasers, the fundamental wavelength is 914 nm doubled to 457 nm. There also used to be some IR models at 1,064 nm but they no longer appear on the Melles Griot Web site. The pump is an 808 nm laser diode array (probably 10 to 30 W max depending on model) with a cylindrical microlens for fast-axis beam correction close coupled to a polarization maintaining fiber bundle/beam shaper. For a 3 W 58-GSD-309 laser, I measured 12 watts of pump power (at 18 amps of diode current) out of the beam shaper. This is then focused into the vanadate crystal with a short focal length lens. The pump diode array is replaceable in principle, and diodes with the required specifications (19 emitters, 0.5 mm spacing) are relatively common, but fast-axis beam correction (which may not be available from the diode manufacturer) is essential, and alignment in the laser is rather critical.

    These are microchip lasers and the relatively large size of the laser head can be deceiving. Even the 3 W green models now use a vanadate crystal that's only about 3x3x2mm with a total cavity length less than 25 mm! (The vanadate crystal in older versions was a bit larger - perhaps 5 mm on a side.) While all use a discrete laser cavity, what else is inside the cavity will depend on the specific version - single or multiple longitudinal mode, single or dual beam, etc. For dual beam models, an angled mirror on the vanadate crystal or angled surface on the doubling crystal diverts the backward traveling beam at a slight angle out of the laser.

    Here are some photos of a typical 3 W dual beam green laser. The exact model number of this particular laser is not known but it is similar to the 58-GSD-309. Interior of Melles Griot High Power Green DPSS Laser shows the overall optics layout with closeups in Top View of Crystals and Optics in Melles Griot High Power DPSS Laser and Front View of Crystals and Optics in Melles Griot High Power DPSS Laser. A diagram with the optical layout (not to scale) can be found in Organization of Melles Griot Dual Beam DPSS Laser.

    The laser diode array is in the gold package at the left, feeding the fiber-coupler/beam shaper in the aluminum box. This is followed by a lens focusing the beam into the vanadate (Nd:YVO4) crystal just visible sandwiched between thin plates, likely made of sapphire or undoped YAG to aid in heat removal. The HR mirror is probably coated on the rear surface of the backing plate so that the interface between the vanadate and backing plate requires at most an index matching AR coating. Ot, the difference in indices of refraction may be used to advantage in implementing a weak etalon for mode selection. Since this is a dual beam laser, the backward-traveling green beam must be diverted out of the cavity. The plate on the right surface of the vanadate is wedged (clearly visible in the second photo) and has a green-reflecting mirror coating for this purpose. The KTP is under the metal cover and the output coupler (OC) mirror can just be seen at the far right, offset to allow the second beam to bypass it entirely. That beam is the one that is sampled by the 45 degree plate for the monitor photodiode, which is present in this laser. Other versions of these lasers sends the second beam through the OC which is transparent for the green wavelength. Not visible in the photos are a pair of large TECs under the LD assembly, and a large TEC under the Xtal assembly. There is also a thermistor to monitor laser head baseplate temperature presumably to check for fan failure or excessive (high or low) ambient temperature, though not all controllers appear to monitor it.

    Pump Diode Array in Melles Griot High Power DPSS Laser shows the diode running just above threshold with the fiber coupler/ beam shaper removed. The 19 emitters are clearly visible (the one on the very right end is a bit weak). The white-ish purple color is a result of the digital camera's response to high intensity 808 nm light.

    The laser diode (LD) and laser cavity (Xtal) each have their temperature controlled separately. On most laser heads, the thermistor monitoring Xtal temperature is in the laser cavity baseplate. However, there may be another thermistor glued into the actual KTP mount that is used instead, or not connected to anything.

    On newer laser heads, there is an O-ring seal all around. And while at first glance it might seem that the rear end is not well sealed (as I originally thought), the connection between the cable compartment and interior is via a pair of ribbon cables and the O-ring clamps down over them fairly tightly. However, it still may not be gas-tight. Although there was apparently a demo at some trade show where one of these lasers was shown operating underwater in a fish tank, trying such a stunt with a production laser might not be advisable. I wonder if the fish were wearing the proper laser safety goggles. :)

    Really old laser heads may not be sealed at all other than by reasonably close fitting metal parts, though one I saw had some mylar tape covering the seams as a half-hearted attempt, which may not have been entirely effective.

    Here is a table of Melles Griot Diode-Pumped Solid-State Lasers. No dual beam green or any IR lasers are in the current catalog.

    Blue (457 nm):

                  Output   Beam     Beam   Number       Mode
                  Power    Diam     Div.     of      Structure
         Model     (mW)  (mm, VxH)  (mR)   Beams   Long.   Trans.
      58-BLS-001    50     0.16      <5    Single  Single  TEM00
      58-BLD-001    50     0.16      <5     Dual   Single  TEM00
      58-BSD-001    50     0.16      <5     Dual   Multi   TEM00
      58-BLS-301   100     0.16      <5    Single  Single  TEM00
      58-BLD-301   100     0.16      <5     Dual   Single  TEM00
      58-BSD-301   100     0.16      <5     Dual   Multi   TEM00
      58-BLA-305   200  0.12x0.16    <5    Single  Single  TEM00
      58-BLS-305   200  0.15x0.29  <5x2.5  Single  Single  TEM00
      58-BLD-305   200     0.16      <5     Dual   Single  TEM00
      58-BSD-305   200     0.16      <5     Dual   Multi   TEM00
      58-BLS-601   300  0.12x0.16    <5    Single  Single  TEM00
      58-BLD-601   300  0.15x0.29  <5x2.5   Dual   Single  TEM00
      58-BSD-601   300  0.15x0.29  <5x2.5   Dual   Multi   TEM00
      58-BLS-605   400  0.12x0.16    <5    Single  Single  TEM00
      58-BLT-605   400  0.14x0.32    <5    Single  Single  TEM00
      58-BLD-605   400  0.15x0.29  <5x2.5   Dual   Single  TEM00
      58-BSD-605   400  0.15x0.29  <5x2.5   Dual   Multi   TEM00
      58-BED-605   400  0.15x0.30   <8x4    Dual   Multi   ?????

    Green (532 nm):

                  Output  Beam   Beam   Number        Mode
                  Power   Diam.  Div.     of       Structure
         Model     (W)    (mm)   (mR)   Beams    Long.   Trans.
      58-GLS-201    1     0.25   <12    Single   Single  TEM00
      58-GSS-201    1     0.25   <12    Single   Multi   TEM00
      58-GLS-301    2     0.25   <12    Single   Single  TEM00
      58-GSS-301    2     0.25   <12    Single   Multi   TEM00
      58-GLD-301    2     0.25   <12     Dual    Single  TEM00
      58-GSD-301    2     0.25   <12     Dual    Multi   TEM00
      58-GES-301    2     0.25   <14    Single   Multi   TEM00
      58-GLS-305   2.5    0.25   <12    Single   Single  TEM00
      58-GSS-305   2.5    0.25   <12    Single   Multi   TEM00
      58-GLD-305   2.5    0.25   <12     Dual    Single  TEM00
      58-GSD-305   2.5    0.25   <12     Dual    Multi   TEM00
      58-GES-305   2.5    0.25   <14    Single   Multi   TEM00
      58-GLS-309    3     0.25   <12    Single   Single  TEM00
      58-GSS-309    3     0.25   <12    Single   Multi   TEM00
      58-GLD-309    3     0.25   <12     Dual    Single  TEM00
      58-GSD-309    3     0.25   <12     Dual    Multi   TEM00
      58-GES-309    3     0.25   <14    Single   Multi   TEM00

    IR (1,064 nm):

                  Output  Beam   Beam   Number        Mode
                  Power   Diam   Div.     of       Structure
         Model     (W)    (mm)   (mR)   Beams    Long.   Trans.
      58-IFS-302    3     0.3    <12    Single   Multi   TEM00    
      58-IFS-303    4     0.3    <12    Single   Multi   TEM00
      58-IFS-301    5     0.3    <12    Single   Multi   TEM00

    For additional photos, see the Laser Equipment Gallery (Version 2.00 or higher) under "Melles Griot Diode Pumped Solid State Lasers".

    When considering purchasing one of these lasers surplus, here is the short list of what to check:

    Auction listings for these lasers often provide the output power, which may be very low compared to the specified ratings. Be suspect of any claims that it can easily be increased. If there are no photos in the listing of the actual beam(s) projected onto a screen, ask the seller to provide them to determine the beam quality and alignment. Insist on a reasonable warranty especially if there is anything the least bit questionable.

    For more information on problems with these lasers, see the sections starting with Melles Griot High Power DPSS Lasers.

    Melles Griot Dual Beam Blue DPSS Lasers

    It's a feature, not a bug! The first reaction to seeing the output of the 58-BLD-605 and other models in this series is that the laser must be broken, as the output is a pair of beams - sort of like twin coherent headlights. :) Please see Melles Griot 58-BLD-605 Dual Beam Blue DPSS Laser. One beam is aligned fairly close to the optical axis of the laser head while the other shoots off at a 5 degree or so angle to the left. The output power of the two beams is roughly the same and they are both vertically linearly polarized. The 58-BLD-605 is rated at 400 mW (total for both beams) and operates with single transverse mode (TEM00) and single longitudinal mode (single frequency). There are lower power and multimode versions as well.

    There used to be both green (532 nm) and blue (457 nm) versions of the dual beam lasers but now, neither is listed on the Melles Griot Web site. (The only high power DPSS lasers there now are single beam green.)

    The implementation and rational for having two beams can be found in U.S. Patent #5,761,227: Efficient Frequency Converted Laser. In short, there is a mirror inside the cavity that deflects the backward traveling visible (doubled) beam so that it doesn't go through the lasing medium but is sent out of the laser entirely. The argument goes that this avoids losses passing through the vanadate, interference between the two beams that may be at some arbitrary phase with respect to each-other, and destabilizing effects inside the SHG crystal. Other relevant patents include: #4,809,291: Diode Pumped Laser and Doubling to Obtain Blue Light, #5,751,751: Deep Blue Microlaser, #5,796,766: Optically Transparent Heat Sink for Longitudinally Cooling an Element in a Laser, and #5,771,324: Polarization-Preserving Fiber Optic Assembly.

    Before you ask why anyone would want such a strange laser, consider that for applications like interferometry and holography, the first thing that is required is to split the the beam of a "normal" single beam laser into 2 or more parts. So, in those cases, some of the work has already been done. Since the two beams are mutually coherent, the result is essentially equivalent to an external beamsplitter but with the advantages cited above.

    It's easy to focus the two beams to one spot, but where a single beam is required, an option (58-ACB-001) is available to optically combine the two beams into one beam. But I could not find any specifications for it except that the result is a larger beam and lower divergence (by a factor of four). If the method is similar to the one described in the patent, a 1/2 wave waveplate rotates the polarization of one of the beams by 90 degrees so they can be combined using a polarizing beamsplitter. The patent states that the result is then two co-linear beams with orthogonal polarizations and that this should not pose a problem for many applications. Hmmmm. However, it would appear that the unavoidable result is *not* really two independent co-linear beams with orthogonal polarization, but a single beam with arbitrary polarization, which would be linear polarization if their phase difference is 0 or 180 degrees, circular polarization if their phase difference is +/-90 degrees, or some amount of elliptical polarization for phase differences in between. And since the phase difference depends on the path length difference - and this can vary with temperature - the result may not be either specified or constant. Thus while the output power in the combined beam will be the sum of that in the separate two beams, the polarization could be anything. Where an AOM (Acousto-Optic Modulator) or PCAOM (PolyChromatic AOM) or other polarization sensitive component or application is involved, this could be a problem.

    The cost for a new 58-BLD-605 from Melles Griot is around $29,000 and you can order on-line. :) A few of these lasers have been showing up on eBay but typically, their output power does not meet specifications ranging from weak (e.g., 100 mW) to very weak (e.g., 25 mW or less). This may be due to bad pump diodes or some other problem, though it's conceivable the controller had been set up for lower default power (parameters stored in non-volatile memory). Now, 100 mW of blue light isn't bad, but without knowing the cause, there is no way to estimate the life expectancy, and it could be short. It's also possible that the controller is not matched to the laser head, a requirement for these systems. On similar green lasers, a mismatch could result in only 50 percent of the rated power. On blue ones, it may be much worse because the temperatures are much more critical. If you have a laser that lacks power and don't know if it is matched to the controller, see the section: Adjustment of Temperature Setpoints in Melles Griot High Power DPSS Lasers.

    WARNING: The 457 nm photons are a very pretty shade of blue but keep in mind that the eye's sensitivity at this wavelength is only about 1/4 that of a red 632.8 nm HeNe laser, 1/16th that of a 532 nm green DPSS laser, and 1/18th that of the 555 nm peak. Thus the relatively unimpressive brightness of one of these lasers even operating at the full 400 mW can be dangerously deceptive! A foot away, unfocused, it will burn your hand almost instantly, let alone your eyes!

    Controllers for Melles Griot High Power DPSS Lasers

    The power supply units (controllers) that come with these lasers usually have 58 (or 85) -PSM model designations. While the newer versions include an RS232 port and some other features not present on models derived from the original Laser Power Corporation designs, they are all fairly similar as far as the power electronics are concerned.

    Unlike some other lasers like the Coherent Compass-M series, where the controller reads personality information from the laser head, these Melles Griot lasers require that the laser head and controller be matched sets. If this is not the case, output power may not be correct (usually lower but the other way around is possible if the pump current is greater), particularly for blue lasers where the temperature settings are much more critical. But I've seen a power reduction of almost 50 percent in a green laser where the incorrect controller serial number was used, a result of the pump diode (LD) and laser cavity (Xtal) temperature setpoints being incorrect. The LD temperature tunes the pump wavelength which must be set close to 808 nm for optimal absorption in the vanadate. The Xtal temperature adjusts for optimal phase matching in the doubler crystal. Both of these are even more critical in the blue lasers and will likely have a much more dramatic effect on output power if not exactly correct.

    I don't believe that damage would result if controllers for lasers having similar specifications were substituted (e.g., various 3 W green lasers. However, if a controller for one type of laser were used with a different type or lower power laser head, the current limit for the laser diode could be exceeded. Thus, where you've inherited a truckload of these things without documentation, it would be worth contacting Melles Griot to find out how they are supposed to go together. :)

    The laser diode (LD) current, laser diode temperature, and laser cavity (Xtal) temperature have separate control loops and may be tested independently as long as the controller is in constant current mode. The default settings are likely stored in NVRAM at the factory. For older controllers, there appears to be no way to alter any of them via any user accessible means. For newer controllers, the operating and idle pump diode current may be adjusted via the RS232 port, and saved as the default when the laser is powered up.

    Functionally, the controllers consist of a single large switchmode power supply to drop the AC line voltage to an intermediate DC voltage ("B+", 18 VDC on the 58-PSM-254 I measured), which is distributed to the pulse width drivers for each of the control loops.

    Constructing a home-built controller for these lasers is straightforward in principle, though relatively high currents are required (up to 30 A for the laser diode and probably 10 or 20 A for the LD TEC, somewhat less for the Xtal TEC). However, there are no fancy search algorithms or adaptive logic, just three fixed setpoints.

  • Back to Commercial Solid State Lasers Sub-Table of Contents.

    Lightwave Electronics 142 Green DPSS Laser

    The LWE-142 is a high quality single frequency green (532 nm) DPSS laser based on a very elegant but unusual design. This laser was developed by Lightwave Electronics, now a part of JDS Uniphase. Go to JDS Uniphase, "Product Categories: Commercial Lasers", "Solid State Lasers", "Laser, Solid-State, CW, 532 (NPRO 142)".

    Three things differentiate the LWE-142 from other lasers in the same power class:

    1. A monolithic NonPlanar Ring Oscillator (NPRO) at the fundamental frequency of 1,064 nm. The NPRO is inherently single frequency (single longitudinal mode), has very low noise and narrow linewidth, and is very robust with no chance of changes in internal alignment, or contamination of intracavity optics.

    2. An external monolithic resonant frequency doubler to obtain 532 nm. Most of the desirable characteristics of the NPRO are preserved in the doubling process. The doubler possesses the same immunity to misalignment and contamination.

    3. A control algorithm in firmware to identify and lock the lasing mode to a longitudinal (axial) doubler mode and maintain constant power.

    The heart of the LWE-142 is the NPRO, fabricated from a single (monolithic) Nd:YAG crystal. (The original acronym was "MISER" standing for: Monolithic Isolated Single-mode End-pumped Ring, but NPRO seems to have become more popular.) The NPRO crystal is cut in a very specific way that results in the intracavity beam not bouncing around in a single plane inside the crystal as would be the case in a conventional ring laser. This is shown in NonPlanar Ring Oscillator (NPRO) Geometry. In the diagram, the beam path is from the front (curved) surface, to the angled surface on the far right, up to the top surface, down to the angled surface on the far left, and back to the front surface, which accepts the pump beam, serves as the output coupler for the laser beam, and acts as a weak polarizer in reflection for the intracavity beam. All but the input/output surface are planar and angled for total internal reflection so losses are very close to zero.

    The nonplanar geometry results in a polarization rotation as the beam travels around the ring path, similar to what would be introduced by a 1/2 wave waveplate at a slight angle. A magnetic field along the optical axis of the long legs of the ring (not shown) provides an opposite shift (via the Faraday effect) but is direction dependent so that it partially cancels the polarization rotation in one direction but adds to it in the other direction. This results in low losses for a beam traveling in only one direction and unidirectional lasing free of spatial hole burning effects that could result in multi-longitudinal mode (non-single frequency) operation is assured up to relatively high output power. The curved front mirror provides a stable cavity configuration and since the intracavity beam hits the mirror at a substantial angle, there is also a significant polarization preference dependent reflectance. Thus, the three components that form an "optical diode" in a conventional unidirectional ring laser are present in the NPRO: polarization rotation by the geometry of the NPRO surfaces, canceling of the polarization rotation by the Faraday effect in one direction, and a polarization preference at the curved mirror.

    See: Encyclopedia of Laser Physics and Technology - Nonplanar Ring Oscillators for some more info on the NPRO laser design.

    A variety of slightly different geometries are also possible and have some advantages. In fact, the LWE NPRO lasers use a slight modification of NonPlanar Ring Oscillator (NPRO) Geometry which causes the second reflection of the intracavity beam (point 3) to be off of an additional angled surface at the far end of the crystal instead of the top surface. This results in a smaller out-of-plane offset in the path and a corresponding reduction in the required magnetic field.

    In the LWE-142, the output of the NPRO is at 1,064 nm with a single frequency and single spatial mode (TEM00). This feeds a separate resonant frequency doubler - outside the cavity, unlike virtually all other CW green lasers. It is also a monolithic design, cut from a single piece of magnesium doped lithium niobate (MgO:LiNbO3), but with a somewhat simpler ring geometry than the NPRO since an out-of-plane beam path is not required or desired. The doubler has only 3 reflecting surfaces, with total internal reflection for the 2 planar surface and a mirror coating for the curved input/output surface. The LiNbO3 is phased matched for 532 nm with that mirror coating selected to maximize intracavity resonant 1,064 nm power while permitting most of the 532 nm beam to escape. As with the NPRO, the ring geometry provides the benefit of the input and output beams being at around 90 degrees to one-another eliminating the need to separate the input and output beams, as well as minimizing back-reflection. Since the doubler is also a unidirectional ring, there is no wasted backward traveling green beam either.

    Decoupling the fundamental and harmonic generation processes has advantages since each one can be optimized independently. Most of the desirable characteristics of the monolithic NPRO laser are preserved after doubling including the narrow line-width and low noise resulting in a super coherence length, estimated to be greater than 1,000 meters. (It's extremely difficult to measure such a long coherence length!)

    Also, as a practical matter with both the NPRO and doubler being monolithic, optics cleaning is almost a non-issue since all surfaces that need to have low losses are internal to the NPRO and doubler crystals and they can't get dirty. Only optics in the external beam paths are subject to contamination, which will have a much reduced effect on performance. Even a scratch or speck of dust on an optic will only reduce power very slightly, not kill the lasing process entirely. And, any cleaning that may be needed is less risky and even a scratch or speck of dust on an optic may slightly reduce output power, but won't kill the lasing process entirely. The quality of these optics doesn't need to be quite as high as those inside an optical cavity, so their cost can be lower. However, the cost of the strangely shaped NPRO and doubler is probably much higher than for common laser crystal shapes. And though not as critical as alignment inside a laser cavity, the relative alignmnet between the NPRO and doubler still has a significant impact on performance. There are always tradeoffs!

    However, precise control is required to lock the lasing line of the NPRO and the resonance of the doubler together. This involves precise temperature control of the pump diode, NPRO crystal, and doubler crystal, and a sophisticated algorithm to match the lasing and doubler modes and then lock them together with a feedback loop implemented in firmware. This also provides some entertainment as the laser is warming up. :)

    The laser head itself includes all of the driver electronics with the microprocessor based controller. Only DC voltages need to be supplied externally. Control of the firmware parameters for testing and fine tuning is via an RS232 interface to a PC or terminal emulator. But for normal operation, it's usually just a matter of applying power.

    Similar Lightwave/Uhiphase lasers using NPROs are also available with outputs at 1,064 nm and 1,319 nm, another Nd:YAG line (NPRO-125/126). Since there is no doubler in these lasers, their design is considerably simpler. There is also a low power 1,064 nm version with additional locking electronics specifically for injection seeding (NPRO-101).

    Like other high quality single frequency lasers such as the Coherent Compass-M series, internal amplitude modulation (via an electronic input) isn't possible with the LWE-142. Changing the output power involves the firmware and typically takes a several seconds or longer. However, slow wavelength tuning over a few GHz is possible via an electrical input adjusting the Nd:YAG crystal temperature. And somewhat faster piezo-electric tuning over a few MHz is also implemented. But, even "fast" is not very fast to avoid losing lock. I don't know whether it's possible to lock two randomly selected LWE-142 lasers together with a difference of 0 Hz. There used to be an option for selection and/or factory adjustment of an LWE-142 so that at least one of the doubler modes is an iodine absorption line, useful for spectroscopy and related applications. Another version that is no longer made had outputs for both 1,064 nm and 532 nm.

    Here are some of the most relevant patents.

    The patent covering the original NPRO is:

    Other related patents include:

    Here are perhaps the two most relevant papers but access to a University library may be needed since they are not free:

    All in all, the NPRO approach is rather cool. :)

    LWE-142 performance specifications as of 1996

    LWE-142 power/environmental/physical

    The specifications currently listed on the Uniphase Web site are very similar. Some older brochures and datasheets for this and other Lightwave lasers can be found at Vintage Lasers and Accessories.

    (From: Phil Bergeron (

    As for prices, if you have to ask, forget it! :) In 1996, the list price for a 100 mW LWE-142 was $23,500 and 200 mW was $33,500. They have come down somewhat since then. The dual wavelength (20 mW at 1,064 nm and 70 mW at 532 nm standard) was $4,150 extra (but is now no longer offered.

    Prior to the LWE-142, there was a Model 140. It had identical specs to the single wavelength 532 nm version of the LWE-142. The LWE-142 just put the controller electronics inside the head while the LWE-140 had a separate box with the DC power supplies and controller. So, if you find an old LWE-140 head and supply, and replace the pump diode with a healthy bright new one, you will really have a wonderful laser pet where you can adjust all the parameters including the doubler oven and current with the microprocessor in the power supply and digital display! Nice. Buy two and make me one please, and an order of fries on the side with extra ketchup and napkins! Salivate, drool, drool. The list price is entertaining also: For 10 mW of green: $14,950, where 100 mW was $28,500! And they did offer a temperature controlled base option for a mere $2,450 extra with which the laser might actually lock on alternate Tuesdays if it was nice outside and you were lucky.

    LWE-142 Power, Control, and Cooling

    To operate a Lightwave Model 142 laser that is known to be functional requires only three DC voltages and proper cooling. However, if it is desired to remotely turn the laser on and off, monitor its lasing status, or provide fine frequency tuning capability, a few additional connections will be required. Where adjustment or monitoring of additional parameters is needed to diagnose or correct problems, the RS232 interface described in the next section must be used.

    My LWE-142 with custom power supply box and state-of-the-art laptop :) running a terminal emulator is shown in Photo of Sam's LWE-142 Test Setup. Note the large heatsink plate and fan. Cooling is critical to the health of the LWE-142 and may help to improve stability as well.

    Power supply connections

    The DB15 connector on the rear of the laser head is clearly labeled with power supply voltages and signals but here is a listing, along with additional comments:

    The tolerance for all DC voltages is +/-5%. An inexpensive multiple output switchmode power supply is acceptable as long as its current ratings are adequate. Since the current may be rather high, use individual #18 AWG or larger wires for each pin all the way back to the power supply. Double check your wiring and DO NOT change connections with power on!

    Lasing status, remote on/off, and tuning connections

    It is not entirely clear what either of the frequency tuning signals actually does or how the laser behaves, particularly why (or if) the locking firmware doesn't try to correct for the reduction in output power due to the frequency change. There is a hint in the manual that the slow tuning input also shifts the temperature of the doubler so that it tracks the NPRO. This would explain why the doubler efficiency always goes down (assuming it was optimal to begin with), but not why the locking isn't affected.

    Status LEDs

    There are two LEDs on the rear of the laser head which provide a general idea of what's going on:

       Red Power LED   Amber Status LED      Laser Condition
            Off              Off           Off or Standby (LASE low)
            Off           Slow Blink       Warming up
             On           Slow Blink       Warming up, but lasing
                                            (pump diode on, green
                                            output may be present)
             On          Medium Blink      Locking
             On               On           Locked, fully operational
            Off           Fast Blink       Fault detected

    I have no idea why the red LED is called "Power". A more appropriate name would be "Emission".

    Cooling requirements

    Adequate cooling is absolutely critical to the performance and health of these lasers. Although, there is a sensor inside to shut down the laser if the outer baseplate gets too hot, it has been known to activate too late. The result was that the particular laser was never able to achieve the same output power as before the "event" due possibly to the pump diode suffering damage. Don't let this happen to your LWE-142!

    There are actually 2 surfaces that need to be cooled: These are the plates on the bottom and one side. The bottom surface has a typical heat dissipation of 20 W (50 W max); the side plate has a typical heat dissipation of 10 W (20 W max). Of the two, the bottom one is more critical since it is where the pump diode TEC dumps its heat while the side has the driver transistors. A sufficiently large aluminum or copper heatsink should be provided for the bottom surface. Unless the surfaces are absolutely flat and smooth, indium foil or thermal grease should be used between the laser and heatsink. The side surface can be force-air cooled or have its own heatsink. A fan blowing over the entire rig is desirable. Cooling is inadequate if after a few minutes of operation, the temperature of any part of the laser case is more than just detectably warm by feel. The thermal resistance between the laser and the heatsink(s) is too high if the laser is more than 3 °C above the temperature of the heatsink(s). A steel optical table does NOT make an adequate heatsink despite its size due to the poor thermal conductivity of steel. In your eagerness to power up the laser, do not overlook cooling!

    To improve stability, it may even be desirable to put the entire laser on a large TEC which maintains the bottom plate at a constant temperature near 25 °C..

    LWE-142 Operation Using the RS232 Interface

    The following is based on information from the Lightwave operation manual for the Model 142 series green (532 nm) Nd:YAG NPRO laser, henceforth referred to as the "Model 142" or "LWE-142"), and from my experience with a specific unit.

    Laser Serial Interface

    The Model 142 can communicate through RS232 protocol on a DB9 female connector at the edge of the power supply control PCB. This connector has the same pinout as the IBM PC. The serial interface can be used for the following:

    1. In manufacturing to assist calibration.
    2. For field service with a terminal or PC.
    3. For field service via a modem.
    4. For host computer status and control.
    5. For remote operation of the laser.

    Under normal conditions, there isn't any need to use the RS232 interface at all as the laser should power up and lock to the stored power setting automagically. However, the RS232 interface is the only way to evaluate a misbehaving laser or to set the output power to a different value. But what fun is a laser if no fiddling is possible! So, another item on the list above should be: "For entertainment on a lazy Saturday night". :) However, at the very least, it would be highly desirable to run the laser at least once using the RS232 interface so that its entire "state" - the values of all parameters - can be saved to a file. Then, they would be available for reference should the laser's behavior change in the future.

    Hardware and Hookups

    The DB9F RS232 connector on the rear of the laser head can be connected to a serial port on a terminal, modem, or host computer.

    This connector on the terminal, modem, or host computer is usually a 9 or 25 pin standard D-shell type. On a terminal, the connector is usually labeled "Modem". On a PC, it is labeled "Serial Port". The functions of the pins used by the LWE-142 laser are given as:

        Pin        Symbol        Function
         2          /RxD         Received Data (into Model 142)
         3          /TxD         Transmitted Data (from Model 142)
         5          /Gnd         Ground

    The DB9F RS232 connector on the rear of the laser head needs to be connected to what is usually a 9 pin or 25 pin connector on the terminal or PC. Note that pins 2 and 3 must be swapped between the Model 142 and PC. A normal RS232 extension cable will NOT work! Once connected and powered up, double check that this is correct by measuring the voltage between pin 5 (Gnd) and pins 2 and 3 - they should both have a negative voltage on them of 6 volts or more. If one is close to 0 V, the swap isn't present or the wiring is incorrect in some other way.

    Communications Settings

    The following settings are needed for proper communications:

    Screen Control

    Control of the LWE-142 is via several screens using a terminal or terminal emulator. The laser sends information in a format compatible with the Lear Siegler ADM-3A and Televideo 912 terminal. Any terminal or terminal emulator can be used that is compatible with these cursor controls. (e.g., Televideo 925). When using a terminal emulator on a PC, suitable software will be needed. Two options known to work are "Crosstalk Communicator" and "Procomm Plus". An ancient version of PCPLUS may be downloaded from PCPLUS.ZIP. It will run on any PC under DOS or in a DOS window under Win3.x/95/98, but hung trying to run on WinME and WIN2000. The fact that it's a 1988 DOS program can't be an excuse to misbehave, can it? :)

    When first powered up, laser sends out some information as it performs its initialization which appears on the status line at the bottom of the screen, but apparently only if the terminal emulation is just right. Only with the ADM5 on my version of PCPLUS does it appear. I never noticed it with the Televideo 925, but perhaps I just never paid attention to the status line. So there may still be compatibility issues.

    Pressing any key while "LWE-142" is on the screen will cause the laser to send the release data of its firmware. The initial warmup takes slightly over 4 minutes. After the first Wait countdown, the pump diode (and red LED) comes on and depending on how cooperative the laser is, locking will require up to several minutes more.

    Note that sending any character to the laser via the RS232 port after the first 5 seconds will immediately turn on the pump diode and begin the locking process. It is best to wait until the laser does this on its own. To avoid annoying the laser, have the terminal emulator already running before applying power to the laser, or start it only after the pump diode is on. PCPLUS, at least, apparently sends something out on the RS232 line when it starts. This will also allow the startup information to be seen.

    Main laser parameters

    An "S" requests a display of the main laser parameters screen. The screen will be updated continuously after pressing "S". Your actual display of this and the other screens described below will depend on the firmware revision and may be quite different. The displayed parameters appear on the right side after the description but cannot be changed unless a password is given to enable adjustment mode. (Some revisions of the firmware - others come up in protected mode without any password.) As soon as the last character of the password is entered, the adjustment commands and additional screen options (see below) will appear on the screen.

    IMPORTANT: Since there doesn't appear to be any way to restore the factory defaults (or present ettings), before even thinking about changing any parameters in password protected mode, record all the information on this screen as well as the other screens described below. If using a terminal emulator like PCPLUS, there will be a "screen snapshot" command to append the complete screen to an ASCII file. Else, in Windows, the "Print Screen" key on your keyboard might work to save an image of the screen to the clipboard, which can then be pasted to a file. Or, use a graphics program like IrfanView or Lviewp to capture the screen. As a last resort, take a photo of the monitor or record them with pencil and paper!

    A typical main screen display (after entering the password) is shown below:

    | Item       Setpoint/Reference   Current   Command                           |
    |                                                                             |
    | Diode Temp Setpoint    16.3 C             Z Zero Operating Hours            |
    | Lock Reference Temp _-12138     -11724    G Green Acquisition Calibration   |
    |                                           T Temperature Scan                |
    | Diode Temp Read                 19.2 C    M Laser Power Monitor Calibration |
    | Crystal Temp Read               57.2 C    H Set Serial Number               |
    | Doubler Oven Temp              117.6 C    O Test Mode                       |
    | Diode Current                   2.60 A    Screen Update:  On                |
    | Diode Photo Mon                 0.10 V                                      |
    | Crystal Photo Mon               2.32 V    Noise Eater Enabled:  Yes         |
    |                                           Externally Enabled:  Yes          |
    | Total time on:  8                         Standby:  No                      |
    | Number of hours:  8                       Case Temp Fault:  No              |
    | Serial #00306.                            Last Fault:  NO LOCK              |
    | Calibrated 09/17/05, by SMG               Fault Time:  6                    |
    |                                                                             |
    |                           V  (Q) Save Settings                              |
    |                                                                             |
    |       K    +    >   Add              Subtract   J    -    <                 |
    |       1   10   100                              1   10   100                |

    (The parameters above Screen Update on the upper right, and the save/change options do not appear without entering the password.)

    Here are descriptions of the major parameters:

    The Up and Down Arrow keys move the cursor between those parameters that can be changed. Even with the password, these are only the Diode Temp Setpoint, Lock Reference Temp, and Screen Update enable. All the others are simply readouts and in particular, the Diode Current and Doubler Oven Temp cannot be changed via the RS232 interface at all. (They may in fact be internal pots.) For the Lock Reference Temp (where the cursor is in the screenshot above), "K", "+", and ">" will increment by 1, 10, and 100, "J", "-", and "<<" will decrement by 1, 10, and 100. For Diode Temp Setpoint, only "J" and "K" are active.

    Note that when the locking algorithm is active, it will fight any change to the Lock Reference Temp, so just be persistent. More on that later.

    It shouldn't be possible to set the Diode Temp Setpoint to a value that will damage the diode, but as a general recommendation, it's probably not a good idea to go below 10 °C or above 30 °C even if the firmware will allow it.

    Green acquisition calibration

    Typing a "G" (in password protected mode) will display a screen that looks something along the lines of the following:

    | Model 142 Power Leveled -- LOCKING PARAMETERS                               |
    |                                                                             |
    | Green Pwr: 100     Prog Pwr:  100 <                                         |
    |                                                                             |
    | Min Power:  40     Lock Tolerance:  20                                      |
    |                                                                             |
    | Scan Fast Delta +: $0003     Limit +: $2000     Slow Delta +:   4           |
    |                 -: $0010           -: $3000                                 |
    | Int Gain +:   2                                                             |
    |          -:   2           Slew Limit:   2              Inc     Dec          |
    |                                                     1:  K       J           |
    | Backoff State 1: $2800                            $10:  +       -           |
    |               2: $0300                           $100:  P       M           |
    |               5: $0C00                                                      |
    |                                                                             |
    | State:  4,    2    State Lock Off      Diode Enable:  On                    |
    | Scan Count:   0                        External Ena:  On                    |
    |                 Ref:  $5096                                                 |
    | Temp: $5234     Scan: $01C2                                                 |
    |                 Int:  $019E                                                 |
    |                                                                             |
    |           V Save;    Q Save & Quit;    ESC Quit;    R  Redraw.              |

    This is the primary screen for interacting with the laser locking algorithm. Specific parameter values may differ depending on the actual laser. Those starting in "$" are 16 bit hexadecimal numbers. You do remember hexadecimal from Computers 101??? :) I suppose there are two possible explanations as to why some parameters are displayed in decimal and others in hexadecimal: (1) It's faster to convert from bits to a hexadecimal display than from bits to a decimal display or (2) there was more than one programmer involved. I'll take the latter. :-) The fact that the large increment/decrement keys differ for the screens sort of adds confirmation.

    The following are the descriptions for each of the parameters on the "G" screen from the LWE-142 user manual, followed by additional comments or clarifications based on my observations.

    The first 4 parameters are all decimal numbers.

    Most of the other numeric parameters are in 4 Hex digit format ($XXXX). Exceptions are noted:

    Minor changes to these parameters should permit even a really uncooperative laser to achieve a stable lock at very close to its maximum possible output power as long as it produces some green output, though possibly at lower than the rated power. Almost every parameter can be changed and messing up even one of them by one count may result in a laser that just flashes continuously or only blinks its status LEDs with zero output. However, no actual damage can result even if 100 monkeys changed parameters at random. So loading a valid set of parameters will restore operation assuming it could play the violin, oops, lase previously. :) See the next section for an example.

    Controller D/A, A/D, and status bits

    Typing an "O" from the main screen (in password protected mode) will produce a screen that looks something like the following:

    | Press ESC or Ctrl-C to exit;  R to redraw screen.                           |
    |                                                                             |
    | DTemp  XTemp  OTemp  Unused GrnPwr CurMon DTempS LMon_B DTecDr XHtrDr OHtrDr|
    |                                                                             |
    |  096    086    151    140    184    130    004    119    081    153    172  |
    |  192C   572C  1176C   274V   360V   260A    00V   234V   316V   300V   676V |
    |                                                                             |
    |      1        1        1        1        1        16.3 C,  128/255,  2.52 V |
    |                                                                             |
    |    LASE  EXTENABLE  NOCTFLT   Noise     Lase      + -  Adjust               |
    |                               Eater     Enable    Diode Temp                |

    This displays the actual D/A or A/D values for the listed parameters, and several status bits. Nothing on this screen can be changed except for the Diode Temp, but that's the same as the parameter on the main screen.

    Temperature scan

    Typing a "T" from the main screen (in password protected mode) will take you to diode and crystal scan test mode. There are options for stepping the respective temperature from one end of its range to the other with two possible step sizes, two possible speeds, and in either direction. This This would permit the best temperature in each case to be determined. However, an external laser power meter is required since there is no laser power display on the temperature scan screens and leaving them terminates the scan. Go figure. :) I have used may data acquisition widget to capture the entire range of power output versus crystal temperature in both temperature scan directions. See the section Locking Behavior of the LWE-142 Laser for sample plots.

    Power monitor calibration

    Typing an "M" from the main screen (in password protected mode) will take you to a power calibration screen. As far as I can tell, this must be a vestige of some other model laser. Although it allows for the adjustment of a calibration parameter, that parameter doesn't seem to do anything at all.

    Zero Operating Hours

    Typing a "Z" from the main screen (in password protected mode) will reset the "Number of hours" to 0.

    Set Serial Number

    Typing an "H" from the main screen (in password protected mode) will enable the "Serial #" field to be set. The firmware expects numeric characters and will act like it's hung to until it is satisfied! It's possible that the locking firmware isn't running while in this mode so the laser could do anything. I saw it climb from my set power of 150 mW to almost 170 mW until I got it under control. So, like what it will say on the screen in this mode, type (number) keys until it is what you want and then hit return. Exactly why one should need to set the serial number is not at all clear, except that on my laser, it somehow got messed up.

    Problems and Quirks of an LWE-142

    I'm trying to tune up a 200 mW LWE-142.

    I don't know for sure if there is something fundamentally wrong with this unit, though it's very likely and my best guess would be that the pump diode is a bit weak, there is a slight misalignment, or the doubler temperature needs to be fine tuned. But it's also possible that it simply needs some tender loving care to have it parameters adjusted. The case history is that the laser was returned to the manufacturer because it wasn't remaining locked at its spec'd power. They simply reduced the power to 93 mW where it locked happily, and sent it to the person from whom I acquired it. So, it is not known whether there was a real problem or they were just too lazy to bother and swapped it for a new laser.

    When I received this unit, all it would do was flash and blink attempting to achieve a stable lock and my initial thought was: "Hmmm, this is much worse than I had been led to believe". But, then I noticed that someone who shall remain nameless had messed up some key parameters on the Green Acquisition Calibration (G) screen. Here is a screen shot of the original INCORRECT settings:

    | Model 142 Power Leveled -- LOCKING PARAMETERS                               |
    |                                                                             |
    | Green Pwr:  10     Prog Pwr:  40  <                                         |
    |                                                                             |
    | Min Power:  30     Lock Tolerance:  20                                      |
    |                                                                             |
    | Scan Fast Delta +: $0010     Limit +: $2FE8     Slow Delta +:   4           |
    |                 -: $0010           -: $2FE8                                 |
    | Int Gain +:   1                                                             |
    |          -:   1           Slew Limit:   1              Inc     Dec          |
    |                                                     1:  K       J           |
    | Backoff State 1: $1000                            $10:  +       -           |
    |               2: $0300                           $100:  P       M           |
    |               5: $0C00                                                      |
    |                                                                             |
    | State:  4,    2    State Lock Off      Diode Enable:  On                    |
    | Scan Count:   0                        External Ena:  On                    |
    |                 Ref:  $5096                                                 |
    | Temp: $5234     Scan: $01C2                                                 |
    |                 Int:  $019E                                                 |
    |                                                                             |
    |           V Save;    Q Save & Quit;    ESC Quit;    R  Redraw.              |

    DO NOT enter these into your LWE-142 unless you just want a laser that twitches constantly. :)

    The first four parameters (starting with "Prog Pwr") are all in the same units. For this laser the actual output power is about twice the Prog Pwr power monitor calibration. I haven't figured out how to change it, if that's even possible. The Laser Power Monitor Calibration command accessible from the main screen doesn't appear to do anything useful and looks more like a vestige from some other model Lightwave laser, possibly the forerunner to this, the Model 140.

    Once I reset the obviously incorrect parameters starting with Scan Fast Delta to those of the typical example shown in the previous section, the laser would at least try to lock but was usually unsuccessful even at a Prog Pwr setting of only 40 (corresponding to an output power of 80 mW) because the firmware was changing the crystal temperature too quickly. So, it would overshoot the selected power by a huge amount, exceed the maximum power that was possible, and lose lock before it could stabilize. Decreasing the Delta values enabled it to reliably lock at 100 mW (Prog Pwr of 50) but it was more likely to lock with a TEM10 beam rather than a TEM00 beam. This isn't surprising considering that the relatively strong TEM10 mode occurs at a lower temperature than the desired TEM00 mode, so it will be found first during the initial temperature scan.

    However, with a bit more fiddling, Prog Pwr could be raised to 76 resulting in a stable TEM00 output power of over 150 mW. And, the laser will now power up and lock at 150 mW consistently. Changing the Delta parameters slows down the rate of change of crystal temperature during the locking process so that the overshoot is reduced to 1 or 2 (out of 76) of the Green Pwr and locking can be achieved very close to the maximum power available - a Green Pwr setting of 80 to 85 for this laser depending on its mood. Since 150 mW is more than is possible with even the liveliest higher order mode, if it does try to lock to one of these, it will give up until it finds a TEM00 mode and then succeed. (More on higher order modes below.) However, with Min Power set to 40, most of the time this is unnecessary. With Min Power set to 30 as it was originally, locking to the TEM00 mode was the exception rather than the rule.

    Here is a screen shot showing the present set of parameters:

    | Model 142 Power Leveled -- LOCKING PARAMETERS                               |
    |                                                                             |
    | Green Pwr:  76     Prog Pwr:  76  <                                         |
    |                                                                             |
    | Min Power:  40     Lock Tolerance:  20                                      |
    |                                                                             |
    | Scan Fast Delta +: $0002     Limit +: $2000     Slow Delta +:   1           |
    |                 -: $0010           -: $3000                                 |
    | Int Gain +:   2                                                             |
    |          -:   2           Slew Limit:   1              Inc     Dec          |
    |                                                     1:  K       J           |
    | Backoff State 1: $2800                            $10:  +       -           |
    |               2: $0300                           $100:  P       M           |
    |               5: $0C00                                                      |
    |                                                                             |
    | State:  4,    2    State Lock Off      Diode Enable:  On                    |
    | Scan Count:   0                        External Ena:  On                    |
    |                 Ref:  $5096                                                 |
    | Temp: $5234     Scan: $01C2                                                 |
    |                 Int:  $019E                                                 |
    |                                                                             |
    |           V Save;    Q Save & Quit;    ESC Quit;    R  Redraw.              |

    As noted, I can get about 150 mW of stable TEM00 output power consistently. Also, while it is known that the doubler will support higher order spatial (transverse) modes, this laser can lock at over 100 mW of TEM10, which is quite high considering that the maximum power for the TEM00 mode is under 200 mW for this laser. It should be possible to lock the TEM01 mode at 30 or 40 mW as well though I haven't tried that. Other higher order modes are possible and I've seen TEM20, TEM02, TEM11, TEM12, TEM21, and TEM22 at the very least, but only TEM10 and TEM01 can be produced at a power of more than a few mW.

    It's almost certain these higher order modes are doubler modes, not NPRO (1,064 nm fundamental) modes, because they have a cartesian pattern consistent with the doubler geometry. Due to the peculiar shape of the NPRO crystal, its modes are, well, strange. Another confirmation would be to combine the two sub-beams of a TEM10 or TEM01 mode and measure the beat frequency. If they are NPRO modes, then there will be a beat frequency in the low GHz range but if they are doubler modes, they are mutually coherent and will produce a beat frequency of eactly 0 Hz and fringe patterns. So, in that case, running this laser in TEM10 mode would be a good way to get two beams for holography or interferometry at relatively high power without a beamsplitter. Woopie! OK, if nothing else, this feature is kind of interesting. How many lasers do you know of that can be remotely configured to produce a stable TEM00, TEM01, or TEM10 beam profile on demand, sort of? :)

    The underlying problem with this laser may also be related in some way to this significant TEM10 and TEM01 power. Perhaps, there is some misalignment. But, the mode behavior could also be normal.

    Another minor quirk is that when first powered on, there is no trouble locking at as high as 160 mW or even a bit more. In fact, I've seen it hit 190 mW and would probably lock there if nudged up from a stable 160 mW. But, sometimes I've found that the maximum stable power will decrease slightly after being on for awhile. I've heard that this behavior has been observed on other LWE-142s. My cooling is fairly good but the baseplate does get just detectably warm to the touch, so perhaps that may even be too much. My theory?: On these lasers, the pump diode is attached to a TEC which is glued to the baseplate directly, but all the other crystals and optics are mounted on the ceramic substrate which is mounted separately to the baseplate. So, any change in baseplate temperature may affect the alignment of the pump beam to the NPRO resulting in a slight change in 1,064 nm power. In fact, the value for "Crystal Photo Mon", a measure of the 1,064 nm power, does decline by a few percentafter the laser has been on for awhile. There may also be a small but possibly significant shift in the NPRO beam alignment with respect to the doubler. If the internal organization of this laser is like that of the dual wavelength LWE-142 (see the section: Construction of the LWE-142 Laser Head), there is several inches between the NPRO and doubler making their relative alignment much more sensitive than if the NPRO and doubler were next to one-another. Either or both of these can affect maximum 532 nm power. It could also be that changes in the temperature of other components that don't have active temperature control are affecting performance.

    I have a user manual dated 1996 for the laser. My unit has a manufacturing date of 1999. There are some things in the manual that don't quite agree with the actual laser but it's close enough for most purposes.

    I have installed the open-frame DC power supply I was using into a box salvaged from some unidentified data switch something or other. My setup is shown in Photo of Sam's LWE-142 Test Setup. This shows the power supply box, LWE-142 laser head mounted on massive aluminum plate and cooling fan, and my vintage Kiwi laptop running PCPLUS. (Yes, the Kiwi has the latest version of Win95 loaded!) The "G" screen is being displayed and is similar to the one in the previous section with the LWE-142 locked at a power setting of 76 (about 150 mW). The power supply box has switches and LEDs that more or less duplicate the functions of the Lightwave model 142A power supply that goes with the LWE-142. I even added the BNC tuning inputs (after this photo was taken). Actually, my power supply box is a little fancier than Lightwave's. :) The photo shows the power switch and power on indicator, keylock enable and green LED, On button and yellow LED, and Off button with the red Emission LED above it. I have now added circuitry to the slow tuning input which includes a 10 turn pot with high (+/-10 Ghz, +/-5 V) and low (+/-1 GHz, +/-0.5 V) settings for offset, a switch to select internal (pot), external (BNC), or both (+), and a third BNC to monitor the actual voltage on pin 14 (Mon). Where the full +/-10 V range is needed (I can't imagine why!), a voltage can be applied directly into the Mon BNC which is isolated from the op-amp buffer with a 10K ohm resistor, so it effectively has a 5K ohm input impedance. In addition, where an even smaller range is desired to provide finer control near 0 V, a load resistor can be placed across the Mon BNC, and to guarantee absolutely exactly 0 V, a short can be placed across the Mon BNC. See Sam's LWE-142 Power Supply Control Panel.

    The power supply box works fine but there are a couple of strange things relating to the LASE and ON signals, which would not be noticed if the laser were simply powered up without using them:

    I'm not sure if either or both of these are features or bugs but I've been told they are present on other LWE-142 lasers, at least those manufactured around the same time as mine!

    I'm interested in any additional information, a newer user manual or more detailed documentation.

    Also, of course, other samples of this laser in any condition for exploration and FAQ enhancement. I really don't want to go inside this one as long as it works, though apparently, some of the parameters that may need adjusting are controlled by physical pots and not bits. Imagine that. :)

    Open questions

    1. Based on my preliminary tests, the Slow Tuning input may actually control the doubler temperature (contrary to what is implied in the manual), and the firmware causes the NPRO temperature to track it to maintain the power output constant. The opposite - adding an offset to the NPRO temperature - should result in the firmware fighting the tuning input with only a transient shift in frequency which then corrects itself. Is this how it works? Might the description in the manual simply be left over from a previous version of the laser where the LWE-142 where the doubler tempeerature was what the firmware controlled to lock to the NPRO mode rather than the other way around?

      Or does the locking input affect both the NPRO and doubler temperatures at the same time with the firmware just correcting for tracking error?

    2. According to the manual, the maximum rate of change of both the slow and fast frequency inputs is about the same and the bandwidth of the fast input is insufficient to allow for linewidth reduction. So, what's the benefit of the fast frequency input? Just to enable Pound-Drever-Hall locking to an iodine spectral line or other external reference?

    3. The manual says that RET (pin 15 on the DB15 head connector) for the tuning inputs is not to be used as power ground. Should it simply go off to the two BNCs? Should it be tied to power ground via a resistor?

    4. Is the locking entirely an optical/thermal phenomenon or is there active low level circuitry involved (bsides what the firmware controls)? In other words, is the behavior of the doubler a result of intracavity power buildup, thermal expansion, and mode pulling, or is there some active control of its TEC during locking, or something else?

    5. On the "Green Acquisition Calibration" (G) screen description in the manual, what is DRErr? This variable or parameter shows up in the user manual dated 1996 with respect to "Slow Delta" and "Backoff State".

      From the manual:

      Slow Delta: When "DHErr" exceeds "Ref", the laser will slow the temperature scan to 10 times this hexadecimal value per second.

      Backoff State: The temperature is backed off by the value corresponding to the state it's in when:

      • State 1 - Turning the diode on.
      • State 2 - "DHErr" first exceeds "Ref".
      • State 5 - When lock is lost as determined by "DHErr" dropping below "Ref".

      The meaning of "DHErr" is not defined anywhere that I can find. Since it's used in the context of "Ref", a hexadecimal temperature value, I assume that it is either the temperature setpoint or the actual temperature of the NPRO.

    6. What is State 6? From the manual:

      State Count: This shows the number of temperature scans that have been performed attempting to lock. The laser will perform three (3) short scans (State 2) followed by three (3) full scans (State 6) before declaring a "failure to lock fault".

      Or, should it have said "all 6 states".

    7. When the threshold is exceeded in State 2 and it backs off the temperature when going to State 3, if the laser responds too quickly resulting in the "Green Pwr" dropping below the threshold, this firmware revision goes back to State 2 and ends up in an infinite loop. This happens only occasionally from a cold start but would seem to be a bug, not a feature. No? :)

    8. Why does the laser not remember where it was locked when forced to standby mode by the LASE signal going low but simply appears to restart at the low end of the crystal temperature scan?

    9. Why can't the ON output (lase status) be loaded by resistance less than about 15K ohms to ground without the pump diode going off? The manual says it's a TTL output but it behaves as though it is used to enable the pump diode somewhere at a level above 4 V.

    10. Should the laser case be connected to Earth ground via the power supply line cord?

    11. Why doesn't the "M" screen (power monitor calibration) do anything useful? :) Is it simply a vestige from a prevous model laser like the 140?

    12. Are there any patents covering the doubler and locking mechanism? My search could not locate any assigned the Lightwave Electronics.

    13. For some reason, the serial number got corrupted and I had to fix it. So, why is there a "Set Serial Number" command at all other than to fix it after getting overwritten by a firmware bug???? :)

    14. And finally, why are the same parameters displayed in decimal on the main screen and in hexadecimal on the "G" screen? :)

    If anyone has more information on the LWE-142 (or other Lightwave Electronics NPRO lasers), or other samples of the LWE-142 (or other Lightwave Electronics NPRO lasers) in any condition for exploration and FAQ enhancement, please contact me via the Sci.Electronics.Repair FAQ Email Links Page.

    Locking Behavior of the LWE-142 Laser

    When the LWE-142 is attempting to lock the doubler to the NPRO, it starts at the lowest crystal temperature and increases it until it sees at least the amount of green power determined by the Min Power parameter on the Green Acquisition Calibration (G) screen indicating that a TEM00 mode has been found. It then backs up and more slowly increases the crystal temperature somewhat slower until Min Power is exceeded, and then even slower until the Green Pwr is achieved. This is all controlled by the parameters on the G screen. Increasing the crystal temperature actually increases the wavelength of the fundamental (1,064 nm) output of the NPRO subject to one or more places where it mode-hops.

    However, the behavior of the LWE-142 during this process is fascinating and somewhat counterintuitive. What might be expected is that as the crystal temperature is increased, the wavelength of the 1,064 output of the NPRO either also increases smoothly over a portion of the full range or will mode-hop (back) at a few locations. (But these probably won't be near a point of maximum output power and wouldn't be desirable locking points anyhow.) Then, when the NPRO wavelength approaches resonance with a doubler mode, it might be expected that the green output power would smoothly increase to a maximum value and then smoothly decrease on the other side of the peak. But this doesn't happen except possibly for very low power higher order modes. Rather, the output power increases smoothly to the maximum power possible for the specific mode - and then drops like a rock to 0.0 mW. As far as I know, there is no active electronics involved in the low level locking process. However, this is not out of the question and could also account for the observed behavior. So, assuming that no such locking circuits are involved, the one explanation that makes some sense is that as the doubler approaches resonance and the doubler's intracavity power begins increasing, there is increased heating of the doubler crystal itself which causes its wavelength to also increase. The NPRO and doubler modes then track each-other becoming closer and closer until the output power reaches the maximum available for the specific mode being excited. There is a kind of intrinsic negative feedback at work here to maintain lock at just the right point: If the doubler gets too hot, its wavelength will move away from that of the NPRO and the intracavity power will drop, reducing its temperature. But the mode pulling can't be maintained beyond the point where green output power saturates due to the available NPRO input power and losses in the doubler cavity. Once tracking can't be maintained, the wavelengths move away from each other and the reduction in heating causes the doubler to fall out of resonance very rapidly, causing the power to drop to zero. At that point, the wavelength of the NPRO is well beyond the unheated wavelength of the doubler so it can't reaquire lock. Or something along those lines. :) Note that the NPRO, being a unidirectional ring cavity, is highly immune to effects of back-reflections so I don't think that it is affected by what's going on in the doubler (i.e., there is no mutual coupling).

    Think of it as a "resonant build-up" rather than simply adjusting the laser for a specific peak of the doubler. The green power builds up as the NPRO temperature is increased, and the intracavity power builds up in the doubler.

    Here are output power-versus-temperature plots for my LWE-142 showing what happens as the temperature is incrementally scanned at a constant rate from low-to-high and then from high-to-low using the Temperature Scan command described above. The horizontal scale is the same for both plots but the axis is reversed for the second plot with respect to lasing modes because the temperature is changing in the opposite direction. However, note that the vertical scale factors differ by a factor of 100 as discussed below. The total duration for each plot is a bit over 12 minutes. Each scan consists of 368 steps of 2 second duration with an increment or decrement of 178 to cover the entire 65536 (16 bit) range of 15 °C or 20 °C. I have no idea why the scan firmware uses this peculiar step size but possibly 178 actually translates into a nice round temperature like 0.05 °C. :)

    To create these plots, my "instrumentation" consisted of a $2 photodiode feeding one of the analog inputs of a DATAQ Chart Recorder Starter Kit attached to a second laptop running WinME. (The first one is my ancient Kiwi being used to control the laser with PCPLUS. It has only a single serial port. And, because the Kiwi has no built in CDROM drive or USB ports, loading the WINDAQ software using an external drive would have taken way too long and filled up a substantial portion of the available harddisk space anyhow!) The photodiode is reverse biased by 30 VDC from a +/-15 VDC power supply with a variable load resistor to set the calibration. The output is taken between the junction of the resistor and the photodiode, and power supply common (0 VDC).

                   R1     PD1
     +15 VDC o----/\/\----|<|----+
                  100            |
                                 \<----------+----+---o A/D Input (+/-10 V range)
                                 / R2        |    |
                                 \ 25K       |    /
                    R3           |       C1 _|_   \ 200K ohms (Zin of A/D module)
     -15 VDC o-----/\/\----------+     1 uF ---   / 
                   68K                       |    \
                                             |    |
       0 VDC o-------------------------------+----+----o A/D Ground

    The component values shown were selected for lasers with a maximum power output of around 1 mW. For this laser which may produce 200 mW or more, a neutral density filter was installed in the beam path with an OD value experimentally determined to result in nearly full scale output at 200 mW. The capacitor across the input is intended to minimize noise pickup. The resulting filter rolls off at around 30 Hz. The sampling rate was 60 Hz.

    Originally, I planned to use a 45 degree mirror with a small hole drilled through its center to separate out the TEM00 mode from the TEM01, TEM10, and most other higher order modes, so they could be recorded on separate channels. It was going to be sooooo cool! But that setup became unwieldy so we're stuck with single plots. :)

    The Gerstenberger et. al. doubler paper referenced above in the section: Basic Description of the LWE-142 actually shows plots of similar behavior with NPRO temperatures scans. However, their locking scheme was much more complex than what is used in the LWE-142 since they were locking to the peak of the doubler resonance to obtain maximum green power. The LWE-142 simply locks to a selected output power which falls on the slope of the resonance response, greatly simplifying the implementation. As can be inferred from the description and plots, above, trying to balance on the peak would require much more complex feedback than some stupid firmware can provide. :)

    The doubler temperature setpoint is fixed (though its internal temperature may be shifted slightly as resonance builds up) and the NPRO is slaved to it. When the frequency approaches a resonant doubler peak is when we get green, but we have to balance that against the FSR of the NPRO due to mode-hops in the gain bandwidth function. Some temperature locations in the NPRO may be better than others at locking due to their proximity (or lack thereof) to a mode-hop. The temperature of the doubler is critical to this process.

    I made another couple of plots of the startup behavior of the same laser. LWE-142 Output Power During Startup/Restart 1 shows three (3) sequences of output power during the locking process. The plot is divided input approximately equal sections. The first begins just before the pump diode turns on following initialization from a cold start and runs until the laser is locked at 150 mW; the second and third segments show behavior when restarted by pulling LASE to ground for 15 to 30 seconds. (The gaps are visible as abrupt drops to exactly 0.0 mW at around the 1/3rd and 2/3rd points.)

    I have no explanation for why there are a dozen ripples prior to a stable lock only in the first restart (middle section). The peak-to-peak amplitude is order of 3 percent, or +/-1 count in the "Green Pwr", which might have not appeared significant on the "G" screen without the plot. I also don't know why some of the overshoots are so large. Also note the large spike near the start of the third section. That was a TEM00 mode where the power was climbing so quickly that it overshot by too much (the peak is over 170 mW) and lock was lost.

    But, all the overshoots were somewhat larger than possible because the I had changed the "Backoff" value for State 2 from $0300 to $0200 in an attempt to remedy another peculiar problem: On the previous startup from power on, the laser got stuck oscillating between 70 and 90 mW and never reached the selected power because when it crossed 80 mW (the "Min Green Pwr" setting), the temperature value is backed off and for some reason, at the mode it was locking to, the output power dropped rather than continuing to rise or remain the same as it usually does. When the power dropped below 80 mW, then eventually started to rise and again crossed 80 mW, the result was an infinite loop. This could be clearly seen by watching the "G" screen. I have no idea whether this was due to a bug in the firmware or a one time glitch since it has not happened again. :) Additional fiddling with the locking parameters could probably eliminate these problems. Unfortunately, the original factory settings for this laser were lost and Lightwave/Uniphase has been unwilling or unable to retrieve them from their archives.

    Another nearly identical run is shown in LWE-142 Output Power During Startup/Restart 2. This had the original value for State 2 Backoff ($0300). Even so, there is a huge overshoot on the initial startup, just barely getting under control before lock would have been lost due to excessive power. And, no, I have no idea why there is a blip in the middle of the stablized region of the first section, nor the funny small aborted decaying plateau just after the tall spike. :) But the restarts have very modest overshoot! :)

    While these plots were made for an LWE-142 that has some problems, except for the output power being lower than spec'd, this behavior is expected to be very similar for a healthy laser. However, it's possible that the relative amplitude of the TEM10 and TEM01 modes compared to the TEM00 mode might be smaller if the problem is related to alignment.

    It's possible that older versions of the LWE-142 had the doubler locked to the NPRO frequency, scanning the doubler temperature instead of the crystal temperature, as is done with later units which have the NPRO locked to the doubler. However, as a practical matter, there probably isn't much difference unless the precise frequency of the laser is important. Some versions of the laser may have also used more sophisticated locking schemes including something called "Driever-Hall", a form of fast dithering with synchronous demodulation. Are you still awake? :)

    Tuning behavior of the LWE-142 Laser

    After adding the tuning controls to my LWE-142 laser power supply (see Sam's LWE-142 Power Supply Control Panel), I performed some very preliminary tuning experiments, really just to see how the controller responds to a tuning input. The knob allows an offset of up to +/-0.5 V or (+/-1 GHz, fine mode) or +/-0.5 V or (+/-1 GHz, coarse mode) to be applied to the Slow Tuning input alone, or added to an external tuning voltage.

    For the first test, I allowed the laser to initialize normally and then applied about 100 mV to the Slow Tuning input (pin 14) by slowly turning the Offset knob about 1 turn clockwise. Within a few seconds, the "Green Pwr" on the "G" screen began increasing and the NPRO temperature setpoint value ("Temp" on the "G" screen) began decrementing. "Green Pwr" had been at 81. It increased to about 90 before falling back and undershooting to 74. When it went below 81, the firmware reversed direction and increased "Temp" as usual. Some oscillations followed with decreasing amplitude, which I assume would have resulted in the power leveling off back at 81, though I didn't wait for that to complete. Reducing the offset to 0 resulted in similar gyrations in reverse (but without the large oscillations), settling down again back at 81.

    This behavior indicates that what the tuning input does is add an offset to the doubler temperature and what happens is that the firmware then adjusts the NPRO temperature to maintain green power constant. In fact, providing an offset to the slow tuning input is a way of determining if the doubler is set at optimal temperature, and also a way of correcting it if needed without going inside the laser head to fiddle with the pot. :)

    It's possible that the description in the manual which talks about changing NPRO temperature is simply a carryover from previous versions of the LWE-142 where the doubler tempeerature was what the firmware controlled to lock to the NPRO mode rather than the other way around.

    Indeed further tests have confirmed that the effect of the slow tuning input is to change the doubler temperature. Over an voltage input range of about -0.5 V to +0.5 VDC, the doubler temperature varied from 118 °C to 117.2 °C as displayed on the main screen. The NPRO temperature then was adjusted by the firmware in an attempt to maintain the same output power. The laser would not lock at 150 mW once the voltage went above about 0.25 V so this suggests that the doubler was on the downslope of its phase matching range. I didn't test for an increase in locking power going the other way, but it didn't lose lock all the way to -0.5 V.

    On another LWE-142, it was possible to increase the maximum output power by offsetting the slow tuning input by -0.265 V. The doubler temperature changed from 117.5 °C to 117.7 °C. And, returning the input to 0 V but adjusting the internal pot for double temperature to 117.7 °C produced the identical result. Eventually, I'll try this with the first LWE-142.

    I recently acquired an iodine gas absorption cell. This is a glass vial filled with iodine vapor at low pressure, with Brewster windows on both ends. It was part of an iodine stabilized 632.8 nm HeNe laser where the iodine cell was inside the cavity and used to lock the wavelength to a very precise iodine absorption line. I bought the thing on eBay for the two-Brewster HeNe laser tube without even knowing there was an iodine cell in the assembly. The tube appears to be unusable but the surprise iodine cell more than makes up for that! Surplus iodine cells are almost non-existent. :)

    It used to be possible to buy the LWE-142 with an "Iodine Line" option which would guarantee that a major line of the iodine gas absorption would coincide with operation near full power. (See the section: The Iodine Vapor Cell Wavelength Reference.) Each dip in Iodine Absorption Spectrum Near 532 nm means the iodine vapor is absorbing some of the incident light and the gas will actually fluoresce a green or green-yellow color, which is actually a combination of many wavelengths including some red ones. The lower the dip, the brighter it will glow and also reduce the light coming out the other end. I'm not quite sure where the exact center of the Nd:YVO4 gain curve would fall on this plot. Corrections and additions welcome.

    I tested this laser with the iodine cell and unfortunately, it would not lock at a major iodine absorption line, though it did lock with a medium strength one. This isn't surprising given that the absorption lines are few in number and rather narrow. I was able to get it to lock at a setting that resulted in a decent glow in the iodine cell but not nearly as intense as could be seen in the transients during a temperature scan or when unsuccessfully attempting to lock to a non-TEM00 spatial mode. The modes that were best were higher order modes like TEM11 or TEM12, which could sustain almost no power. But they were as bright at a couple mW as the puny absorption line when locked at 150 mW. A 5 mW green laser pointer produced about the same brightness inside the iodine cell as the 150 mW LWE-142. (But the pointer isn't single frequency so it may even be exciting multiple lines.)

    In-depth tuning measurements will have to wait until I have access to a wavemeter to determine the wavelength to picometer resolution and an iodine absorption cell (which I intend to construct) to see about tuning to specific iodine spectral lines.

    More to follow.

    Construction of the LWE-142 Laser Head

    Special thanks to Steve Swartz for providing the photos as well as much of the description below, and to Phil Bergeron ( for providing additional comments, documentation, and his experiences with the LWE-142.

    The Model 142 laser head consists of the laser and optics components inside a sealed box as well as the microprocessor-based controller, and drivers for the pump diode and its TEC, the NPRO (crystal) TEC and piezo element (if there is any electronics involved with it), and the doubler oven. It interfaces to the outside via the RS232 port and the Power and Status LEDs.

    This section deals with the laser and optics box; the next section describes the electronics.

    Laser head components

    Here are some photos of a dual-wavelength LWE-142:

    Except for where the beams exit, the more common single wavelength LWE-142 should be similar.

    Inside the LWE-142 optics box

    The sealed optics box has the pump diode, NPRO for the fundamental (1,064 nm), the resonant doubler, and bunch of mirrors/lenses to move the 1,064 nm and 532 nm beams around inside the box. Most components are mounted on a ceramic substrate on little gold-plated islands using low temperature solder. (At least, I assume it's ceramic or something similar to have the required rigidity.) Some of the larger modules may be mounted with glue as there is no solder visible around their edges.

    Here are photos of the interior of the optics box. The first one is how it appears when the lid is removed. The second shows the NPRO once the magnet assembly is removed. This unit is actually a type 142-532-045DW laser manufactured in 1997. The DW indicates that both the 532 nm and 1064 nm beams are brought out of the box for experiments that are designed to use both f and 2f in measurements. The "-45" probably means that it was rated at 45 mW of 532 nm and around 20 mW of 1,064 nm. Being dual-wavelength, the complexity of the optics is somewhat higher than for the much more common single wavelength version.

    The initial beam path is from the pump diode through the GRIN lens to the NPRO input face. The fundamental 1,064 nm beam exits at approximately 90 degrees from the pump beam (up) and goes to the three optics at the upper left of the photo, which split off a small portion for the 1,064 nm photodiode ("Crystal Photo Mon"). One of the optics is a filter to block 808 nm pump light from the photodiode. The remainder is redirected to the right and split again for the doubler and 1,064 nm output. The one optic that looks like a laser mirror with the purplish tinge is probably used to focus the 1,064 beam into the doubler. The green output from the doubler exits at approximately 90 degrees from the 1,064 nm input (going to the right). A small amount is split off for the "Green Pwr" photodiode. The functions of some of the other optics are still unclear, though most are probably baffles or beam stops.

    While the internal alignment of the monolithic NPRO and doubler cavities won't change, the relationship of the output of the NPRO to the input of the doubler is a rather long path - something like 8 inches! So, it would seem that even the slightest thermal change in the ceramic substrate could affect that alignment resulting in a change in coupling efficiency and output power. This may indeed be what I and others have seen with as these lasers warm up, even with what should be very adequate cooling.

    The dual wavelength option adds some complexity to the beam handling optics but possibly not all that much. But it is quite rare and was discontinued due to lack of sales. Perhaps only 1 out of hundreds of these lasers will have it. But even with the extra output, there still seem to be way too many of those little random optics pieces!

    I haven't yet peered inside of a normal LWE-142 but see Possible LWE-142 Single Wavelength Green (532 nm) DPSS Laser Optical Layout for how the beam path probably looks, minimizing the differences compared to the dual wavelength laser. Several optics related to the output beam paths are totally eliminated while others are trivially repositioned to reflect :) the central location of the output aperture in the single wavelength laser. Except for BS3 being replaced with TM2, the labeling of the optics with the same function remains the same. And the core NPRO and doubler beam paths are totally untouched in position, type, and function. Of course, the IR-only LWE-125 (fiber-coupled) and LWE-126 (free-space) lasers available in both 1,024 and 1,319 nm flavors would be even simpler!

    Organization of the LWE-142 Controller

    All of the control functions for the Model 142 (and other Lightwave NPRO lasers) are contained in the laser head with the only required input being DC power. While no detailed documentation is available for what's inside the laser head, the organization of the control electronics - or at least one possible organization - can be deduced from the laser's requirements and behavior. See Possible LWE-142 Green (532 nm) DPSS Laser Controller Organization. This would apply to both single and dual wavelength LWE-142s. Of course, there may be differences in the actual partitioning. For example, the various digital components may be inside a smaller number of standard ICs or a PLA. Or, both TEC drivers may simply be power amplifiers with the firmware doing most of the work. I have included a photodiode for the "Diode Photo Mon" as it's listed on the main "S" screen. However, the circuit appears to be missing on my laser and others I know of since the reading is usually 0.00 or might twitch from time-to-time.

    The controllers for IR-only Lightwave NPRO lasers like the Model 125/126 would be even simpler since there is no frequency doubler. So, the Doubler Temperature and Green Pwr circuits would be unnecessary. However, the Slow Tuning input would then need to go either into the Muxed A/D so the firmware can deal with it, or directly to the NPRO TEC Driver to be added in as a temperature offset.

    Testing and Firmware Adjustment of LWE-142 Lasers

    The following will restore a basically healthy LWE-142 in an unknown condition to operation at the rated power or as much power as is easily possible. It can be performed entirely using the RS232 interface without opening the laser head but will NOT address electrical or optical problems. The assumption is that either the locking parameters have been corrupted or that the laser has become slightly tired from age and use.

    As far as I am aware, no amount of parameter fiddling via the RS232 interface can damage the laser. There is no way to alter the two most critical settings - those for pump diode current and doubler temperature - in this manner since they can only be changed by pots inside the laser head. The main risk is forgetting to record the original settings for the parameters that were then changed at random meaning you'll have to go to Plan B. :)

    In addition to the laser head, heatsink/fan, and power supply, a laser power meter capable of measuring the output wavelength at up to somewhat higher than maximum power will be needed to calibrate the relationship of "Green Pwr" to "Prog Pwr" if it is not known. And, a terminal or PC with terminal emulation softwarewill be required to access the firmware parameters via the RS232 port. See the section: LWE-142 Operation Using the RS232 Interface to get set up.

    IMPORTANT: The laser head MUST be mounted on a suitable heatsink with adequate cooling both to prevent any possibility of overheating, as well as to provide a stable temperature for the baseplate during the tests.

    Initial tests

    1. Start up the terminal emulator (or terminal) prior to applying power to the laser.

    2. Power up the laser and let it go through its initialization. DO NOT touch the terminal or terminal emulator until the red LED on the laser head comes on (after about 4 minutes) since this would bypass the thermal stabilization part of the initialization and might result in locking behavior other than what would be normal from a cold start.

    3. Once the red LED comes on, go into the "S" screen and then the "G" screen of the firmware interface and wait to see if the laser will lock successfully. This may take up to another 6 minutes.

      • If the laser locks successfully without more than a few green flashes prior to a ramp-up to the "Green Pwr" becoming equal to "Prog Pwr" without too much overshoot, no further action may be needed unless the actual output power isn't set at the desired value.

      • If the laser continuously flashes or ramps up to a "Green Pwr" approaching the "Prog Pwr" and then plummets to zero suddenly, without converging on a stable condition, adjustment of the locking parameters, or a reduction in "Prog Pwr" may be needed.

    These conditions are addressed in the following paragraphs.

    Stable lock - setting output power

    Determine the actual output power calibration by measuring the output power using the laser power meter. For a laser rated at 200 mW, either 2:1 (Actual:Reading) or 1:1 is likely. I have not seen LWE-142s rated for other output power but how it is set probably has something to do with maximizing the available dynamic range subject to the constraint of the "Prog Pwr" being an 8 bit number.

    To adjust the output power, increment or decrement "Prog Pwr" slowly while watching "Green Pwr". If the laser is capable of achieving a higher output power, it should climb to the new power and stabilize there. For a lower power, it will decline and stabilize. Lightwave does not recommend using a power setting above 100 percent or below 50 percent of the laser's rated power. Also, at very low power settings, other locking parameters may need to be adjusted, and there is risk of locking on non-TEM00 modes of the doubler resulting in a screwed up beam profile.

    Output power not achieved - reducing output power

    Where the output dies before the "Prog Pwr" can be achieved, simply reducing the "Prog Pwr" may result in stable locking, albeit at slightly reduced power. If your application can use an output power that is less than 90 percent of the peak power before lock is lost, then by far the easiest approach is to simply set the "Prog Pwr" there and be done. Where "Green Pwr" increments slowly (i.e., 1 count per 2 or 3 seconds) as it approahes "Prog Pwr" and doesn't reach it or overshoots by only 1 or 2 counts but loses lock, this is by far the easiest solution. The only likely cause besides something like a tired old pump diode, would be that the "Diode Temp Setpoint" is incorrect. This can be adjusted on the "S" screen by peaking "Crystal Photo Mon".

    Flashing and burping - restoring lost locking parameters

    Where the laser does not lock at all due to the locking parameters being screwed up, the best course of action may be to start from a clean slate of locking parameters. Unfortunately, there isn't any command to reset to factory defaults. If the original test data sheet for the laser is unavailable, the following approach should work.

    1. Save the present set of parameters for the "S" and "G" screens by using the "Screen Snapshot" function of the terminal emulator, a digital camera, or pencil and paper. :) That way, it will be possible to restore them if needed, or simply to have an idea of which ones differed greatly from the sample parameters to be used.

    2. On the "S" screen, the only relevant parameter that can be adjusted is the "Diode Temp Setpoint". However, unless this was known to have been modified, it's probably best to leave it alone for now if the value looks reasonable (10 to 25 °C). Changing it to the sample setting isn't likely to do much good since each laser's pump diode will have a different optimal temperature.

    3. On the "G" screen, compare each parameter that can be changed starting with "Scan Fast Delta" and set it to the sample values shown in the section: LWE-142 Operation Using the RS232 Interface. These may not be optimal, but have been known to work with minimal changes on multiple LWE-142 lasers and should be a good starting point. Once they have all been entered, the random green flashing that might have been present should cease and there should be some evidence of the laser attempting to lock. Wait a few minutes to see if the laser now can lock at the desired "Prog Pwr" setting. If it tries to lock but "Green Pwr" seems to be changing too quickly, reduce the "Slow Delta" from 4 to 1. If it tries to lock by slowly ramping up toward the "Prog Pwr" but loses lock, then "Prog Pwr" may be too high. Reducing "Prog Pwr" to a value slighly below where lock is lost, should now result in successful locking. Using 85 to 90 percent is probably best but with some fiddling of parameters, it may be possible to get somewhat closer.

      Performing a temperature scan via the "T" screen while monitoring the output power on the laser power meter is another way of determining how much output power is possible.

    4. Once the laser has successfully locked, the "Diode Temp Setpoint" can be adjusted to maximize the "Crystal Photo Mon" reading. It's best to do this adjustment with the laser is stable since it will fluctuate slightly during locking. If the "Cystal Photo Mon" reading can be increased above its original value, more output power may be available as. So, in this case if desired, go back and see if "Prog Pwr" can be increased.

  • Back to Commercial Solid State Lasers Sub-Table of Contents.

    Lightwave Electronics 221 DPSS Laser

    Basic Description and Safety/Operation Issues Issues of the LWE-221

    The Lightwave Electronics Model 221 is a high power DPSS Nd:YAG laser capable of 10 W or more output power at 1,064 nm. (Lightwave Electronics was teken over by JDS Uniphase. This laser is no longer manufactured.) It is driven by a compact lightweight power unit which plugs into normal 115 VAC. It can operate CW or may be amplitude modulated by an external input or internal programmable frequency signal. A separate chiller is normally provided for closed-loop cooling. The chiller interfaces to the power unit which then controls the temperature of the recirculated water and checks for fault conditions like water flow failure. Some versions have front panels on the control unit which enable the laser to be turned on and off, and its operating parameters changed and monitored. However, OEM versions (e.g., those that reside inside some massive graphics arts machine) will not have any controls on the power unit. These can be set up to turn the laser on automatically after power is applied (EEPROM settings and external and internal jumpers). But this doesn't permit any adjustments to be made and is definitely more dangerous. So, the preferred way of controlling front panel-less systems is via the RS232 interface as described below.

    Some photos of the Model 221 laser head inside and out along with description can be found at: The Lightwave Electronics Model 221 DPSS YAG Laser Page. See the section: Simon's High Power DPSS Laser Project and Discussion for some speculation on modifying this laser to generate several watts of 532 nm green.

    WARNING: The Model 221 is a Class IV Nd:YAG laser operating at 1,064 nm. Its output power can exceed 10 WATTs and the beam is very tight and highly collimated. Proper laser safety goggles (OD 6 or better at 1,064 nm) are a must unless the beam is guaranteed to be totally enclosed. Even a 1 percent reflection can inflict instant eye damage, especially because it is IR and totally invisible. Multiple WATTs in a tight beam can also quickly set fire to whatever gets in its way (ask a power cord I used to know!). This is not a whimpy 100 mW laser or 5 mW pointer!

    CAUTION: Operation of the laser is via an RS232 interface (which is described below), front panel controls (on some versions), or a remote pendant (which is essentially a front panel on a tether). Unlike the Coherent Compass 315M and 532 which are basically just turned on and off at a specified power output and the controller does the rest, the LWE-221 uses a low level interface with most parameters under user control. While there is some degree of protection from entering parameter values that will damage the laser, this isn't foolproof and it is quite possible to specify a set of conditions that will damage the laser diodes or at least shorten their life. Thus, any changes to operating parameters from those that were originally present in the laser's EEPROM should be considered very carefully, especially any that might increase laser diode current or alter their temperature setting. If a Test Data Sheet didn't come with the laser, copy down or save a screen shot of the parameter display for future reference before changing anything!

    CAUTION: The laser diodes inside the laser head are connected directly to two fat pins on the umbilical cable. There is little protection for them when the cable is not attached (e.g., no shorting relay). Thus, extreme care against ESD should be taken whenever the laser head is not attached to the power unit. Do not touch the pins without grounding yourself first. Cover the cable connector with an antistatic bag before moving or shipping the laser head.

    CAUTION: Where no chiller is available (as may be the case when these lasers are pulled from working equipment), tap water cooling can be used, at least for testing. However, water cooling in some form MUST be provided whenever the laser diodes are actually powered (i.e., the laser is actually on)! No cooling is needed when checking out the interface commands as long as the laser diodes are not being driven with any current. More information on using the laser without a chiller may be found below.

    LWE-221 General Specifications

    These are based on what is in the Operation Manual for the 221-1064-VO1 and 221-1064-VO2, and the Operation Manual for the 221-1064-VO4. They may not apply exactly to other versions. The laser I tested was actually a 221-1064-VO4.


    Beam parameters

    Laser head

    Power unit



    LWE-221 Power Unit

    The Model 221 power unit provides the power supply for the high power laser diodes, control of the chiller, monitoring of interlock and fault conditions, and user interface either via a front panel control panel (some versions) or pendant (assumed to be an option), or the RS232 connectors. The OEM version is described below. This lacks a built-in control panel and is assumed to be installed inside some piece of graphic arts equipment.

    Front panel

    All that is present on the front panel are a row of status LEDs and RS232 port 2 (a DB9F connector). The status LEDs are as follows:

    Rear Panel

    The major connectors and a set of DIP switches are on the rear of the power unit:

    Note: The specific version I have is labelled 221-HD-VO4. Other versions will differ somewhat. For example, the -VO1 and -V02 versions may have 8 DIP switches and a full hardware control panel (among other variations).

    Fault Conditions

    The following conditions will force the laser into Standby mode. Depending on the version of the power unit and usage, error messages will appear on the front panel display or LEDs, control pendant, or terminal:

              Condition                           Message        LED(s)
      CDRH Interlock Open                         ILCK OPEN
      No water flow detected with pump on         NO FLOW     CHLR FLT
      Current mismatch between set and sense      CUR ERR
      Power supply heatsink temperature too high  HOT HSNK
      External Standby                            EX STDBY
      Diode overvoltage or overcurrent            PS FAULT    OVR V or OVR C
      Water undertemperature                      CH FAULT    CHLR FLT
      Laser head heatsink overtemperature         HT FAULT    HTEMP FLT
      Diode current controller fault              CUR FLT
      Shutter not in correct position             SHUTFLT

    LWE-221 Hardware Control Panel

    I have obtained the loan of a hardware control panel for the 221-1064-V04. It works more or less as described in the model 221 operation manual though my manual is for the -V01 and -V02 so some small differences exist. There are 4 buttons and a pair of 8 alphanumeric character single line displays. Unlike the control panel that would come as the front panel for the power unit, there is no keyswitch or shutter switch but it is otherwise physically identical. The two displays show various readouts or parameters depending on the laser's mode (changed by pressing the MODE button), their state (changed by pressing the DISPLAY buttons), and the position of two of the DIP switches (Minimal, Extended, and Service functions) on the rear of the power unit. A third DIP switch permits saving the values that were changed via the control panel. The KNOB (an incremental optical encoder) permits changing the value of the displayed parameter (if permitted). The STANDBY button takes the laser into and out of Standby, turning the Laser Diode on and off.

       |  221-04 FRONT PANEL                    LIGHTWAVE ELECTRONICS  |
       |                                                               |  
       |                +----------+     +----------+                  |
       |                | DISPLAY1 |     | 88888888 |       ______     |
       |                +----------+     +----------+      /      \    |
       |   +------+     +----------+     +----------+     |        |   |
       |   | MODE |     | DISPLAY2 |     | 88888888 |     |  KNOB  |   |
       |   +------+     +----------+     +----------+     |        |   |
       |                +----------+                       \______/    |
       |                | STANDBY  |                                   |
       |                +----------+                                   |
       |                                                               |  
       |                                                               |  

    The circuitry of the control panel is very simple - just a pair of Hewlett Packard 8 character HDSP-2111 yellow display modules, the optical encoder for the knob, 4 switches, and a half dozen discrete components. The connection is via a 40 pin ribbon cable which plugs into a socket on the main PCB of the 221 power unit (inside). It would be a simple matter to duplicate this if desired. I have traced the circuit for future reference (see below).

    However, I'm really not sure it is any more convenient to use the hardware control panel than the RS232 interface with a terminal emulator. And I wouldn't suggest copying it for a software control panel running on a PC. I'd rather see a format similar to that of the full-screen display of the RS232 interface program but one that includes all possible parameters, with the ability (depending on access level) specific subsets of them to be changed using a mouse or cursor controls for selection.

    The hardware control panel does permit incrementally changing at least one parameter (internal modulation frequency) that I haven't yet figured out how to set to an arbitrary value with the RS232 commands though. But I expect that there is a way and it will be found eventually!

    Since few users are likely to have or really want the hardware control panel, I don't presently intend to document its operation in any more detail unless specifically asked. However, since I already did the work, here is the wiring of the hardware control panel PCB. This was determined by buzzing out the PCB for the unit I borrowed for the 221-1064-VO4. I do not know if the other versions are the same:

     Ribbon    Signal          U1 (1,2)     U2 (1.2)
     Cable      Name           DISPLAY 1    DISPLAY 2
      1,2       GND   OE1-GND    15,16        15,16
      3,4   (3) +5    OE1-VCC
                VDD            14,7,8,9     14,7,8,9
       5        /RD               18           18
       6        GND
       7        /WR               13           13
       8        GND
       9    (4) J3-1
      10        D0                19           19
      11        D1                20           20
      12        D2                23           23
      13        D3                24           24
      14        D4                25           25
      15        D5                26           26
      16        D6                27           27
      17        D7                28           28
      18        OE1 PH-B
      19        OE1 PH-A
      20        A0                 3            3
      21        A1                 4            4
      22        A2                 5            5
      23        A3                 6            6
      24        A4                10           10
      25        /CE1              17           --
      26        /CE2              --           17
      27        NC
      28        GND
      29    (4) J2-1
      30        NC
      31    (4) J1-1
      32        /STANDBY     SW1-NO
      33        /DISP1       SW3-NO
      34        /MODE        SW2-NO
      35        /DISP2       SW4-NO
      36        NC
     37,36      +5
     39,40      GND


    1. U1 and U2 are Hewlett Packard HDSP-2111 8 digit yellow display module. This is a wide 28 pin DIP. Documentation can be found easily by searching on-line.

    2. U1 and U2 pins 1,2,11 are pulled up with a 1K resistor.

    3. +5 VDC goes through a two stage L-C filter to become VDD. L1 and L2 are Renco RL-1284-560 and C1 and C2 are 470 uF, 16 V. There are also a couple of 0.01 uF bypass caps between VDD and GND on the PCB.

    4. J1, J2, and J3 are unused connector locations, intended function unknown.

    5. Optical encoder (OE1) is Clarostat 600-128-CBL with incremental two phase TTL output. Many other types would work fine. If direction is wrong, interchange PH-A and PH-B.

    6. Pin numbers on cable agree with cable itself; labeling of pin 1 (square pad) on control panel PCB appears incorrect as pin 2.

    LWE-221 Operation Using the RS232 Interface

    The following is mostly verbatim from the Lightwave operation manual for the Model 221-HD-VOx series IR (1,064 nm) Nd:YAG CW (amplitude modulatable) DPSS laser (henceforth called the "Model 221") but should also apply to other similar Lightwave lasers.

    Laser Serial Interface

    The Model 221 can communicate through RS232 protocol on a DB9 female connector at the edge of the power supply control PCB. This connector has the same pinout as the IBM PC. The serial interface can be used for the following:

    1. In manufacturing to assist calibration.
    2. For field service with a terminal or PC.
    3. For field service via a modem.
    4. For host computer status and control.
    5. For remote operation of the laser.

    Hardware and Hookups

    The DB9F RS232 connector on the rear of the power supply can be connected to a serial port on a terminal, modem, or host computer. (On the version of the 221 controller I have with no front panel controls, there is another DB9F connector on the front panel which also responds to external commands. However, the messages returned due to fault conditions may be subtly different. --- Sam.)

    This connector on the terminal, modem, or host computer is usually a 9 or 25 pin standard D-shell type. On a terminal, the connector is usually labeled "Modem". On a PC, it is labeled "Serial Port". The functions of the pins, as related to the power unit, are given as:

        Pin        Symbol        Function
         2          /RxD         Received Data (into Model 221)
         3          /TxD         Transmitted Data (from Model 221)
         5          /Gnd         Ground
         7          RTS          Request to Send
         8          CTS          Clear to Send

    The DB9F RS232 connector on the rear of the power supply needs to be connected to what is usually a 9 pin or 25 pin connector on the terminal or PC. Note that pins 2 and 3 must be swapped between the Model 221 and PC. A normal RS232 extension cable will NOT work! Once connected and powered up, double check that this is correct by measuring the voltage between pin 5 (Gnd) and pins 2 and 3 - they should both have a negative voltage on them of 6 volts or more. If one is close to 0 V, the swap isn't present or the wiring is incorrect in some other way.

    The interface of the Model 221 supports hardware handshake through the CTS and RTS signals. The model 221 will assert its RTS signal at all times. When the incoming CTS is not asserted, the Model 221 will store message data up to 256 characters. If the CTS remains unasserted, new message data will write over the oldest. In normal operation, this condition is not expected to occur. (For use with a terminal or terminal emulator on a PC, RTS and CTS can probably be ignored. I have been using just the 3 pins 2, 3, and 5 for communications. --- Sam.)

    Communications Settings

    The following settings are needed for proper communications:

    The Baud Rate DIP switch on the rear panel (far right) sets the laser's baud rate. For operation with a terminal or host computer, 9600 baud (up) is the recommended rate. With a modem, 1200 baud (down) is recommended. The internal microprocessor reads the Baud Rate DIP switch upon powerup. Therefore, the power supply must be turned off and then on again to change the baud rate. (Flipping the switch without power cycling will apparently change the baud rate seen externally but not something inside so communications doesn't work! --- Sam.)

    Screen Control

    Screen control commands are designed to be executed from the terminal or PC terminal emulator. The power supply sends information in a format compatible with the Lear Siegler ADM-3A or Televideo 912 terminal. Any terminal or terminal emulator can be used that is compatible with these cursor controls. (e.g., Televideo 925). When using a terminal emulator on a PC, suitable software will be needed. Two options known to work are "Crosstalk Communicator" and "Procomm Plus". An ancient version of PCPLUS may be downloaded from PCPLUS.ZIP. It will run on any PC under DOS or in a DOS window under Win3.x/95/98, but hung trying to run on WinME and WIN2000. The fact that it's a 1988 DOS program can't be an excuse to misbehave, can it? :)

    Status Display Command

    An "S" requests a display of the laser parameters screen. The screen will be updated every 2 seconds after pressing "S". The displayed parameters appear on the right side after the description but cannot be changed unless a password is given to enable adjustment mode. The password is: C##C.

    The key strokes used to display or change these parameters are as follows:

      RETURN or ENTER   Moves the cursor down one item
      Ctrl-K            Moves the cursor up one item
      K                 Increments value of current item
      J                 Decrements value of current item
      S                 Updates screen
      Q                 Quits calibration procedure and saves current values
      Z                 Zeros displayed operation hours (another register
                         shows total hours - it can't be changed)

    The screen display is approximately as follows (depends on specific revision and whether if in adjustment mode or not):

    |                                                                             |
    |  Diode Current             XX.XXA       Number of hours    XXXX             |
    |  Diode Current Maximum     XX.XXA       Calibrated         XX/XX/XX by XXX  |
    |  Diode Current Threshold   XX.XXA       Head #             XXXX             |
    |  Diode Enable/Disable      Ena/Dis      Board #            XXXX             |
    |  Diode Temperature Set     +XX.XXC      Screen update ON                    |
    |  Diode Temperature Sensed  XX.XXC       Model LWE 221 IR                    |
    |  Internal Modulation       XX.XkHz                                          |
    |  Diode Suppress Voltage    X.XXV                                            |
    |  Diode Power Monitor       XX.XV (see below)                                |
    |  Interlock ON/OFF          Standby ON/OFF                                   |
    |  Diode ON/OFF                                                               |
    |                                                                             |
    |  Press K to increment      Press J to decrement                             |
    |                                                                             |

    Changing of parameters may be accomplished by moving the cursor to the desired item and pressing J or K. NOTE THAT CHANGING DIODE CURRENT OR DIODE TEMPERATURE MAY CAUSE POOR LASER OPERATION AND, IN SOME CASES, PUT THE DIODE AT RISK OF DAMAGE. PROCEED WITH EXTREME CAUTION. Contact Lightwave Electronics Corporation if you have questions. I (Sam) will not be responsible for diode abuse inflicted by careless use of inappropriate parameter values.

    The "Diode Enable/Disable" function is intended for testing purposes. By using this feature, the diode can be turned on and off without affecting other parameters.

    Additional information is also displayed on the screen for other laser data and calibration. Screen Control mode is automatically disabled (and the screen is cleared) if an ESC character is received (indicating a command in the computer interface format follows).

    Remote Computer Control

    Control of selected parameters of the Model 221 may be accomplished through the RS232 port. The general protocol for Lightwave Electronics Corporation lasers consists of fixed format ASCII command strings for both request and response. Note that depending on the particular version of the laser, there may be some differences in command format and responses.

    The Model 221 will not send strings except in response to requests or if a fault is detected.

    Command Sequence Format

      Byte #    Contents
        0       ESC (always the ESC character)
        1       Laser Number (0 for a single laser)
        2       Command (0 to 9)
        3       Parameter (0 to V)
        4       MSB of command specific data
        5       Next MSB
        Last-1  EOS 1 (End of String byte 1. LF, Ah, default)
        Last    EOS 2 (End of String byte 2. CR, 0Dh, default)

    Byte 0 - This is always the ESC character.

    Byte 1 - Laser number. ASCII 0 for first laser; ASCII 1 for second laser, etc.

    Byte 2 - Command.

    (The default value is the saved value.)

    Byte 3 - Parameter.

    The first ten parameters are common to all Lightwave Electronics Corporation Lasers:

    All commands can be executed in readback (4) mode. Only the Q and R commands require a DATA value. A summary of the commands and parameters is given in the following table. An "X" means the particular combination is valid.

                   Command    00   01   02   03   04   05   07   08   09
                   Function   +    -    On   Off  Rd   Def  S2D  Strt Wrt
      0 Model/Software Date                       X
      1 LW & Head Serial #                        X
      2 Board Serial #                            X
      3 Service Hours                             X
      4 Total Hours                               X
      5 EOS Character                             X    X
      6 Diode On/Off                    X    X    X
      7 Laser Power                               X
      8 CDRH Interlock                            X
      9 Fault Status                              X
      A Diode Current         X    X              X    X    X
      B Diode Temp Set        X    X              X    X    X
      C Diode Temp Sense                          X
      D Chiller Temp Sense                        X
      E Sleep Mode                      X    X    X
      I Internal Shutter                X    X    X
      J Current Mon 1                             X
      K Current Mon 2                             X
      L Ext Lase Signal                           X
      M Ext Shutter Status                        X
      N Auto Sleep                      X    X    X
      O Flow Switch                               X
      P Reservoir Status                          X
      Q Trigger Mode                              X                   X
      R Internal Rep Rate                         X                   X
      S Diode Current Max     X    X              X 
      U Laser Power Setting   X    X              X    X
      V Light Loop                      X    X    X

    I, M, S, U, and V are not in the manual for the 221-1064-V01 and VO2 but are in the manual for the VO4. The Internal Shutter commands will only affect the shutter if the External Shutter is enabled (5 VDC present on pins 7 and 8 of the External Control connector) and appears to default to OPEN when the power unit is turned on so the External Shutter is active without issuing any additional command.

    To enter a command from a terminal or terminal emulator, type: Escape (ESC), Command (2 digit number from above table, assumes laser 0), Parameter (1 digit alphanumeric character from 0 to R), followed by Return, Return. This described further with examples below.

           LN CC PM DD    Function for 221        Response Example     Format
      ESC  0  4  0        Read Model # & Date     200 22 FEB 94    200 dd MMM yy
      ESC  0  4  1        Read Head Serial #      LW00345          LWnnnnn
      ESC  0  4  2        Read Board Serial #     LW01099          LWnnnnn
      ESC  0  4  3        Read Hours since Srvc   Hrs00123         Hrsnnnnn
      ESC  0  4  4        Read Total Hours        Hrs01234         Hrsnnnnn
      ESC  0  9  5  00    Set End Of Str Char     OK (OK00 or 4F 4B 00 00)
      ESC  0  7  5        Set EOS Chars to Def    OK (OKLFCR 4F 4B 0A 0D)
      ESC  0  2  6        Diode On (Leave Stnby)  DIODE ON
      ESC  0  3  6        Diode Off (Standby)     DIODE OFF
      ESC  0  4  6        Read Diode Status       DIODE ON
     *ESC  0  4  7        Read Laser Power        Pwr 196          Pwr nnn
      ESC  0  4  8        Read Interlock Status   ILOCK CLOSED / OPEN
      ESC  0  4  9        Read Fault Status       No Faults        See below
      ESC  0  4  A        Read Current Setting    DC 22.60A        DC nn.nnA
      ESC  0  4  B        Read Diode Temp Setting DT 24.6 C        DT nn.n C
      ESC  0  4  C        Read Diode Temp Sensor  DT 26.0 C        DT nn.n C
      ESC  0  4  D        Read Chllr Temp Sensor  DT 26.0 C        CH nn.n C
      ESC  0  1  B        Decrement Diode Temp    DT 24.5 C        DT nn.n C
      ESC  0  9  R wxyz   Sets Modulation Rate    wxyz=3421        4.21 kHz
                           (The first digit is the exponent
                            you must enter 4 digits and the
                            rate is x.yz*10^^w Hz.)
                          Note: This does not work VO4 but rather:
      ESC  0  9  R  x      Sets Modulation Rate   x=3              9.99 kHz
                           (The digit x can range from 0 to 5
                            and will set the modulation rate to
                            9.99*10^^x Hz.  I don't know how to
                            change the 9.99 part, maybe inc/dec
      ESC  0  2  E        Turn On Sleep Mode      ASLEEP           ASLEEP
      ESC  0  3  E        Turn Off Sleep Mode     AWAKE            AWAKE
      ESC  0  4  E        Read Sleep Mode         AWAKE            AWAKE,ASLEEP
      ESC  0  4  N        Read Auto Sleep Mode    SLon/OFF         SLon/OFF,
      ESC  0  3  N        Auto Sleep Mode OFF     SLon/OFF         SLon/OFF,
      ESC  0  4  J        Read Current Mon 1      1DCM11.2A        1DCMnn.nA
      ESC  0  4  K        Read Current Mon 2      2DCM11.2A        2DCMnn.nA
      ESC  0  4  L        Read Ext Lase Signal    XLASE ON / OFF
      ESC  0  4  O        Read Flow Switch        FLOW ON / OFF
      ESC  0  4  P        Read Reservoir Status   TOO HOT / COLD
      ESC  0  4  U        Read Power Setting      Pset 750         Pset nnn W/100
     *ESC  0  0  U        Increment Pwr Setting   Pset 751         Pset nnn W/100
     *ESC  0  1  U        Decrement Pwr Setting   Pset 749         Pset nnn W/100
     *ESC  0  6  U        Pwr Setting Default     Pset 749         Pset nnn W/100
     *ESC  0  3  V        Light Loop Off          LL OFF           LL OFF
     *ESC  0  2  V        Light Loop On           LL TRY           See below
     *ESC  0  4  V        Read Light Loop Stat    LL TRY           See below
                          LL OFF - off
                          LL STD - in standby
                          LL SHT - shutter closed
                          LL TRY - trying to lock
                          LL LCK - locked
                          LL LCK W - locked but current margin warning set
                          LL FLG - lock lost
      ESC  0  2  I        Close shutter           Shut OPEN       Shut OPEN
      ESC  0  3  I        Close shutter           Shut CLSD       Shut CLSD
      ESC  0  4  S        Read maximum current    Imax22.60A      Imaxnn.nnA
      ESC  0  9  4        Read fault status       No Fault        See below
                          No Fault - No faults detected
                          ILCKOPEN - Lightwave interlock open
                          EXT STDBY - External lase not enabled
                          XShutDis - External lase not enabled
                          NO FLOW - No flow detected after x seconds
                          PS FAULT - Power supply fault
                          RESERV LO - Water reservoir low warning
                          PStmp2Hi - Power supply temperature too high
                          SHTR FLT - Shutter did not open/close properly
                          HT Fault - Head temperature fault
                          CUR ERR - Current error between set and sense
                          HOTHSINK - Head temperature fault
                          PSTMOUT - Power supply timeout
                          CH Fault - Chiller temperature too high or too low
                          PRIMING - Status, not a fault
      LN = Laser Number; CC = Command Code; PM = Parameter; DD = Data.

    * These commands not implemented on VO1 and VO2. Some also may differ in response format based on version.

    The firmware which deals with the RS232 ports is not bug free. Among other things, it will ignore the "S" command to refresh the full screen display after some incorrect ESC commands are received. In addition, there is the issue of the peculiar behavior for the Diode Operating Current as described in a subsequent section.

    LWE-221 Operation Without a Chiller

    If the Lightwave Electronics chiller or a compatible unit is available, then it's just a matter of plugging its interface cable into the back of the Model 221 power unit and hooking up the water lines. However, where there is no chiller, the power unit can easily be fooled into thinking one is present so that tap water cooling (or a non-compatible chiller) can be used.

    The interface is via a DB9M on the back of the power unit:

        Pin       Name        I/O    Function
         1     /Close_Valve    O     Low closes refrigerent valve (cooling)
         2     Flow            I     Water flow sensor.  Low is flowing
         3     Reservoir       I     Water level.  Low is OK
         4     Water Pump      O     High activates water pump
         5     Chiller_Temp    I     Water temperature sensor (10K NTC thermistor)
         6     En_Chiller      O     High enables chiller
         7     Analog Gnd      -     Return for temp sensor
         8     Digital Gnd     -     Return for logic signals
         9     +24 V           O     24 VDC source

    Constructing a DB9F plug as follows will keep the power unit happy:

    Tap water cooling can then be used to maintain the temperature of the laser diodes at the specified value. A simple scheme to provide automatic temperature regulation could then use a solenoid valve to control mixing of hot and cold water. Or, an aquarium pump could recirculate water through the laser with a solenoid valve being used to add cold water as needed.

    If the actual connections on the laser head aren't marked, the sex of the quick-connect fittings indicates direction. The laser will operate with the water direction reversed but the temperature setpoint may be a bit different.

    CAUTION: According to the manual, water pressure for the laser head must be less than 1.5 psi. Some sort of overpressure protection is highly recommended. This isn't an issue if an aquarium pump is used for water circulation. But if tap water cooling is used, inlet pressure can be 30 psi or more. A "T" fitting with a balloon hanging off the side port would probably be adequate.

    Note that the quick connect fittings that come with the laser have built in valves to close off the lines when disconnected to minimize spillage. If using an incompatible means of attaching the water lines like rubber tubing and hose clamps, the quick connect fittings should be removed entirely even if attaching to them is possible. It's particularly critical to never get into a situation where the inlet pipe is open and the outlet pipe is accidentally closed especially if there is no overpressure protection because full water pressure could end up inside the laser head. While I believe that the plumbing inside the laser head really can withstand relatively high pressure, you don't want to find out the hard way that it cannot handle more than 1.5 psi! Actually, I think and have been told that all internal connections are welded or otherwise joined in a very robust manner. So, the 1.5 psi max rating must be to prevent external hoses from flying apart or something. :) However, to be sure, before actually connecting to the water supply, blow into the inlet to confirm that the lines are clear.

    LWE-221 Modulation

    Some of these lasers come with the proper interconnecting cable from the power unit to the laser head. However, this is often not the case. Where they are both SMA connectors, the proper cable should be obvious. However, on the LWE-221-V04 (and possibly others), the wiring is not obvious. The following is known to apply to the LWE-221-V04 *only*. For this laser, there is a 3 pin AMP connector on the laser head and an SMA connector on the power unit.

    (From: Gary (

    We have been successful at getting the AOM to modulate the beam. As advertised, the AOM will only deflect about 80% of the beam, letting the rest through. Yet the electronics are surprisingly fast and it appears that getting the beam to pulse at widths short as 50 ns is possible. We are including the following few paragraphs that might be helpful to those who are thinking of modulating the beam on these lasers:

    The manual that comes with the LWE-221-HD-V04 laser only mentions the ability of the laser to be pulsed and provides very little help in the way of telling you how to actually do it. The laser head has an internal extra-cavity Acoustic Optical Modulator (AOM) good for deflecting about 80% of the beam into a beam dump inside the laser head. This is NOT a Q-switch, and can only be used to modulate the beam between 20% and 100% of full intensity. The RF driver for the AOM is located in the laser head and can be switched on and off via a three pin connector that is located on top of the back of the laser head. The top-most pin (1) is the trigger pin. It should be connected to the middle of the SMA connector located on the power supply. The middle pin (2) should be connected to shield ground. We used a home-built SMA connector and RG 194 cable soldered to a 3-pin connector to connect the power supply to this connector. The function of the third pin (3) is a bit more mysterious; if grounded, it turns on the AOM, if at 3 V it still turns on the AOM. If this pin is left floating, then trigger control in turned over to pin (1). We just left pin (3) unconnected:

      Pin    Function/Comments
       1     Trigger pin (3 V = on) -> Middle of SMA
       2     Shield Ground -> Shield of RG 194
       3     Leave floating (not connected). Forces AOM "on" if grounded

    The power supply sends a 3 V signal (on) or ground (off) with a rise time of about 7 ns to the laser head to activate the AOM. The AOM rise time is about 12 ns according to the AOM schematic. The trick is now to get the power supply to trigger the AOM. For some reason, the information needed to switch the laser between (1) CW mode, (2) Internal Trig mode, (3) External Trig mode and (4) Burst Mode is omitted from the manuals for V04. For this we used an ASCII terminal (an old version of DOS Procomm plus 2.01) in ADM-3A terminal mode (FDX 9600 N81) connected to the RS232 connector on the back side of the laser. Thanks to help from Sam's Laser FAQ and elsewhere, we found that sending the Following commands from the terminal will switch the modes:

       ESC 09Q1 Enter Enter -> CW mode
       ESC 09Q2 Enter Enter -> Internal Pulse (square wave)
       ESC 09Q3 Enter Enter -> External Trig
       ESC 09Q4 Enter Enter -> Burst mode

    Internal pulse mode sends a square wave modulation at the frequency determined by the "R" value to the laser AOM. This can be set as follows:

     ESC 09Rwxyz Enter Enter

    where w is the power of 10 and xyz the significant figures.

    For example:

       ESC 09R1000 Enter Enter -> 10 Hz
       ESC 09R2322 Enter Enter -> 322 Hz
       ESC 09R3210 Enter Enter -> 2.1 kHz
       ESC 09R4000 Enter Enter -> 10 kHz

    The External Trigger mode (3) lets the the AOM be activated by the state of pins (1) and (5) from the 10-pin connector on the back of the power supply (caution--the pin numbering scheme for these pins is not conventional; from the left of the power supply 1st row they are 9,7,5,3,1; bottom row 10,8,6,4,2 (the bottom row is all connected to ground). If the TTL state of pin 1 is High and pin 5 Low, the AOM will be activated. The other way around (1 Low and 5 High) will cause the AOM to be switched off. Since the HP 8015A pulse generator we have has complementary outputs, we used these to control the pulsing. Another scheme might be to use high speed flip-flops to generate the complementary signals needed.

    With a scope on the electronics, we verified that could get pulse widths as small as 20 ns with little distortion. Our optical diodes, however, were not fast enough to "see" the pulses directly in order to verify that we were actually getting such a narrow pulse from the laser beam itself. The pulse was probably not that short. We saw the average intensity of the beam decrease linearly with the pulse width (pulse repetition rates at 500 ns apart) down to about a 50 ns pulse, at which time the beam intensity actually increased as the width was further decreased. Something is funny at widths below 50 ns. Well, there you have it. We didn't test out the Burst mode functions, we will leave that to someone else...

    LWE-221 Startup Checklist/Procedure

    This section applies directly to an LWE-221 laser head attached to an LWE-221 power unit controlled via a terminal or terminal emulator through the RS232 port. It is also based specifically on the version of the LWE-221 that I have tested (221-1064-V04). Another version may behave slightly differently. In addition, if the laser's state saved in EEPROM differs from the default in terms of modulation (CW), or LL (Std), and possibly some other parameters, there may be additional steps required to turn the beam on or obtain full power. For example, someone before you may have set the laser up in one of the modulation modes (Internal or External) rather than CW. Double check the values of all parameters before attempting to turn on the Laser Diode or output a beam!

    The following assumes that the laser output is actually turned on and off by controlling the 5 VDC for Shutter On via the External Control connector. (This 5 VDC operates a relay and must be provided from an external power supply.) While this probably isn't a good idea for millions of cycles (being a mechanical solenoid!), its use when powering up or down, when changing the external optical configuration, or other relatively infrequent control should be fine. However, where safety with respect to the beam is concerned, turning off the entire laser is even better!

    Except for the obvious, the order of the items in this checklist is not important:

    The laser is now in Standby mode with cooling but the laser diodes are off.

    At this point, the laser is ready to fire up only awaiting the 5 VDC to on pins 7 and 8 of the External Control connector to open the shutter. The Power, CHLR EN, L PS EN, LASE EN, and DIOD ON, LEDs should be on, all fault LEDs should be off except possibly for CHLR ST which may go on for a few seconds occasionally (I don't know what it means). The SHUT OP LED should be off. IF IT IS NOT, THERE WILL BE A BEAM - POWER DOWN IMMEDIATELY BEFORE IT SETS FIRE TO SOMETHING IF YOU DON'T EXPECT THIS!!!

    Note that the internal power monitor of the LWE-221 does not operate unless the shutter is open. This is because the shutter is actually inside the laser cavity and prevents lasing when closed. With the Shutter open, the power monitor reading will climb to a stable value (assuming the laser is running in CW mode) after a few seconds. The calibration appears to be 1 unit/10 mW of output power (probably accurate to within +/- 10 percent or so). As an example, an output of 7.5 watts will read as 750 on the terminal display. In the default configuration, the laser will operate in constant power mode to maintain the specified power. Thus, Laser Diode current may fluctuate and will generally not be exactly the default Diode Current shown on the terminal display at powerup.

    IF THE LASER DOESN'T BEHAVE AS EXPECTED, POWER DOWN IMMEDIATELY AND FIND OUT WHY! Among the settings not shown on the full screen display that could prevent lasing at the expected power are the Internal Shutter state being set to Closed, the modulation being in a mode other than CW, and the LL (Light Loop) being Off instead of Std/On. These could have been saved to the EEPROM by you accidentally or a previous owner.

    In principle, powerup to the output of a laser beam can be set to be done fully automatically by changing an internal jumper and providing power to the Shutter relay but as noted above, I don't recommend it mainly for safety reasons.

    Power down by closing the Shutter, and turning off the Laser Diode, water flow/chiller, and 221 power unit.

    WARNING: Regardless of how the beam is controlled, provide a fail safe means of turning it off in an emergency and forcing the laser to Standby mode so that an explicit command is required to re-enable it. The RS232 interface via a terminal is not reliable enough as commands can easily be mistyped. Shutter control is also not desirable by itself since it doesn't force Standby mode. However, closing the shutter by removing the 5 VDC from pins 7 and 8 of the External Control connector would add a level of redundancy when used in conjunction with any of the following:

    1. Disable CDRH Interlock. (Remove jumper or open circuit.)
    2. Force External Standby. (Ground pin 9 of External Control connector.)
    3. Force any fault. (These include chiller temperature or no flow.)

    A BIG red panic button would be perfect!

    Removing AC power is of course guaranteed to work but may be potentially damaging to the laser. (Lightwave recommends againt killing power without first turning off the Laser Diode but also says it shouldn't hurt anything.) Short of this, combining (1) with Shutter control is nearly as good.

    LWE-221 Lasing Experiences and Comments

    This section summarizes my experience in actually getting a beam. Except for the hole in the power cord, things went more or less smoothly. Remind me not to leave a power cord between the laser and beam stop in the future. :)

    The hardest part was determining that the shutter enable signal isn't a logic level but actually drives a relay and the other side of the relay coil isn't ground but an undocumented pin on the External Control connector. Well, the operation manual sort of says that it should be +5 VDC to ground and that pins 2, 4, 6, 8, and 10 are ground but NOT that both relay pins (7 and 8) are totally isolated and that pin 8 would have to be jumpered externally to ground! I had to remove the main PCB of the power unit to trace the circuit. Perhaps, the version of the laser described in the manual does have pin 8 grounded internally.

    There were a few minutes of panic after I accidentally shorted +24 to ground in attempting to force the shutter open by bypassing the relay. This blew a PCB-mounted fuse but caused no other damage. There are 3 SMT fuses (one of which is on the bottom side of the PCB!). All appear to be afterthoughts - trace cuts and solder! Opening the shutter by any means other than the relay from the External Control connector won't work in any case because the controller senses the inconsistency of the Shutter Open state compared to the actual position of the shutter (there is a logic signal returned from the laser head for this) and forces the Laser Diode off.

    In fact, powering it up really comes down to providing cooling, turning on the power supply, turning on the laser diodes, and opening the shutter. (However, note that this assumes the state of the laser stored in its EEPROM is the same as the unit I tested. This is probably the default but could be changed via the hardware control panel or remote pendant, or RS232 interface.)

    My cooling consists of a hose connection to a wash basin tap with the flow adjusted so that the temperature stabilizes near the desired setpoint with the Laser Diode on. For the cold water around here in Winter, a trickle is all that is needed. This works quite nicely until someone flushes a toilet. :)

    I'm using a laptop running PCPLUS as the terminal for the RS232 port. Providing AC power takes care of everything except turning on the Laser Diode - that requires a keyboard command.

    For the External Shutter control, I wired a 5 VDC regulated AC adapter in series with a very hard-to-push pushbutton switch. This must be depressed for a beam to be produced. Even if the switch is on, the Internal Shutter command may be used to close or reopen the shutter as long as the External Shutter 5 VDC is present. But removing it will instantly force the shutter closed.

    The internal power monitor reads 748 and is very stable after an initial fluctuation after opening the shutter. The controller is operating in constant power mode, confirmed by the behavior of the "Diode Operating Current". I originally assumed this to be a constant user parameter, but it changes on its own once the Laser Diode is turned on. For example, on my unit, the listed current is 22 A. But once the Laser Diode is on, the displayed current changes to 21.6 A. This must be a value automatically selected to be just slightly lower than the default entry to use as a starting point. The same thing happens if the default is changed to 20 A - the current changes to 19.6 A. Then, once the shutter is opened, the laser is lasing, and the power can be monitored, the current increases to around 23.5 A and fluctuates slightly. Possibly the laser diodes are a bit weak (this unit has 3220 hours on it) or possibly some tweaking of the cooling will reduce the current requirements. Or, just as likely, the default value had been selected to be a bit lower than the actual operating current. I don't have the original test data sheet for this laser so there is no way to know for sure.

    The beam produces a nice white hot spot on a brick that I'm using as a beam stop!

    My meat thermometer power meter (it's a commercial unit, not one I cobbled together!) reads just over 7.5 W which agrees closely with the 750 setting and the 748 reading of the internal power monitor assuming it's actually calibrated as 10 mW/unit. Since I found the Power Setting command (U), it should be a simple matter to increase it as long as the Laser Diode maximum current rating isn't exceeded. :) My guess is that the discrepancy between the power setpoint of 750 and the monitored power of 748 is due to the resolution of the power monitor A/D. If it is only 8 bits as is likely, there is a possible error of +/-2 counts in the units digit with only 256 levels being used to represent values up to 1,000. In fact, if the power setpoint is increased to 752, the monitored power alternates between 748 and 752.

    I would expect that 10 W of output power is achievable within the maximum diode current limits though running at that power level continuously may not be recommended. It doesn't take very long to pop a balloon. :)

    And along the lines of incandescent glowing bricks and balloon popping at long distances:

    (From: Christoph Bollig (

    The LWE-221 will certainly do very well in the backyard or beyond. It has a very well-collimated beam of 2 mm diameter at the output. So far, ours (-V01, 10 W CW) has already burnt a few holes in my shirt and some special material which was supposed to be used for our safety curtains. The sales rep was very impressed when it burned through in less then 2 seconds. He went away and said he would get back to us, which never happened so that we do not have a curtain at all at the moment. :(

    It also hurts very fast on skin. BTW, visible light is absorbed over a few mm, that's why you need a bit more power to feel it. 1 micron is absorbed right at the surface of the skin and hurts with much lower power.

    Anyway, when we had visitors, one of them put our IR viewer back onto the table right in front of our table. I grabbed her hand, because I was worried she would burn herself, so the viewer was only in the beam for far less then a second. It has a very clear burn mark in the black plastic now (and produced quite a bit of smoke). I never tried a balloon though. Maybe I should do it, it would be good fun for the students.

    I guess that the 221 will actually perform better then a 60 W CO2 laser on long distances, because of the better beam parameters. :)

    (From: Sam.)

    I just hope everyone wears proper laser safety goggles! Power cords, bricks, shirts, IR viewer cases, and safety curtains aren't the only things that can suffer!

    LWE-221 Bugs/Features/Questions/Observations

    There are a number of issues with respect to the LWE-221 that aren't covered in the manual. In part this is because it doesn't cover the version of the laser I have (-V04). However, some are definitely in the "bug" category. The most serious of these deals with the adjustment of Laser Diode current via the on-screen terminal interface: Initially after power is applied, the increment/decrement goes in steps of about 0.15 A. But after the Laser Diode has been turned on, the step size changes to 0.01 A. More troubling, whenever a change is made, the display momentarily flashes 40 A! And I've seen the display actually show 40 A with the laser diodes turned on!! I don't think the current was actually 40 A but I didn't leave it on long enough to find out!

    It would be nice to know if this is a firmware bug or feature. :) :( There are some other rough edges to the RS232 interface but this is the only one that is potentially damaging.

    There are also a several other open questions and observations:

    If anyone has some answers, insight, or comments on these issues, please contact me via the Sci.Electronics.Repair FAQ Email Links Page.

    Green Conversion of LWE-221?

    For this to be a desirable laser for many people, it's output would have to be green rather than IR. A 10 W 1,064 nm IR laser can probably produce 3 to 5 W of green when doubled to 532 nm. Is it possible to convert this laser to green? Is it practical?

    The simple answer is yes and not really. At least, not easily. There are several problems:

    1. Location and beam waist size for doubling crystal: In order to achieve efficient doubling, the beam diameter inside the non-linear crystal (i.e., KTP) should be very small to maximize power density. There is no such location present in an unmodified LWE-221 so some optics would need to be changed and/or added to focus the beam inside the KTP.

    2. Resonator configuration: The LWE-221 uses a Fabry-Perot cavity design. While this can and is used in many doubled lasers, they are mostly well under 1 W. Higher power doubled lasers generally use a "L-fold" or "Z-fold" geometry which increases conversion efficiency and stability. With these, nearly all the green light is confined to one arm of the "L" or "Z" so none is lost passing through the lasing medium. The physical arrangement of the LWE-221 makes such a conversion rather challenging.

    3. Optics arrangement: The KTP should be located near the output mirror to minimize optics that both IR and green need to pass through.

    In short, while these can be overcome, by the time all is said and done, starting from scratch, possibly using only LWE-221 pump and rod may be the best choice. This topic was discussed extensively on the USENET newsgroup alt.lasers. A search via Google Groups on the terms "lightwave laser green" will turn up more information than you probably want.

  • Back to Commercial Solid State Lasers Sub-Table of Contents.

    Spectra-Physics ZLM Laser

    Basic Description and Safety/Operation Issues of the SP-ZLM

    These are designed for applications like those of the Lightwave 221 described above. Several watts (guessing up to 10) at 1,064 nm CW with modulation capability. The laser head is similar in appearance to the Spectra-Physics Millenia series of DPSS lasers. A large Nd:YVO4 (vanadate) crystal is dual end-pumped by a pair of high power fiber-coupled laser diode arrays in a remote power unit. The only electrical connections to the head are for a pair of acousto-optic modulators (AOMs) and the beam power monitor and temperature sensors. The head is water cooled.

    The SP-ZLM Laser Head

    Description of the SP-ZLM Laser Head

    The optical layout is shown in Spectra-Physics ZLM Laser Head - Top View. Cooling and electrical connections are shown in Spectra-Physics ZLM Laser Head - Bottom View. (Note: the second view has the unit rotated horizontally compared to the first view.)

    The laser resonator is a "Z-Fold" since the beam path is from the HR mirror to Z-Fold Mirror 2 to Z-Fold Mirror 1 to the OC Mirror. The vanadate crystal is hidden by the gold plated circular mount. The outputs of a pair of high power fiber-coupled laser diode arrays are focussed into the vanadate by the Pump Optics. The only other parts inside the resonator are a pair of intracavity stops (apertures).

    Everything to the right of the OC mirror has to do with output beam shaping, modulation, and output power monitoring. There are two AOMs, each of which feeds a beam dump with the wasted power during modulation. All the mirrors are on nice adjustable mounts (Newport quality) so alignment is quite easy.

    Apparently, the default state of AOM 1 is to block the beam entirely while AOM 2 reduces its intensity by about 75 percent. However, assuming the AOMs won't be used, the mirror alignment can easily be adjusted to pass the undeflected beam at near full intensity.

    WARNING: The Model ZLM is a Class IV Nd:YAG laser operating at 1,064 nm. Its output power can exceed 10 WATTs and the beam is very tight and highly collimated. Proper laser safety goggles (OD 6 or better at 1,064 nm) are a must unless the beam is guaranteed to be totally enclosed. Even a 1 percent reflection can inflict instant eye damage, especially because it is IR and totally invisible. Multiple WATTs in a tight beam can also quickly set fire to whatever gets in its way (ask a power cord I used to know!). This is not a whimpy 100 mW laser or 5 mW pointer!

    Until the operation of the mating power unit (SP-T40, see below) can be determined, the following assumes drive and cooling of the pump diodes and laser head are via user supplied equipment.

    Powering Up the Spectra-Physics ZLM Laser Head

    The following assumes that a driver or drivers are available to power the fiber-coupled pump diodes but that the Spectra-Physics power unit (J40/J80/whatever) is NOT being used. Depending on the specific diodes, drive capability of up to 40 amps or more will be required for each one (or in series).

    1. The ZLM laser head can be pumped by 1 or 2 fiber coupled "FRU" laser diodes. These typically have a maximum output power of 10 to 30 W through a ~1 mm fiber with 19 cores. It may be possible to use other fibers as long as they have an FC style connector but you're on your own in that case.

    2. Cooling must be provided for the pump diodes. Simple tap water cooling can be used but adding an intermediate TEC stage to actually regulate the temperature is best. Each diode package has a 10K thermistor glued into the diode assembly that can be used for feedback.

      CAUTION: DO NOT allow the temperature to go low enough for condensation to form. Some of these diode packages are not hermetically sealed. Moisture can ruin high power diodes very instantly.

    3. Cooling must be provided for the ZLM laser head. This can be tap water cooling and the water exiting the diodes, above, should be quite acceptable.

    4. If the AOMs are not being used, access to the interior of the laser head will be required to realign the beam path to pass the undeflected beam to the output. In preparation for this, remove the 22 cover screws. If you never expect to use the AOMs, it may be best to remove them entirely.

    5. PUT ON YOUR 1,064/808 nm LASER SAFETY GOGGLES!!!!

    6. With water flowing (just a bit over a trickle is sufficient as long as it can't accidentally be cut off if someone flushed a toilet!), ramp up the diode current to just above threshold and then increase slowly using an IR detector card or IR viewer or other means of detecting a beam at 1,064 nm coming out of the OC Mirror to the right. This should happen at most 1 or 2 W above the diode's lasing threshold (for a single diode, half this for both diodes running). Adjust the diode current so there is just detectable light at 1,064 nm to use for alignment. As the diodes heat up, you may have to increase current slightly to maintain lasing.

    7. The following procedure will realign two of the folding mirrors to enable most of the undeflected beam to exit the laser. They can easily be returned to the original position should it be desirable to use the AOMs. However, it is probably a BAD idea to use the AOMs without doing this as the deflected beams won't hit the beam dumps but will go who knows where! :) Removing the AOMs entirely - also reversible but not quite as easy - would be even better and would guarantee that nearly all the light made it to the output. The following alignment procedure is similar either way.

      • Once there is a beam, trace its path through AOM 1 reflecting off the folding mirror to its right (#1).

      • Place an IR card at the output aperture of the laser head and turn the *top* screw (only) on folding mirror 1 clockwise until there is a beam exiting the laser head. It will take several turns of the screw. To test for this first without turning the screw, use a small screwdriver as a lever to push the top of the mount away from the base. At some point, you should see the beam exiting the laser. Fine tune the screw for maximum power and/or to center the beam in the output aperture.

      • Replace the cover just to keep out dust.

      • Turn the *top* screw (only, accessible from outside the case) of the upper left folding mirror (#2) clockwise until a stronger beam appears at the output aperture. This is the one that is desired. Fine tune the screw for maximum power and/or to center the beam in the output aperture.

        CAUTION: The adjusting screws for the HR Mirror mount are also accessible from outside the case at the far left. DON'T touch them or you may be spending your whole day realigning the resonator!

      • This completes the alignment. There should be no need to touch any other screws unless they have been messed up by someone else!

    8. It should now be safe to crank up the diode current and measure output power of the laser. So far, I've only used a single whimpy diode that resulted in about 1.2 W of 1,064 nm output but I expect that with healthy diodes running at their rated power (typically 15 W each for this laser head), 5 to 10 W of 1,064 nm output should be possible.

    Spectra-Physics T40 FCBar Laser Controller

    Description of the SP-T40

    This unit provides power and cooling for two Spectra-Physics Fiber-Coupled laser diode bars (FCBars) each capable of 15 to 30 WATTs of output power into a multicore fiber optic cable. I don't know exactly what laser head(s) the T40 normally drives. I believe the laser is is part of is used in a graphic arts (printing/platemaking) application like the Lightwave model 221 laser. The controller itself appears similar to the one used for some of Spectra-Physics Millenia series of DPSS lasers.

    I have a pair of units that appear to be functionally similar. One (the actual T40) includes a closed-loop Freon (R135) chiller while the other uses water cooling. They both have locations for two FCBar assemblies, similar laser connectors and interlocks, an RS232 port, and a 4 line LCD display. There are no operator controls on the unit itself other than a keylock switch to enable the laser.

    The FCBar diodes on the T40 had their fibers cut. Now, I consider that an act of laserocide and want the perpetrators brought to justice. :) The torn fiber ends were just poking out of its side. I replaced one of the FCBar units with one that is supposedly working, but weak, so at least there should be some output from a proper fiber connector.

    Powering up the SP-T40

    I have been able to power the T40 to the point of it waiting for a command to turn on the FCBar diodes. This only requires providing the proper dummy plugs with jumpers for the CDRH interlock, remote, laser, and analog interface connectors. It goes through a boot sequence that lasts about 5 minutes and then reports ready waiting for a command with diodes off. Any serious faults would result in an abort. These include a missing FCBar (the EEPROM is interrogated to determine operating parameters), missing interlock (possibly even a change in the interlock state during boot), and inability of the chiller to regulate the FCBar temperature or temperature limits exceeded. Surprisingly (and luckily), the total lack of a laser head doesn't appear to be something the T40 cares much about at all as long as the interlock jumper is present on the laser head connector!

    The following table lists the jumpers that were needed to enable the boot sequence to complete successfully. Not all of these will be present on all versions of these controllers:

       Connector     Type                    Jumper
       Interlock     AMP Mate-N-Lock 2 pin   1 to 2
       Remote        HD15                    8 to 13
       Laser Head    HD26                    9 to 18
       Analog        HD26                    7 to 8

    The keylock also needs to be in the ON position to not report an error, though I don't think this will abort the boot sequence unless possibly it's changed during the boot. Once complete, the keyswitch can be turned on and off with the state simply changing from "Interlock Open" to "Diodes Off" and "Ready Power Command". (I may not have the wording exactly correct as it's from memory).

    With the boot completed successfully, I assume it's waiting patiently for a command over the RS232 port or analog interface but I still don't have any information on the details. I attempted to communicate with the RS232 port via a laptop running a terminal emulation program but there was absolutely no response of any kind at any port setting, not even jibberish.

    There is also a wire labeled "24 V" hanging out of the unit. It actually has 115 VAC on it when the unit is powered on. I have no idea of its purpose but perhaps it is to drive an external power supply that then needs to provide 24 V back to the T40 to enable something? The LWE-221 laser controller requires an external source of 5 VDC to enable it to actually produce a beam. Perhaps this is similar. But, if so, where does the 24 V go?

    If anyone has some answers, insight, or comments on these controllers, please contact me via the Sci.Electronics.Repair FAQ Email Links Page.

    (From: Kevin (

    The T40 controller has the following pin numbers for RS232: Pin 2 is transmit data (out from Millenia), pin 3 is receive data (in to Millenia), and pin 5 is ground. The format is: 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit, Xon/Xoff (do not use RTS/CTS setting). The baud rate is selected by S1 on laser head PCB:

      Position 1   Position 2   Baud Rate
          0            0        1200
          0            1        2400
          1            0        4800
          1            1        9600 default

    On turns laser on.

    Off turns laser off.

    (From: Sam.)

    The DB9s are wired with pins 2, 3, and 5 connected as described above and it was also confirmed that this was correct with respect to Tdata and Rdata based on the voltages on their pins. The On and Off commands were completely ignored (assuming 9600 baud). And, I cannot locate any "Laser Head PCB" or DIP switches likely to be related to the RS232 port on any other PCB. The RS232 DB9, along with the Interlock, Laser Head, and Remote connectors, is on a PCB labeled "T40 Controller" with no visible DIP switches or jumpers.

  • Back to Commercial Solid State Lasers Sub-Table of Contents.

    The Transverse Green DPSS Laser

    These are among the least expensive medium power green DPSS lasers available. However, the low cost (under $1,000) comes at a price (no pun...). The heart of the laser - the pump diode and vanadate - are glued together making any repair or modifications difficult if not impossible. More fundamentally, there is no beam shaping of the pump diode output so the output beam may not have a nice circular Gaussian profile even if it is TEM00. See: Transverse Industries, Ltd. for links to complete specifications of their TIM622 series of green DPSS lasers (as well as other assorted gadgetry).

    Older versions have no temperature control other than 1 or 2 fans. With these, power output is extremely sensitive to ambient temperature and stability may not even be on par with a typical green laser pointer. I have one sample that varies literally by 3:1 in output power between 68 and 78 °F (20 to 25 °C). I don't know if that is typical but I don't believe such a wide variatons is considered defective. It's hard to believe that one can sell something so finicky but I guess most people don't have a laser power meter to check it. The temperature range over which it reaches spec'd output power is probably much less than 1 °C. Not surprisingly, I think that Transverse has since added temperature regulation. On the plus side, this unit has a very nice beam profile - possibly better than that of a $38,000 Coherent 532.

    Thanks to Chay Donohoe for reverse engineering the TIM622 power supply. Since Transverse is one of those companies that sands off the chip numbers, he had to sacrifice one unit to actually crack open the ICs to see the part number on the die! There is certainly nothing special to warrant such paranoia. See TIM622 DPSS Laser Power Supply. It's just a constant current driver with very little to write home about. :) So what's the point of trying to keep it a secret!

    In an effort to improve the stability, I am add a circuit to control the main fan based on the temperature of the DPSS module. See the section: Simple Temperature Controlled Fan. This greatly reduces power fluctuations after warmup.

    I consider the laser described in the sections starting with: Reconstruction of an 80 mW Green DPSSFD Laser to be of a more sophisticated design, even if it does have all sorts of quality and manufacturing problems.

    Newer versions of this laser have (possibly as an option) the addition of a temperature display and pots to control fan speed. Woopie. :)

    (From: Mazz (

    I've just bought a 50 mW DPSS laser from Transverse. It cost me $800 which was a bit more than the original price of $600, but they'd "modified the cooling" since the original quote I got.

    Anyway, there are still 2 fans on them, one extract and one blower onto the main heatsink. The mod consists of an LCD display showing the temperature of the heatsink and details of the optimum temperature at which it should be run. Each fan is connected to a potentiometer to vary its speed. This is very crude temp control and would need constant adjustment to attain optimum operating temperature. It's not really worth the extra $200 or so though apparently the laser diode supply/regulator is improved as it ramps up to running voltage!!

    I've since added a thermistor and simple feedback circuit which keeps my temperature regulated to the optimum 32 °C.

    (From: Mike Poulton (

    I just took delivery of my newest laser - a 50 mW 532 nm DPSS module, Transverse model TIM622. They have several models available at other power ratings. I got it from a guy named Scott Smith, of PWS in Fresno, CA ( He imports them from Transverse Technologies in Taiwan. These are not the highest quality lasers in the world, but they are a very good deal at $995. The rated specs are: 50 mW, 532 nm, less than 2 mR divergence, 100:1 polarization, TEM00, and 2,000 hour life. That last one is what gets me - they should last a lot longer than 2,000 hours. However, they are warranted for 2,000, so they will probably go for awhile after that. It came with complete test data sheets, indicating that it greatly exceeds these specification - 70 mW, 0.3 mR divergence. The pump diode is rated 2 W and is being run at 1.1 W, so it really should keep going for awhile. The beam profile is a bit sketchy - it's sort of a slightly skewed Gaussian, but hey - it's pretty good, and it should do holography with no problem. I don't think you'll find 50+ mW of green light (especially not at such high apparent intensity - 532 is really bright), guaranteed for at least 2 K hours, for less than that price anywhere. Most argon tubes won't do more than 5,000 hours or so, and they degrade over time, weigh a lot, and require massive amounts of power. This thing is likely to keep above 50 mW until the bitter end, it uses less than 24 W of input, and it weighs about a pound. Another big advantage is the small size (3.5" x 4" x 5.75") and 12 VDC power. I love it!

    Note that I'ms not affiliated with his company in any way, and I have no long-term experience with these lasers - I'm just real happy I got something this bright for about a thousand bucks!

    (From: Lynn Strickland (

    How's the power stability over time? How repeatable is the power at turn-on? (Does it come on at 70 mW sometimes, 55 mW sometimes, etc.)?

    Any idea of the percent optical noise (i.e., does it have the green noise problem?).

    Lifetime limiting factor is probably the pump diode. How does he guarantee 2,000 hours, when (I assume) the thing doesn't have an hour-meter?

    (From: Mike.)

    I have not measured the power stability or repeatability yet, but I will in the next couple weeks. Visually, it looks consistent in both respects - but that doesn't say much. I have not measured optical noise, but I will do that, too. I just got the thing yesterday afternoon, so I haven't had time to do anything but a single power reading yet. The pump diode is rated 2 A and is being run at 1.16 A, if the spec sheet is real (it's from the diode manufacturer, not Transverse). I wondered the same thing you are, though: How do you guarantee lifetime if it has no hour meter?

    (From: AESLasers (

    Yeah, those died anywhere from 50 hours to a few hundred hours. Seems to me the person looked at it, and said the diodes were crap. $995 isn't a good deal for a boat anchor, and what good is a warranty if you can't collect on it? I don't think you want to fly to Taiwan to make sure it gets fixed. Back to the old adage "you get what you pay for".

    (From: Mike.)

    Quite true - especially for one that only weighs a pound (it would be useless as a boat anchor!).

    Well, I knew I was taking a risk when I ordered it. This is an insurance-funded replacement for a 25 mW, 488 nm argon laser that was damaged in an incident involving toxic mold (long story, don't ask). That argon had 2,500 hours on it but was still doing fine until the microbes hit. This DPSS unit (which is sitting beside me right now, illuminating the wall) is far more fun. I essentially got it for $600, since that's what I paid for the argon to begin with. It's real hard to believe this is a lemon, but I guess I'll find out in a couple months. If and when it checks out, I think I'll probably just disassemble it for parts and educational value rather than attempt to get it repaired by the manufacturer. If it's the pump diode that goes out, I may be able to replace it with a 1.2 W fiber-coupled unit I have and a GRIN lens. It's frequency is tuned for YLF (797 nm), but I'ms sure I'd get a few tens of mW out of it at 532 nm - assuming the original diode can be removed without messing with the vanadate and KTP. If all else fails, it sure is a neat little fan-cooled case! Oh, well.

    (From: Bob.)

    These units ARE the same as what people have complained about on the USENET newsgroup alt.lasers. These systems are rather poorly put together, and are prone to failures and rapid degradation of performance over time. Other people who have used numbers of them have had many fail well before the rated 2,000 hours. I wouldn't buy a bunch of um till you see how long it lasts if I were you.

    (From: Joachim Mueller (

    It is not possible to remove the vanadate-chip because it is glued to the diode I had 2 of the units from a friend with dead diodes and he wanted me to repair them. There is no way to that! You will definitely break the chip or damage the coatings. Maybe you are lucky and the thing runs long time. Because they drive the diode with only half of the power, lifetime should be longer.

    If you want to see beam characteristics, unscrew the collimator lens at the front. Then you have a large spot and can see if it is a Gaussian shape. You don't need to measure noise. It is clear that such a laser (and nearly all low-price DPSS) have more or less noise and also large power fluctuations (10 to 20%). But this is not important for a show device.

    Maybe you can put an hour-meter to the thing and later let us all know, what lifetime it reached (hopefully more than 1,000 hours).

    (From: Hays Goodman (

    This is my first laser, so I thought I'd relate briefly my experiences with the Transverse DPSS laser.

    I've probably operated my 60 mW model a total of around twenty hours or so, and so far I am extremely pleased with the performance. Warm-up time is heavily temperature-dependent. I received the laser in the dead of winter, and it was often reluctant to fire up until as much as a twenty-minute warm up time, then the beam would stabilize. Now that summer is here and indoor ambient temperatures have probably risen by fifteen degrees or so, warmup is in the several minute range before the beam really settles down. Power also seems greater (I don't own a power meter), but it's definitely brighter at 75 °F ambient as opposed to 60 °F ambient.

    On a purely aesthetic level, the beam is lovely. Solid and extremely bright, even when reflected and somewhat diffused. With a light layer of smoke in the air, even large "cones" are spectacularly visible. With the beam projected in open space, going out a thousand feet or so produces a beam about closed-fist diameter; I intend to experiment with external collimation to see if this can be improved. The beam visibility definitely makes safety a bit less onerous, since beam paths are easily detected in low-light conditions. Best of all it's light, small, easily transported and quiet, the dual fans making only a slight sound like a computer tower.

    I can't speak to lifetime yet, but to this point it's been a dream.

  • Back to Sam's Laser FAQ Table of Contents.
  • Back to Commercial Solid State Lasers Sub-Table of Contents.
  • Forward to SS Laser Testing, Adjustment, Repair.

    Sam's Laser FAQ, Copyright © 1994-2007, Samuel M. Goldwasser, All Rights Reserved.
    I may be contacted via the
    Sci.Electronics.Repair FAQ Email Links Page.